Sanskrit Dictionary

Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.

Amarakosha Search

22 results

Word	Reference	Gender	Number	Synonyms	Definition

ākṣāritaḥ	3.1.41	Masculine	Singular	kṣāritaḥ, abhiśastaḥ

asrī	2.9.35	Masculine	Singular	śākam, haritakam

bālapāśyā	2.6.104	Feminine	Singular	pāritathyā

barivāsitaḥ	3.1.102	Masculine	Singular	varivasyitam, upāsitam, upacaritam

bhrūṇaḥ	3.3.51	Masculine	Singular	maurvī, dravyāśritaḥ, sattvādikaḥ, śuklādikaḥ, sandhyādikaḥ

mīḍham	3.1.95	Masculine	Singular	mūtritam

pālāśaḥ	1.5.14	Masculine	Singular	haritaḥ, harit	green

paṃkam	1.4.24	Masculine	Singular	kalmaṣam, pāpmā, aṃhaḥ, vṛjinam, kilbiṣam, duṣkṛtam, agham, kaluṣam, pāpam, duritam, enaḥ	sin

pūrṇaḥ	3.1.97	Masculine	Singular	pūritaḥ

śīghram	1.1.65	Neuter	Singular	avilambitam, satvaram, kṣipram, tūrṇam, drutam, laghu, āśu, capalam, aram, tvaritam	swiftly

vedhitaḥ	3.1.98	Masculine	Singular	chidritaḥ, viddhaḥ

vegī	2.8.74	Masculine	Singular	tvaritaḥ, prajavī, javanaḥ, javaḥ, tarasvī

vinītaḥ	3.1.24	Masculine	Singular	nibhṛtaḥ, praśritaḥ

ācchuritakam		Neuter	Singular		a horse laugh

saritaḥ	1.10.34	Feminine	Plural	candrabhāgā, sarasvatī, kāverī, śarāvatī, vetravatī	savarmati(river)

ākṣāritaḥ	3.1.41	Masculine	Singular	kṣāritaḥ, abhiśastaḥ

preritaḥ	3.1.86	Masculine	Singular	kṣiptaḥ, nuttaḥ, nunnaḥ, astaḥ, niṣṭhyūtaḥ, āviddhaḥ

vicāritaḥ	3.1.99	Masculine	Singular	vinnaḥ, vittaḥ

dāritaḥ	3.1.101	Masculine	Singular	bhinnaḥ, bheditaḥ

ucchritaḥ	3.3.91	Masculine	Singular	sambaddhārthaḥ, hitam, śaktisthaḥ

paritaḥ	2.4.12	Masculine	Singular	samantataḥ, sarvataḥ, viṣvak

haritaḥ	3.5.19	Masculine	Singular

Monier-Williams Search

980 results for rita

रितक्वन्

m. a thief

(varia lectio for takvan-).

आभरित

mfn. (fr. ā-bharaṇa-), ornamented, decorated

अभिचरित

n. exorcising, incantation,

अभिचारित

mfn. enchanted, charmed.

अभिघारित

mfn. sprinkled with

अभिमन्त्रित

mfn. consecrated by a certain formula.

अभिप्रक्षरित

mfn. poured out

अभिसंश्रित

mfn. who has resorted to any one (for refuge)

अभिसंश्रित

mfn. (for a visit)

अभिस्फुरित

mfn. expanded to the full (as a blossom).

अभ्रित

mf(ā-)n. covered with clouds, (gaRa tārakādi- q.v)

अभ्युच्छ्रित

mfn. raised aloft, elevated

etc.

अभ्युच्छ्रित

mfn. prominent

अभ्युच्छ्रित

mfn. excellent through (instrumental case)

अभ्युच्छ्रितकर

mfn. with uplifted proboscis

अभ्युदीरित

mfn. "raised (as the voice), said"

अचरित

n. not eating, abstinence from food (according to to Scholiast or Commentator on

but in

rather read ā-- carita-, quod vide).

आचरित

mfn. passed or wandered through, frequented by

etc.

आचरित

mfn. observed, exercised, practised

आचरित

mfn. (in grammar) enjoined, fixed by rule

commentator or commentary

आचरित

n. approaching, arrival

आचरित

n. conduct, behaviour

आचरित

n. the usual way (of calling in debts)

आचरित

distress for debt (in the legal sense),

आचरितत्व

n. custom, usage

आचरितव्य

mfn. equals ā-caraṇīya- q.v

आचरितव्य

mfn. (impersonal or used impersonally) to be acted in a customary manner

आच्छुरित

mfn. ( chur-), covered, clothed with (instrumental case)

आच्छुरित

n. making a noise with the finger-nails by rubbing them on one another

आच्छुरित

n. a horse-laugh

आच्छुरितक

n. a scratch with a fingernail

आच्छुरितक

n. a horse-laugh

आडम्बरित

mfn. accompanied with sounds of a drum,

आडम्बरित

highly increased,

अधिश्रित

mfn. put on the fire (as a pot)

अधिश्रित

mfn. resided in, dwelt in

अधिश्रित

mfn. occupied by.

आदिस्वरित

mfn. having the Svarita accent on the first syllable, VPra1t., Scholiast or Commentator

अद्रितनया

f. "mountain-daughter", Name of pārvatī-

अद्रितनया

f. Name of a metre (of four lines, each containing twenty-three syllables).

अहरित

mfn. not yellow

आजर्जरित

mfn. (fr. jarjara-), torn into pieces

आकारित

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having the shape of

आक्षारित

mfn. calumniated, accused (especially of adultery or fornication)

(an-- negative) 355.

आमन्त्रित

mfn. addressed, spoken to

आमन्त्रित

mfn. called, invited, summoned

आमन्त्रित

mfn. asked

आमन्त्रित

mfn. one of whom leave is taken

etc.

आमन्त्रित

n. addressing, summoning

आमन्त्रित

n. the vocative case

अम्बूक्रित

mfn. (ambū-used onomatopoetically to denote by trying to utter mb-the effect caused by shutting the lips on pronouncing a vowel), pronounced indistinctly (so that the words remain too much in the mouth)

अम्बूक्रित

mfn. ([in later writers derived fr. ambu-,water]) sputtered, accompanied with saliva

(an--,neg.)

अम्बूक्रित

n. a peculiar indistinct pronunciation of the vowels

अम्बूक्रित

n. roaring (of beasts) accompanied with emission of saliva

अमिश्रित

mfn. unmixed, unblended.

अनाकारित

mfn. not claimed, not exacted.

अनाक्षारित

mfn. unreproached.

अनन्तरित

mfn. not separated by any interstice

अनन्तरित

mfn. unbroken.

अनन्याश्रित

mfn. not having resorted to another

अनन्याश्रित

mfn. independent

अनन्याश्रित

n. (in law) unencumbered property.

अनाश्रित

mfn. not supported, detached

अनाश्रित

mfn. disengaged, independent, non-inherent.

अन्धकारित

mfn. made dark, dark

(see gaRa tārakādi-.)

अनेकाश्रित

mfn. (in vaiśeṣika- philosophy) dwelling or abiding in more than one.

अङ्गारित

mfn. charred, roasted, (gaRa tārakādi-, q.v)

अङ्गारित

mfn. "burnt", a kind of food not to be accepted by jaina- ascetics

अङ्गारित

n. the early blossom of the kiṃśuka-.

अनिद्रित

mfn. not asleep, awake.

अनिमन्त्रित

mfn. uninvited.

अनिमन्त्रितभोजिन्

mfn. eating without being invited.

अनिर्धारित

mfn. undetermined, unascertained, undefined.

अनीरित

mfn. unstirred,

अनिवारित

mfn. unhindered, unimpeded, unopposed, unforbidden, unchecked.

अङ्कुरित

mfn. sprouted.

अन्तरित

mfn. gone within, interior, hidden, concealed, screened, shielded

अन्तरित

mfn. departed, retired, withdrawn, disappeared, perished

अन्तरित

mfn. separated, excluded

अन्तरित

mfn. impeded

अन्तरित

n. (?) remainder (in arithmetic)

अन्तरित

n. a technical term in architecture.

अन्तस्वरित

m. the svarita- accent on the last syllable of a word

अन्तस्वरित

n. a word thus accentuated.

अनुचरणचरित

n. acts, deeds, adventures,

अनुमन्त्रित

mfn. so consecrated.

अनुपचरित

mfn. not transferred, Sa1m2khyas., Scholiast or Commentator

अनुपरिवारित

mfn. surrounded, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

अन्वाश्रित

mfn. ( śri-), one who has gone along

अन्वाश्रित

mfn. placed or situated along.

अन्याश्रित

mfn. gone to another.

अन्योन्याश्रित

mfn. mutually supported or depending.

अपचरित

mfn. gone away, departed, dead

अपचरित

n. fault, offence

अपहारित

mfn. carried off

अपपात्रित

mfn. idem or 'mfn. "not allowed to use vessels (for food)", people of low caste '

अपरिश्रित

n. not an enclosure

अपसारित

mfn. removed, put away.

अपश्रित

mfn. retired from, retreated, absconded

अपाश्रित

mfn. resting on

अपाश्रित

mfn. resorting to.

अपवारित

mfn. covered, concealed

etc.

अपवारितकेन

ind. equals apa-vāritam-.

अपवारितम्

ind. (in theatrical language) secretly, apart, aside (speaking so that only the addressed person may hear, opposed to prakāśam-)

आपूरित

mfn. filled up, full.

अरिष्टाश्रितपुर

n. Name of a town

आरित

mfn. praised

अर्णवसरिदास्रित

mfn. living on the bank of the sea and of rivers

अश्रित

mfn. ?

आश्रित

mfn. attaching one's self to, joining

आश्रित

mfn. having recourse to, resorting to as a retreat or asylum, seeking refuge or shelter from

आश्रित

mfn. subject to, depending on

etc.

आश्रित

mfn. relating or belonging to, concerning

etc.

आश्रित

mfn. inhabiting, dwelling in, resting on, being anywhere, taking one's station at

etc.

आश्रित

mfn. following, practising, observing

आश्रित

mfn. using, employing

आश्रित

mfn. receiving anything as an inherent or integral part

etc.

आश्रित

mfn. regarding, respecting

आश्रित

mfn. taken or sought as a refuge or shelter

आश्रित

mfn. inhabited, occupied

आश्रित

mfn. chosen, preferred, taken as rule

आश्रित

m. a dependant, subject, servant, follower

आश्रित

n. (with Buddhists) an object perceived by the senses and manas- or mind.

आश्रितत्व

n. dependance.

आसूत्रित

mfn. tied on or round, forming or wearing a garland.

अस्वरित

mfn. not having the accent called svarita-

अतन्द्रित

mfn. idem or 'mfn. free from lassitude, alert, unwearied '

अवचारित

mfn. (in med.) applied

अवच्छुरित

n. a horse-laugh

अवच्छुरितक

n. a horse-laugh

अवदारित

mfn. rent or burst open

अवधारित

mfn. ascertained, known, certain, heard, learnt

अवधारित

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with śreṇy-ādi-) "known as", (gaRa kṛtādi- q.v)

अवधीरित

mfn. disrespected, disregarded,

etc.

अवधीरित

mfn. surpassed, excelled

अवमूत्रित

mfn. urined upon

अवमूत्रित

mfn. wetted by the fluid excretion (of an insect)

अवपात्रित

mfn. a person not allowed by his kindred to eat or drink from the same vessel (see apa-pātrita-.)

अवारित

mfn. unimpeded, unobstructed

अवारितद्वार

mfn. having open doors

अवारितम्

ind. without obstacles, at pleasure

अवारितव्य

mfn. not to be impeded or hindered, not to be kept off.

अवतारित

mfn. caused to descend, fetched down from (ablative)

अवतारित

mfn. taken down, laid down or aside

अवतारित

mfn. removed

अवतारित

mfn. set a-going, rendered current, accomplished

अवतरितव्य

n. impersonal or used impersonally to be alighted

अविचारित

mfn. unconsidered, not deliberated,

अविचारित

mfn. not requiring deliberation, certain, clear

अविचारितम्

ind. unhesitatingly

अयन्त्रित

mfn. unhindered, unrestrained, self-willed

अयत्नक्रित

mfn. easily or readily produced,. spontaneous

बधिरित

mfn. made deaf, deafened

बहुनिःश्रित

wrong reading for bāhu-n-, q.v

बालचरित

n. "childish doings", Name of works or chs. of works treating of the youthful adventures of a deity, (especially) of chapter of

बालचरितनामन्

n. Name of work

बलात्कारित

mfn. equals next

बन्धुरित

mfn. inclined, bent

बन्धुरित

mfn. curved

बर्बरित

mfn. gaRa kāśādi-.

बटुचरितनाटक

n. Name of a drama.

भरित

mfn. (fr. bhara-) nourished, full (opp. to rikta-,"empty"), filled with (genitive case or compound)

भरित

mf(ā-or riṇī-)n. equals harita-, green

भोजराजसच्चरित

n. Name of work

भ्रमरित

mfn. covered with bees

भुजंगेरित

n. a kind of metre

भूरितर

mfn. more, more abundant or numerous

भुवनचरित

n. the doings of the world

बुद्धचरित

n. "the acts of buddha-", Name of a kāvya- by aśva-ghoṣa-.

चैतन्यचरणाम्रित

n. "nectar of caitanya-'s life", Name of work by kṛṣṇa-dāsa- (abridgement of the caitanya-caritra-

)

चमत्कारित

mfn. astonished

चण्डीचरित

n. Name of a drama.

चारान्तरित

m. idem or 'm. equals rapāla- '

चरित

mfn. gone, gone to, attained

चरित

mfn. "practised", in compound

चरित

mfn. espied, ascertained (by a spy, cara-)

चरित

n. going, moving, course

चरित

n. motion (of asterisms)

चरित

mfn. acting, doing, practice, behaviour, acts, deeds, adventures

etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).

)

चरित

n. fixed institute, proper or peculiar observance

(see uttara-rāma--, d/uś--, sac--, saha--, su--).

चरित

etc. See

चारित

mfn. set in motion

चारित

mfn. caused to be done by (instrumental case)

चरितगुणत्व

n. attainment of peculiar property or use (sārthaka-tva- Scholiast or Commentator)

चरितमय

mf(ī-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' containing or relating deeds or adventures of

चरितपूर्व

mfn. performed formerly

चरितव्रत

mfn. one who has observed a vow

चरितव्य

mfn. (equals cart-) to be practised or performed

चरितव्य

n. impersonal or used impersonally with upāṃśu vācā-,"he is to continue speaking low"

छिद्रित

mfn. perforated

छोरित

mfn. abandoned, thrown away

छोरित

mfn.

छोरित

mfn. drawn (a sigh)

छुरित

mfn. strewed, set, inlaid with (instrumental case or in compound), blended

etc.

छुरित

n. flashing (of lightning)

चिकुरित

mfn. ?

चिराश्रित

mfn. long maintained or protected, an old dependant

चीरित

mfn. "ragged", only in compound

चीरितच्छदा

f. Beta bengalensis

चीरितपत्त्रिका

f. equals ra-p-

चित्रित

mfn. made variegated, decorated, painted

चित्रित

mfn. see vi--.

चोरित

mfn. stolen

चोरित

n. theft

चोरितक

n. anything stolen,

चोरितक

n. petty theft

दक्षिणाचरितन्त्र

n. equals ra-t-.

दामचरित

(or tra-) n. Name of a drama

दामश्रीदामचरित

(or tra-) n. Name of a drama

दण्डवारित

mfn. forbidden by threat of punishment

Va1rtt. 5

दन्तुरित

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' filled with, full of

दरिद्रित

mfn. idem or 'mfn. poor ' , 52

दारित

mfn. torn, rent, divided

दरित

mfn. timid

दशकुमारचरित

n. "adventures of the 10 princes", Name of work by daṇḍin-.

दशावतारचरित

n. Name of work

दौरित

n. mischief. harm

देशान्तरित

mfn. living in a foreign country

देशराजचरित

n. "history of native princes", Name of work

देवचरित

n. the course of action or practices of the gods

देवर्षिचरित

n. the deeds of divine sages

धारित

mfn. borne (also in the womb), held, supported etc.

धारित

n. (also taka-) a horses trot

(wrong reading for dhorita-, taka-).

धर्मगुप्तचरित

n. Name of work

धर्माश्रित

mfn. seeking virtue, just, pious

धौरितक

and dhaurya- n. a horse's trot

(see dhorita-, taka-).

धोरित

n. a horse's trot

धोरितक

n. a horse's trot

ध्रुवचरित

n. Name of work

धूर्तचरित

n. the tricks of rogues (plural

)

धूर्तचरित

n. Name of a play.

धूसरित

mfn. made grey, greyish

दिव्यसूरिचरित

n. Name of work

द्रव्याश्रित

mfn. inherent in a substance

दुराचरित

n. misfortune, ill luck

दूरान्तरित

mfn. separated by a wide space

दुरित

n. (d/ur--

) bad course, difficulty, danger. discomfort, evil, sin (also personified)

etc.

दुरित

mfn. difficult, bad

दुरित

mfn. wicked, sinful

दुरितदमनी

f. Mimosa Suma

दुरितक्षय

m. destruction of sin

दुरितक्षय

m. Name of a man

दुर्मन्त्रित

mfn. badly advised

दुर्मन्त्रित

n. equals prec.

दूरोत्सारित

mfn. driven far away, removed, banished

दूरोत्सारितत्व

दुश्चरित

n. (d/uś--) misbehaviour, misdoing, ill-conduct, wickedness

etc.

दुश्चरित

n. plural (

) the 10 chief sins (viz. murder, theft, adultery, lying, calumny, lewdness, evil speech, covetousness, envy, heresy; see

)

दुश्चरित

mfn. misbehaving, wicked

(also tin-

) .

द्विरुच्चारित

n. the repetition of a piece of music

एकच्छायाश्रित

mfn. involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety who binds himself to an equal liability with one debtor id est to the payment of the whole debt, Mit.)

एकाश्रित

mfn. resting upon or clinging to one object or person (see an-ekāśr-),

एकाश्रितगुण

m. a simple attribute or predicate (as form, smell, taste, etc.)

गह्वरित

mfn. absorbed (in one's thoughts)

गर्भधारित

mfn. contained in the womb, conceived

गर्भधारित

mfn. borne

गर्भसंकरित

m. a mongrel

गरित

mfn. poisoned gaRa tārakādi-.

गौरवेरित

mfn. praised, celebrated

गौरीचरित

n. "life of gaurī-", Name of work

गौरित

m. plural Name of a family

घर्घरित

n. grunting

घोरित

n. snorting,

गिरित

mfn. swallowed

गिरित

See 2. gir-.

ग्रहचरितविद्

m. "knowing the course of planets", an astrologer,

गुणत्रितय

n. equals -traya-

हम्मीरचरित

n. " hammīra-'s deeds", Name of a mahā-kāvya- by naya-candra-.

हरचरितचिन्तामणि

m. Name of a poem.

हरिधारितग्रन्थ

(?) m. Name of work

हारित

mfn. (fr. Causal;for 2.See) caused to be taken or seized etc.

हारित

mfn. brought, conveyed

हारित

mfn. robbed, carried off

हारित

mfn. made away with, lost, relinquished

etc.

हारित

mfn. deprived of (accusative)

हारित

mfn. surpassed, exceeded

हारित

mfn. captivated, fascinated

हरित

mf(ā-or h/ariṇī-)n. yellowish, pale yellow, fallow, pale red, pale (also,"pale with fright"), greenish, green (also;"verdant"as opp. to śuṣka-"dry")

etc.

हरित

m. yellowish (the colour)

हरित

m. Phaseolus Mungo or Lobatus

हरित

m. a lion

हरित

m. Name of a son of kaśyapa-

हरित

m. of a son of yadu-

हरित

m. of a son of rohita-

हरित

m. of a son of rohitāśva-

हरित

m. of a son of yuvanāśva-

हरित

m. of a son of parāvṛt-

हरित

m. of a son of vapuṣmat-

हरित

m. of an ichneumon (varia lectio hariṇa-)

हरित

m. plural the descendants of harita- (also called harītāḥ-),

(see

Va1rtt. i

)

हरित

m. Name of particular verses of the

(also haretā mantrāḥ-)

हरित

m. of a class of gods in the 12th manvantara-

हरित

n. a yellowish or greenish substance

हरित

n. gold

हरित

n. greens, vegetables

("unripe grain"Scholiast or Commentator)

हरित

n. a kind of fragrant plant (equals sthauṇcyaka-)

हारित

m. (fr. harit-and harita-) green (the colour)

हारित

m. a moderate wind neither too gentle nor too strong

हारित

m. the haritāla- pigeon

हारित

m. "descendant of harita-", Name of a son of viśvāmitra- (plural his family, also called haritāḥ-)

हरितभेषज

n. a remedy against jaundice

हरितचारिक

mfn. (perhaps) using supernatural means of locomotion

हरितच्छद

mf(ā-)n. having green leaves

हरितच्छद

m. a tree, plant

हरितधान्य

n. green id est unripe corn

हरितगर्भ

mf(ā-)n. containing a golden germ

हरितगोमय

m. plural fresh cow-dung

हरितहरि

m. "having reddish or bay horses", the Sun

हरितजम्भन्

mfn.

हरितक

mfn. greenish (applied to the 6th unknown quantity)

हरितक

m. or n. a green herb

हरितक

n. grass

हारितक

n. equals haritaka-, a green vegetable

हरितकपिश

mfn. yellowish-brown

हरितकशाक

n. Moringa Pterygospermum

हारितकात

m. plural the descendants of haritakātya-

Va1rtt. 8.

हरितकात्य

m. Name of a man

Va1rtt.8.

हरितकी

f. Terminalia Chebula

हरितलता

f. equals pattrikā-

हरितनेमिन्

mfn. having (a chariot with) golden fellies (śiva-), R:

हरितपाण्डु

mfn. yellowish-pale

हरितपत्त्रमय

mf(ī-)n. formed of green leaves

हरितपत्त्रिका

f. a species of plant

हरितप्रभ

mfn. appearing yellowish or pale

हरितर्धकाय

mfn. having half the body green

हरितशाक

m. Moringa Pterygospermum

हरितसेन

m. Name of a king

हरितस्पृश

mfn. (?)

हरितस्रज्

mfn. (h/arita--) wearing or forming yellow (green) garlands

हरितस्रज्

mfn. adorned with a golden chain or garland

हरिततृण

n. green grass

हरितत्त्वमुक्तावलि

f. Name of a commentator or commentary

हरितत्त्वमुक्तावली

f. Name of a commentator or commentary

हरितत्व

n. yellowish green (the colour)

हरितयज्ञ

m. Name of a man (See hāritay-).

हारितयज्ञ

mfn. relating or belonging to harita-yajña-

हरितयव

m. green barley

हरिवंशसारचरित

n. Name of work

हर्षचरित

n. Name of a poem by bāṇa- (containing the life of king harṣa-vardhana- of sthāneśvara-)

हर्षचरितसंकेत

m. Name of Comm. on the above work

हर्षचरितवार्त्तिक

n. Name of Comm. on the above work

हिमाद्रितनया

f. "daughter of himālaya-", parvatī- ( himādritanayapati -pati- m."husband of parvatī-", śiva-)

हिमाद्रितनया

f. the Ganges

हिमाद्रितनयपति

m. himādritanayā

हीनचरित

n. (plural) base or mean conduct,

ह्रित

wrong reading for hṛta-, or hrīta-.

ह्वरित

mfn.

ईरित

mfn. sent, despatched

ईरित

mfn. said, uttered.

जागरित

mfn. (

) equals ta-vat-

जागरित

n. waking

जागरितदेश

m. place of waking,

जागरितस्थान

mfn. being awake

जागरितवत्

mfn. one who has long been awake or is exhausted with sleeplessness, 37.

जगत्त्रितय

n. idem or 'n. the three worlds (heaven, earth, and the lower world) '

जन्मान्तरित

mfn. done in a former life

जरित

mfn. (past participle Caus.) old, decayed

जरित

etc., See

जर्जरित

mfn. become decrepit or decayed, torn in pieces, worn out

झङ्कारित

n. idem or 'm. a low murmuring (buzzing of bees etc.), jingling, clanking '

(varia lectio ṭaṃ-k-).

झर्झरित

mfn. ( jhṝ-) worn, wasted, withered

ज्वरित

mfn. (gaRa tārakādi-) feverish, affected with fever

काकमृगगोचरित

mfn. following the manner of the crow in drinking, of the deer in eating, and of the cow in making water

कक्षाश्रित

n. "being in the arm-pit", the hair under the armpit

कालकारित

mfn. effected or brought about by or in time (see kāla-kṛta-.)

कालत्रितय

n. idem or 'n. the three times id est past, present, and future.'

कल्माषपादचरित

n. Name of work

कारणकारितम्

ind. in consequence of

कर्बूरित

mfn. variegated, many-coloured

कारित

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' caused to be made or done, brought about, effected

etc.

कारित

n. the Causal form of a verb

कारितवत्

mfn. one who has caused to be made or done.

कर्माश्रितभक्त

m. plural Name of a vaiṣṇava- sect.

कष्टश्रित

mfn. undergoing pain or misfortune or hardships, performing penance Scholiast or Commentator on

कठोरित

mfn. made to thrive, strengthened

कौमारहारित

m. patronymic fr. kumārahārita-

खरित

m. the brother's son

किंचिच्चीरितपत्त्रिका

f. the plant Beta bengalensis (= cīrita-cchadā-)

किर्मीरित

mfn. "variegated", mingled with (in compound)

किर्मीरित

mfn. variegated, spotted

कोरित

mfn. scraped out of the ground

कोरित

mfn. pounded, ground

कोरित

mfn. budded, sprouted

कृष्णहारित

m. Name of a ṛṣi-

कृष्णाश्रित

mfn. devoted to or a votary of kṛṣṇa-

कृतस्मरचरित

n. Name of work

क्रूरचरित

mfn. addicted to cruel practices, cruel, ferocious.

क्षारत्रितय

n. idem or 'n. "a triad of acrid substances", natron, saltpetre, and borax '

क्षरित

mfn. dropped, liquefied, oozed

क्षरित

mfn. flowing, trickling

क्षारित

mfn. distilled from saline matter, strained through alkaline ashes etc.

क्षारित

mfn. calumniated, falsely accused (especially of adultery), accused of a crime (locative case)

क्षारित

mfn. (instrumental case)

(edition Gorr.)

क्षितीशवंशावलीचरित

n. "genealogy and history of kṣitīśa-'s family", Name of work composed in the last century.

क्षुद्राचरित

mfn. visited by common people (as a country)

कुहरित

n. noise, sound

कुहरित

n. the song or cry of the Kokila or Indian cuckoo

कुहरित

n. a sound uttered in copulation

कुमारहारित

m. Name of a teacher

कुमारितमा

f. (superl.)

कुमारितरा

f. (Comparative degree)

कूर्परित

mfn. struck by the elbow

ललिताङ्गनरेश्वरचरित

n. Name of work

लोकान्तरित

mfn. deceased, dead

माधवचरित

n. Name of work

मध्यस्वरित

mfn. having the svarita- accent on the middle syllable

महावीरचरित

n. "the exploits of the great hero (rāma-)", Name of a celebrated drama by bhavabhūti-

मनःशिलाविच्छुरित

mfn. inlaid with red arsenic

मानवेन्दीयचरित

(?) n. Name of a poem.

मञ्जरीपिञ्जरित

mfn. "having pearls and gold"or"yellowish coloured with clusters of flowers"

मञ्जरित

mfn. "having clusters of flowers"or"mounted on a stalk"

(gaRa tārakādi-).

मनोरमापरिणयनचरित

n. Name of work

मन्थरित

mfn. made slow or lazy, relaxed

मन्त्रित

mfn. discussed, deliberated, determined

etc.

मन्त्रित

mfn. advised, counselled (said of Persons and things)

मन्त्रित

mfn. consecrated with sacred texts, enchanted, charmed

मन्त्रित

n. counsel, deliberation, plan

मन्त्रित

See p.786.

मान्त्रित

mfn. (fr. next) gaRa kaṇvādi-.

मन्युपरित

mfn. filled with anger

मारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) killed, slain, destroyed,

मारित

mārin- See above.

मार्कण्डेयचरित

n. Name of work

मेदुरित

mfn. thickened, made dense by or with (compound)

मेदुरित

mfn. unctuous

मेघकुमारचरित

n. Name of a jaina- work

मिश्रित

mfn. mixed, blended with (compound)

etc.

मिश्रित

mfn. promiscuous, miscellaneous (as taste)

मिश्रित

mfn. added

मिश्रित

mfn. respectable

मिश्रितमाहात्म्य

n. Name of work

मिथिलेशचरित

n. Name of work

मित्रावरुणसमीरित

mfn. impelled by mitra- and varuṇa-

म्रित

"begging for food"(for

read

)

म्रितसंजीवक

mfn. reviving the dead,

मुद्रित

mfn. sealed, stamped, impressed, printed, marked

मुद्रित

mfn. contracted, closed, sealed up

(nidrā-m-sunk in sleep

)

मुद्रित

mfn. strung, bound

मुद्रित

mfn. unblown (as a flower)

मुद्रित

mfn. intertwined in particular forms (as the fingers; see mudrā-)

मुद्रित

n. impressing a seal on (locative case)

मुद्रितमुख

mfn. having the mouth closed or the lips sealed

मुद्रितपांसु

mfn. making impressions on dust or sand (said of drops of water)

मुखरित

mfn. rendered noisy. made resonant, sounding, ringing

मुकुरित

mfn. (prob.) =

मुकुरिततारकादि

मूर्छापरित

mfn. idem or 'mfn. overcome with faintness, insensible '

मूत्रित

mfn. one who has voided urine

मूत्रित

mfn. discharged like urine

मूत्रित

mfn. soiled with urine

मूत्रित

n. the voiding of urine

नागारितन्त्रहोम

m. a kind of sacrifice

नागार्जुनचरित

n. Name of work

नहुषचरित

" nahuṣa-'s life", Name of chapter of the

नैषधचरित

n. equals prec. n.

नैषधीयचरित

n. equals naiṣadha- n.

नलचरित

n. Name of a poem and a drama.

नम्रित

mfn. bent down, made to sink

नन्दीचरित

n. Name of work

नरवाहनदत्तचरितमय

mf(ī-)n. containing the adventures of prince naravāhana-datta-

नात्युच्छ्रित

mfn. idem or 'mfn. not too high '

नयनचरित

n. play of the eyes, ogling,

निद्रामुद्रित

mfn. fallen asleep,

निद्रान्तरित

mfn. asleep

निद्रित

mfn. sleeping, asleep

(see gaRa tārakādi-)

निद्रितवत्

mfn. one who has slept

निःसारित

mfn. turned out expelled, dismissed

निमन्त्रित

mfn. invited (especially to a feast, with instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' vivāhena-

; see

)

निमन्त्रित

mfn. summoned, called, convoked

नीरजीकारित

mfn. nīrajīkṛ

नीरन्ध्रित

mfn. thickly set with, abounding in (compound)

नीरन्ध्रित

mfn. uninterrupted

निर्दारित

See nir-dṝ-.

निर्दारित

mfn. torn asunder, split open

निर्धारित

mfn. determined, ascertained, settled, accurately stated or told

निर्धारितव्य

mfn. equals dhāraṇīya-.

निर्वारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) warded off

निवारित

mfn. kept off, hindered, forbidden, prevented

नियन्त्रित

mfn. restrained, checked, fettered,

नियन्त्रित

mfn. dammed up, embanked

नियन्त्रित

mfn. restricted to a certain sense (as a word)

नियन्त्रित

mfn. governed by, depending on (instrumental case or compound)

नृसिंहचरित

n. Name of work

पदार्थत्रितय

n. padārtha

पक्वहरितलून

mfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry

पाण्डवचरित

n. Name of 2 poems.

पाण्डुकम्बलसंव्रित

mfn. (

)

पाण्डुरित

mfn. white-coloured

पाण्डुरित

mfn. Balar.

परपरित

mfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous

पराश्रित

mfn. = (and varia lectio for) prec. mfn.

पराश्रित

mfn. a dependent, servant slave

परेताचरित

mfn. frequented or inhabited by the departed

परिचारित

n. amusement, sport

परिचरितव्य

mfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped

परिकरित

mfn. accompanied by (instrumental case)

परिमन्त्रित

mfn. ( mantr-) charmed, consecrated, enchanted

परिपाण्डुरित

mfn. made very pale

परिपूरित

mfn. filled or occupied by, furnished with (compound)

etc.

परिपूरित

mfn. accomplished, finished, gone through, experienced

परिस्फुरित

mfn. quivering, palpitating

परिस्फुरित

mfn. dispersed, reflected on all sides

परिस्फुरित

mfn. opened, expanded

परिस्फुरित

mfn. shot, glanced

परिश्रित

mfn. standing round

परिश्रित

mfn. surrounded by (instrumental case or compound)

परिश्रित

mfn. wrong reading for śruta-

परिश्रित

n. (p/ari--) equals p/ari-vṛta- n. (See under pari--1. vṛ-)

परितड्

P. -tāḍayati-, to strike against, touch

परितकन

n. ( tak-) running round or about

परितक्म्य

mfn. wandering, unsteady, uncertain, dangerous

परितक्म्या

f. travelling, peregrination

परितक्म्या

according to to some also,"going round or overtaking an adversary's chariot".

परितक्म्या

f. night (as the wandering see

)

परितम्

P. -tāmyati-, to gasp for breath, be oppressed

परितंस्

(only infinitive mood of Causal -taṃsay/adhyai-), to stir up

परितन्

P. A1. -tanoti-, nute- (Aorist -atanat-; ind.p. -tatya-), to stretch round, embrace, surround

परितप्

P. -tapati- (future -tapiṣyati-

; -tapsyati-

; ind.p. -t/apya-

), to burn all round, set on fire, kindle ; to feel or suffer pain ; (with tapas-) to undergo penance, practise austerities

etc. etc.: Passive voice -tapyate- (ti-), to be purified (as by fire)

; to feel or suffer pain, do penance, practise austerities

etc.: Causal -tāpayati-, to scorch, cause great pain, torment

परितप्त

(p/ari--) mfn. surrounded with heat, heated, burnt, tormented, afflicted

परितप्त

mfn. scorched, singed

परितप्तमुख

mfn. having the face overwhelmed with grief,

परितप्ति

f. great pain or torture, anguish

परितर्ज्

Caus. -tarjayati-, to threaten, menace

परितर्क्

P. -tarkayati-, to think about, reflect, consider

परितर्कण

n. consideration, reflection

परितर्कित

mfn. thought about, expected (a-parit-)

परितर्कित

mfn. examined (judicially)

परितर्पण

mfn. satisfying, contenting

परितर्पण

n. the act of satisfying

परितर्पण

n. a restorative

परितस्

ind. (fr. pari-) round about, all around, everywhere (na-paritaḥ-,by no means, not at all)

etc.

परितस्

ind. as preposition (with accusative,once with genitive case) round about, round, throughout

पारितथ्या

f. (-tathya-) a string of pearls for binding the hair

परितत्नु

mfn. embracing, surrounding

पारितवत्

mfn. containing the word pāriśa-, or other forms of the Causal of pṝ-,

परिवारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) surrounded by, covered with, veiled in (instrumental case or compound)

पश्चान्मुखाश्रित

mfn. turned westwards

पतञ्जलिचरित

n. Name of work

पत्त्रित

mfn. feathered (is an arrow)

पवित्रित

mfn. purified, sanctified, blessed, happy

पिञ्जरित

mfn. coloured reddish-yellow

पीतहरित

mfn. "yellowish-green"

पीतहरितच्छाय

mfn. of a yellow-green colour

प्रचरित

mfn. followed, practised

प्रचरित

mfn. arrived at, visited

प्रचरित

mfn. current, publicly known

प्रचारित

mfn. allowed to wander or roam about

प्रचारित

mfn. made public or manifest

(see gaRa tārakādi-).

प्रचरितव्य

mfn. to be proceeded with or undertaken, to be performed

प्रचेरित

(?),

प्रद्युम्नोत्तरचरित

n. " pradyumna-'s further deeds", Name of a poem.

प्रहरित

mfn. of a beautiful greenish colour

प्रह्लादचरित

n. Name of work

प्रजापतिचरित

n. Name of work

प्रमूत्रित

mfn. begun to be urined (n. impersonal or used impersonally)

प्रपूरित

mfn. filled up, completed

प्रसारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) held forth, stretched out, expanded, spread, diffused

etc.

प्रसारित

mfn. laid out, exhibited, exposed (for sale)

प्रसारित

mfn. published, promulgated

प्रसारितभोग

mfn. (a serpent) with expanded coils

प्रसारितगात्र

mfn. with outstretched limbs (su-pr-)

प्रस्फुरित

mfn. become tremulous, quivering, vibrating

etc. ( prasphuritādhara tādhara- mfn.one whose lower lip quivers

)

प्रस्फुरित

mfn. clear, evident

प्रश्रित

mfn. bending forward deferentially, humble, modest, courteous, well-behaved ( praśritam am- ind.humbly, deferentially)

etc. (often wrong reading sṛta-)

प्रश्रित

mfn. hidden, obscure (as a meaning)

प्रश्रित

m. Name of a son of ānaka-dundubhi- and śānti-deva-

प्रश्रितम्

ind. praśrita

प्रतारित

mfn. misled, deceived, imposed upon

etc.

प्रतारित

mfn. persuaded or seduced to (dative case)

(varia lectio pra-codita-). 1.

प्रतिचारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) circulated, proclaimed, published

प्रतिकूलाचरित

n. an offensive action, injurious conduct

प्रतिमन्त्रित

mfn. consecrated with sacred texts

प्रतिपूरित

mfn. filled with, full of

प्रतिपूरित

mfn. satisfied, contented

प्रतिसमाश्रित

mfn. ( śri-) depending on (accusative)

प्रतिसारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) repelled, removed

प्रतिसारित

mfn. dressed (as a wound)

प्रतिश्रित

n. a place of refuge

प्रतिवारित

mfn. kept off, prohibited, prevented

etc.

प्रतिवारित

n. prohibition

प्रत्युच्छ्रित

mfn. rising

प्रौढचरितनामन्

n. plural Name of work by vallabhācārya- on the titles of kṛṣṇa- derived from 128 of his exploits during adolescence.

प्रवाहेमूत्रित

n. pravāha

प्रवारित

mfn. (for 2.See under pra--2. vṛ-) clothed with (instrumental case)

प्रवारित

mfn. (for 1.See above) offered, set out for sale

(Bombay edition pra-codita-).

प्रवेरित

mfn. cast, hurled

(varia lectio)

प्रविचारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) examined or investigated accurately

प्रेक्षकेरित

mfn. (a word) uttered by a spectator

प्रेरित

mfn. urged, impelled, dispatched, sent

प्रेरित

mfn. turned, directed (as the eye)

(varia lectio)

प्रेरित

mfn. incited to speak

प्रेरित

mfn. passed, spent (as time)

प्रोच्चारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) caused to sound, sounding

प्रोच्छ्रित

mfn. (pra-ucch-) lifted up, raised

प्रोच्छ्रित

mfn. high, lofty

प्रोत्सारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) offered, granted, given

प्रोत्सारित

mfn. ejected, expelled

प्रोत्सारित

mfn. urged forwards, incited

पुण्यभरित

mfn. abounding in holiness or bliss

पुरंजनचरित

n. Name of drama.

पूरित

mfn. filled, completed etc.

पूरित

mfn. made full or strong, intensified (as a sound)

पूरित

mfn. filled with wind, blown (as a conch)

पूरित

mfn. multiplied, overspread

पुरितत्

wrong reading for purītat-

पूर्वाचरित

mfn. formerly done or followed

पूर्वरात्रक्रित

mfn. done during the formerly previously of the night (equals tre kṛ-

)

पूर्वावधीरित

mfn. formerly disdained

राघवयादावीयचरित

n. Name of poems.

रघुनाथचरित

n. Name of work

रघुवीरचरित

n. Name of work

रामचन्द्रचरित

n. Name of work

रामचन्द्राश्रितपारिजात

m. Name of work

रामचरित

n. " rāma-s's exploits", Name of various works.

रामानुजचरित

n. Name of work

रात्रितरा

f. (Comparative degree of rātri-) the depth or dead of night

रुक्माङ्गदचरित

n. Name of work

सच्चरित

n. good conduct

etc.

सच्चरित

n. history or account of the good

सच्चरित

mfn. well-conducted, virtuous

सच्चरितमिमांसा

f. Name of work

शादहरित

mfn. green or fresh with young grass

सदाश्रित

mfn. (for sadāś-See) having recourse or attaching one's self to the virtuous, belonging to the good, virtuous

सदाश्रित

(dāś-) mfn. (for sad-āś-See under 1. sad-) always resorting to or dependent on

साधारित

mfn. supported

सहचरित

mfn. gone or going with etc.

सहचरित

mfn. congruent, homogeneous ( sahacaritatva -tva- n.)

सहचरितत्व

n. sahacarita

साहसाङ्कचरित

n. Name of work

शाकल्यचरित

n. Name of work

समाचरित

mfn. practised, performed, done, committed

समाश्रित

mfn. come together, assembled

समाश्रित

mfn. going or resorting to, living or dwelling in, fixed or staying or standing in or on, flowing into (accusative locative case,or compound)

etc.

समाश्रित

mfn. (also -vat-,"one who has attained", with accusative)

समाश्रित

mfn. following or practising, leaning on, taking refuge with (accusative)

समाश्रित

mfn. resting or dependent on (locative case)

समाश्रित

mfn. relating to, concerning (compound)

समाश्रित

mfn. stating, asserting

समाश्रित

mfn. (with pass. sense) leaned on (for support) , resorted to

समाश्रित

mfn. had recourse to, chosen

समाश्रित

mfn. endowed or provided or furnished with (instrumental case)

समाश्रित

mfn. visited or afflicted by (compound)

समाश्रित

m. a dependant, servant (see āśrayaṇīya-), Raljat.

समाश्रितत्व

n. resort to, seeking refuge with (compound)

समयसेतुवारित

mfn. restrained by the barrier of custom

साम्बचरित

n. Name of work

संचारित

mfn. (fr. idem or 'm. (and saṃcārayitrī trī- f.fr. Causal) a leader, guide ') caused to go, set in motion, impelled, driven, guided

संचारित

mfn. transmitted, communicated (as a disease)

संचारित

m. a person who carries out the intentions of his masters

संह्वारित

mfn. (fr. Causal of hvṛ-) crooked, curved, bent in (with madhye-,"thinner or more slender in the middle")

समीरित

mfn. stirred, moved, tossed, thrown

etc.

समीरित

mfn. sent forth, uttered (as a sound)

शंकराचार्यचरित

n. Name of work

संकरित

in garbha-s- (q.v)

संक्षरित

mfn. flowing, trickling

सम्मन्त्रित

mfn. deliberated, considered

सम्मिश्रित

mfn. mixed together, mingled, intermixed with (instrumental case)

संनिश्रित

mfn. connected with, devoted to

सम्परिश्रित

mfn. covered over

सम्परिवारित

mf(ā-)n. (fr. Causal) surrounded, encompassed

सम्प्रधारित

mfn. fixed or determined upon, deliberated about

सम्प्रश्रित

mfn. modest, humble, well-behaved

सम्पूरित

mfn. filled quite full, filled with

संस्मारित

mfn. caused to remember, reminded of (accusative)

संस्मारित

mfn. recalled to the mind

संश्रयकारित

mfn. caused by alliance

संश्रित

mfn. joined or united with (instrumental case or compound)

etc.

संश्रित

mfn. leaning against, clinging to (accusative)

संश्रित

mfn. clung to, embraced

संश्रित

mfn. one who has gone or fled to any one for protection, one who has entered the service of (accusative or compound)

etc.

संश्रित

mfn. one who has betaken himself to a place, living or dwelling or staying or situated or being in (locative case or compound)

etc.

संश्रित

mfn. resorted to, sought for refuge or protection

संश्रित

mfn. one who is addicted to, indulging in (accusative)

संश्रित

mfn. one who has laid hold of or embraced or chosen

संश्रित

mfn. inherent in, peculiar to (accusative or compound)

संश्रित

mfn. relating to, concerning (locative case or compound)

संश्रित

mfn. suitable, fit, proper

संश्रित

m. a servant, adherent, dependant

etc.

संश्रितवत्

mfn. one who has joined or united himself with (instrumental case)

संश्रितव्य

wrong reading for srayitavya-

संतारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) made to pass over, saved, rescued, delivered

संत्वरित

mfn. greatly hurried, hastening

संत्वरितम्

ind. in a hurry, in great haste, quickly

समुच्छ्रित

mfn. well raised or elevated

etc.

समुच्छ्रित

mfn. surging, high

समुच्छ्रित

mfn. exalted, powerful

समुच्छ्रितभुज

mf(ā-)n. having arms well raised

समुच्छ्रितध्वजवत्

mfn. having flags hoisted (in it, said of a town)

समुदाचरित

mfn. addressed

समुदीरित

mfn. (fr. Causal) set in motion, raised, uttered, pronounced

समुपाश्रित

mfn. ( śri-) leaning against, supported by, resting on (accusative)

etc.

समुपाश्रित

mfn. resorted to, one who has recourse to (accusative)

समुपाश्रित

mfn. occupied by (instrumental case)

समुपाश्रित

mfn. visited or afflicted by (instrumental case)

संव्यपाश्रित

mfn. ( śri-) relying on, resorting to (accusative)

संयन्त्रित

mfn. ( yantr-) fastened with bands, held in, stopped

सानुस्वरित

mfn. (prob.) resounding, re-echoing

सपत्त्रित

mfn. equals sa-pattrā-kṛta-

शापयन्त्रित

mfn. restrained by a curse

सरिदाश्रित

See arṇavasarid-āśrita-.

शारित

mfn. variegated, coloured

सरित

mfn. flowing, fluent (as speech),

सर्वचरित

n. Name of a drama.

सर्वस्वरित

mfn. having only the svarita- (q.v)

शास्त्रित

mfn. (fr. śāstra-) gaRa tārakādi-

शास्त्रित

mfn. treated according to the śāstra-s

शतचन्द्रित

mfn. equals -candra-

शत्रुशल्यचरित

n. Name of work

सत्त्वोच्छ्रित

mfn. pre-eminent in courage

सत्वरितम्

ind. hastily, quickly, forthwith

शयनीयाश्रित

mfn. gone to bed

शेखरित

mfn. made into or serving for a chaplet or diadem etc.

शेखरित

mfn. crested, peaked, tipped with (compound)

शेषकारित

mfn. unfinished, undone

शिबिचरित

n. the story of śibi- (occurring as an episode of the

सिद्धार्थचरित

n. Name of a poem

सिन्धुवारित

m. (

) Vitex Negundo.

सिन्दूरित

mfn. reddened, made red

शिशिरित

mfn. cooled

सितच्छत्त्रित

mfn. turned into or representing a white umbrella

सितच्छत्त्रित

m. having a white umbrella, possessed of the insignia of royalty

श्लिष्टपरम्परितरूपक

n. a continuous series of words having a double meaning (a kind of metaphor)

स्मारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) reminded, called to mind, recalled to recollection

शोभनाचरित

n. virtuous practice

स्फारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) opened wide

स्फारित

mfn. widely diffused

स्फारित

mfn. throbbing, vibrating

स्फुरित

mfn. quivering, throbbing, trembling, palpitating, flashing etc.

स्फुरित

mfn. struggling

स्फुरित

mfn. glittered, flashed (n. impersonal or used impersonally"it has been flashed by")

स्फुरित

mfn. broken forth, burst into view, suddenly arisen or appeared

स्फुरित

mfn. plainly displayed or exhibited

स्फुरित

mfn. swelled, swollen

स्फुरित

n. a tremulous or convulsive motion, quiver, throb, twitch, tremor, convulsion

स्फुरित

n. agitation or emotion of mind

स्फुरित

n. flash, gleam, glittering, radiance, sheen

स्फुरित

n. sudden appearance, coming into being

स्फुरितशतह्रद

mfn. having flashing lightning (said of a cloud)

श्रीदामचरित

n. Name of a drama

श्रीकण्ठचरित

n. Name of a poem (written by maṅkha- who lived in kaśmīra- in the 12th century A.D.)

श्रीपालचरित

n. Name of work

श्रित

mfn. clinging or attached to, standing or lying or being or fixed or situated in or on, contained in, connected with (locative case accusative,or compound)

etc.

श्रित

mfn. one who has gone or resorted to (accusative)

श्रित

mfn. having attained or fallen or got into any condition (accusative or compound; see kaṣṭa-śr-)

श्रित

mfn. having assumed (a form)

श्रित

mfn. gone to, approached, had recourse to, sought, occupied (as a place)

श्रित

mfn. taken, chosen

श्रित

mfn. served, honoured, worshipped

श्रित

mfn. subservient, subordinate, auxiliary

श्रितक्षम

mfn. one who has had recourse to patience, composed, tranquil

श्रितसत्त्व

mfn. one who has taken courage or resolution

श्रितवत्

mfn. one who has taken refuge with (accusative)

शृङ्गारित

mfn. affected by love, impassioned

शृङ्गारित

mfn. stained with red-lead, reddened

शृङ्गारित

mfn. adorned, decorated, embellished

स्थविरावलीचरित

n. Name of a jaina- work

स्त्रितमा

stri-tarā- See stri-t- under strī-.

सुचरित

mfn. well performed (See compound)

सुचरित

n. (s/u--; sg. and plural) good conduct or behaviour, virtuous actions

etc. etc.

सुचरित

mf(ā-)n. well-conducted, moral, virtuous

सुचरित

m. (with miśra-), Name of an author

सुचरितचरित

mfn. one who leads a virtuous life

सुचरितव्रत

mfn. well performing religious observances

सूच्छ्रित

mfn. well raised or lifted up or erected

शुचिचरित

mfn. virtuous or honest in conduct

सुदर्शनसुकर्णकचरित

m. Name of work

शुकहरित

mfn. idem or 'mfn. green like a parrot '

शुक्लहरित

m. pale-greenness

शुक्लहरित

mf(ā-or iṇī-)n. pale-green

सुमन्त्रित

mfn. well advised, wisely planned (am- impersonal or used impersonally)

सुमन्त्रित

n. good counsel (taṃ-kṛ-,"to take good counsel")

सुपत्त्रित

mfn. well-feathered (as an arrow)

सुप्रसारित

mf(ā-)n. widely extended

सूर्जनचरित

n. a biography of king sūrjana- (by candraśekhara-)

सुसमाश्रित

mfn. well stationed

सुसंश्रित

wrong reading for prec.

सूत्रित

mfn. strung, arranged etc.

सूत्रित

mfn. directed or declared in a sūtra-, prescribed or delivered in aphorisms or axioms

सूत्रितत्व

n. the being said or enjoined in a sūtra-

सुविचारित

mfn. well weighed, deliberately considered

सुयन्त्रित

mfn. fast bound ( suyantritatva -tva- n.)

सुयन्त्रित

mfn. well restrained or governed or self-controlled

सुयन्त्रितत्व

n. suyantrita

श्वभ्रित

mfn. full of holes gaRa tārakādi-.

श्वापदाचरित

mfn. overrun or infested by wild beast

स्वरंक्रित

mfn. well arranged or prepared (as a sacrifice)

स्वरित

mfn. caused to sound

स्वरित

mfn. sounded, having an accent, accentuated

स्वरित

mfn. having svarita- accent

स्वरित

mfn. added, admixed ( svaritatva -tva- n.)

स्वरित

m. n. the svarita- accent (a kind of mixed tone, produced by a combination of high and low tone, and therefore named in

sam-āhāra-,the high and low tones being called ud-ātta-,"raised"or"acute", and an-udātta-,"low"or"grave";the svarita- corresponds to the Greek circumflex and is of four kinds, viz. kṣaipra-[as in vy-/āpta-for v/i-āpta-], jātya-[as in kv/a-for k/ua-], praśliṣṭa-[as in div/īva-for div/i iva-],or abhinihita-[as in t/e 'bruvan-for t/e abruvan-];it is marked in

by a small upright stroke above a syllable;and when produced by an udātta-immediately preceding is sometimes called "a dependent svarita-", and, when it properly belongs to a word, an"independent svarita-")

स्वरितत्व

n. the state of having the svarita-

स्वरितत्व

n. svarita

स्वरितवाक्यपद्धति

f. Name of work

स्वरितवत्

mfn. containing the svarita-

स्वाश्रित

mfn. self-dependent

स्वस्त्यर्थचरित

mfn. one who has happily attained his aim

टंकारित

n. See jhaṃ-kārita-

तन्द्रित

mfn. equals mūḍha-

तन्द्रित

mfn. See a--.

तन्त्रित

mfn. spoken (a spell)

तन्त्रित

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') depending on

तन्त्रित

mfn. a-- negative ,"independent"

तन्त्रित

mfn. for a-tandrita-

तारित

mfn. conveyed across

तरितव्य

n. impersonal or used impersonally it is to be crossed or passed over

तीरित

mfn. finished, settled

त्रिभुवनमाणिक्यचरित

n. Name of work

त्रिषष्टिशलाकापुरुषचरित

n. "lives of the 63 great personages", Name of work by

त्रित

m. "third"(), Name of a Vedic deity (associated with the marut-s, vāyu-, and indra-;fighting like the latter with tvāṣṭra-, vṛtra-, and other demons;called āptya- [ q.v ],"water-deity", and supposed to reside in the remotest regions of the world, whence[

]the idea of wishing to remove calamity to tvāṣṭra-, and the view of the trita-s being the keepers of nectar[

] , similarly

[

]the notion of trita-'s bestowing long life;also conceived as an inferior deity conquering the demons by order and with the help of indra-[

];fallen into a well he begged aid from the gods [

];as to this last myth

relates that 3 ṛṣi-s, ekata-, dvita-, and trita-, parched with thirst, looked about and found a well, and when tvāṣṭra- began to draw water, the other two, desirous of his property, pushed him down and closed up the well with a wheel;shut up there, tvāṣṭra- composed a hymn to the gods, and managed miraculously to prepare the sacrificial soma-, that he might drink it himself, or offer it to the deities and so be extricated: this is alluded to in

[ confer, compare

] and described in

;also

makes him a ṛṣi-, and he is the supposed author of

;in epic legends[

] ekata-, dvita-, and tvāṣṭra- are described as 3 brothers, sons of gautama- or of prajā-pati- or brahmā-;elsewhere tvāṣṭra- is one of the 12 sons of manu- cākṣuṣa- by naḍvalā-

; confer, compare traitan/a-; Zend Thrita;, , etc.)

त्रित

n. triplet of young (three-twin)

त्रितक्ष

n. an association of 3 carpenters

त्रितक्षी

f. idem or 'n. an association of 3 carpenters '

त्रितकूप

m. " tvāṣṭra-'s well", Name of a tīrtha-

त्रितन्ति

mfn. having 3 chords (a lute) Scholiast or Commentator on

and

त्रितन्त्रिका

f. (a lute) having 3 chords.

त्रितन्तु

mfn. thrice woven (?)

त्रितस्

ind. on 3 sides

त्रितय

n. (

) a triad

त्वरित

mfn. (

) hasty, quick, swift, expeditious

etc.

त्वरित

n. impersonal or used impersonally hurried

त्वरित

n. haste (See sa-tvaritam-)

त्वरितगति

f. "swift motion", a metre

त्वरितक

m. equals tūrṇaka-

त्वरितका

f. idem or 'm. equals tūrṇaka- '

त्वरितम्

ind. quickly, swiftly

त्वरितरम्

ind. more quickly

त्वरितत

mfn. stepping quickly

त्वरितविक्रम

mfn. of 4 x 10 syllables

उच्चरित

mfn. gone up or out, risen

उच्चरित

mfn. uttered, articulated

उच्चरित

n. excrement, dung

उच्चारित

mfn. pronounced, uttered, articulated

उच्चारित

mfn. having excretion, one who has had evacuation of the bowels

उच्चारित

n. evacuation of the bowels

उच्छ्रित

mfn. raised, lifted up, erected

etc.

उच्छ्रित

mfn. rising, arising, mounting

etc.

उच्छ्रित

mfn. high, tall

etc.

उच्छ्रित

mfn. advancing, arisen, grown powerful or mighty

etc.

उच्छ्रित

mfn. wanton, luxuriant

etc.

उच्छ्रित

mfn. excited

उच्छ्रित

mfn. increased, grown, enlarged, large, huge

उच्छ्रित

mfn. born, produced

उच्छ्रित

m. Pinus Longifolia

उच्छ्रितपाणि

mfn. with out-stretched hand.

उच्चित्रित

mfn. richly decorated or furnished with (instrumental case), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

उदारचरित

mfn. of generous behaviour, noble-minded, noble

etc.

उदारचरित

m. Name of a king

उदयनचरित

n. Name of a drama.

उड्डमरित

mfn. stirred up, excited.

उद्धारित

mfn. taken out, drawn forth, extricated

उद्धारित

mfn. released.

उदीरित

mfn. excited, stirred up

उदीरित

mfn. animated, agitated

उदीरित

mfn. increased, augmented

उदीरित

mfn. said, uttered, enunciated.

उदीरितधी

mfn. one whose mind is active, acute-minded

उपभ्रित

mfn. brought near, procured for (dative case)

उपभ्रित

mfn. destined to (dative case)

उपचरित

mfn. approached, attended

उपचरित

mfn. applied etc.

उपचरित

n. a particular rule of saṃdhi- (see upa-cāra-)

उपाचरित

m. (in grammar) a particular saṃdhi- rule (by which a visarga- in the pada-pāṭha- becomes s-before k-and p-in the saṃhitā- exempli gratia, 'for example' y/as p/atiḥ-

)

उपचरितव्य

mfn. to be attended or waited upon

उपचरितव्य

mfn. to be treated

उपचरितव्य

mfn. to be respected or revered or treated with attention

उपचरितव्या

f. service, attendance

उपचरितव्या

f. attendance on a patient

उपचरितव्या

f. practice of medicine.

उपमन्त्रित

mfn. called near or hither

etc.

उपमन्त्रित

mfn. summoned, invited, persuaded

उपमन्त्रित

mfn. addressed

उपामन्त्रित

mfn. addressed, called upon, summoned

उपरितल

n. the upper surface

उपरितन

mf(ī-)n. upper (opposed to adhastana-)

commentator or commentary on

and

उपरितन

mf(ī-)n. following, further on, subsequent (in a book) commentator or commentary on

., on

उपरितस्

ind. over, above

उपश्रित

mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of

उपश्रित

mfn. leaning towards or upon

उपाश्रित

mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to

उपाश्रित

mfn. having recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with

etc.

उपाश्रित

mfn. taking one's self to

उपाश्रित

mfn. approached, arrived at, abiding in

etc.

उपाश्रित

mfn. anything against which one leans or upon which one rests

उपयन्त्रित

mfn. solicited or compelled to do anything, allured

(erroneous for upa-ma-

)

उर्वरित

mfn. left, left over

(equals avaśiṣṭa- commentator or commentary)

उषाचरित

n. Name (also title or epithet) of work

उत्सारित

mfn. caused to move, driven away etc.

उत्तररामचरित

(or caritra-) n. "the further or later deeds of rāma-", Name of a drama of bhava-bhūti-.

उत्तराश्रित

mfn. having gone to or being in the northern direction

उत्तेरित

n. (said to be fr. uttṝ-), one of the five paces of a horse

वक्रित

mfn. curved, crooked, bent

वक्रित

mfn. entering on an apparently retrograde course (as a planet)

वाल्मीकिचरित

n. Name of work

वंशचरित

n. family history, the history of a race or dynasty, genealogy

वंशानुचरित

n. the history of a family or dynasty, a genealogical list (one of five distinguishing marks of a purāṇa-)

वंशानुवंशचरित

n. the history of both old and recent families (See prec.)

वंश्यानुचरित

varia lectio for vaṃśān-

वरव्रित

mfn. received as a boon

वारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) warded off, prevented, hindered, impeded, restrained

वारित

mfn. forbidden (See next) .

वारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) concealed, hidden, covered, surrounded, obstructed

etc.

वारित

mfn. prevented, prohibited, forbidden

वारितरंग

m. a wave

वारितस्

ind. "from water"(and"restrained"; see vārita-,)

वारितस्कर

m. "water-thief", Name of the sun (as absorbing water)

वारितस्कर

m. a cloud

वारितवाम

mfn. eager for forbidden things

वर्णचित्रित

mfn. painted with colours

वर्णकचित्रित

mfn. painted with colours or with a brush

(see varṇa-c-)

वर्षाध्रित

mfn. worn in the rainy season (as a garment)

वसन्तोत्सवचरित

n. Name of work

वसुभरित

mfn. full of treasures.

वसुचरित

n. Name of a campū-.

वातारितण्डुला

f. Embelia Ribes

विचरित

mfn. moved in different directions etc.

विचरित

n. wandering, roaming about

विचारित

mfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged

etc.

विचारित

mfn. anything which is under discussion, dubious, doubtful, uncertain

विचारित

mfn. anything which has been discussed or decided, ascertained, settled

विचारित

n. (also plural) deliberation, doubt, hesitation

विच्छुरित

mfn. bestrewed or powdered or covered or inlaid with (instrumental case or compound)

विच्छुरित

m. a particular samādhi-

विचित्रित

mfn. variegated, spotted, coloured, painted

विचित्रित

mfn. embellished by, adorned or decorated with (instrumental case or compound)

विचित्रित

mfn. wonderful

विदारित

mfn. torn asunder, rent, split, broken open

विधुरित

mfn. dejected, depressed

विधुरित

n. plural adversities, calamities

विघ्नतन्त्रित

mfn. gaRa tārakādi- (perhaps for vighnita-and tantrita-)

विह्वरित

See vi-hvṛ-.

विह्वरित

mfn. staggered, fallen (Vedic according to to

विकारित

mfn. changed, rendered unfavourable or unfriendly

विक्रमचरित

n. Name of 32 stories describing the acts of vikramāditya- (also called siṃhāsana-dvātriṃśat- q.v)

विक्रमार्कचरित

n. vikramārka

विमिश्रित

mfn. mixed, mingled (with lipi- f.a particular mode of writing)

विनायकचरित

n. Name of the 73rd chapter of the krīḍā-khaṇḍa- or 2nd part of the gaṇeśa-- purāṇa-.

विनिवारित

mfn. kept off, prevented, hindered, opposed

विनिवारित

mfn. screened, covered

विपरितप्

Passive voice -tapyate-, to be greatly distressed, suffer great pain

विप्रतारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) imposed upon, deceived

वीरचरित

n. "exploits of the hero", Name of a celebrated drama by bhava-bhūti- (equals mahāvīra-carita- q.v) and of a legendary history of śāli-vāhana-.

वीरनारायणचरित

n. Name of work

विसारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) made to go forth or spread, set on foot, occasioned, effected, performed

विस्मारित

mfn. (fr. Causal) caused to forget anything (accusative)

विस्मारित

mfn. caused to be forgotten, lost to memory

विस्फारित

mfn. opened wide, torn or rent asunder

etc.

विस्फारित

mfn. exhibited, manifested, displayed

विस्फारित

n. drawing or discharging (a bow)

विस्फुरित

mfn. trembling, quivering, palpitating ( visphuritādhara tādhara- mfn.having quivering lips

; visphuritekṣaṇa tekṣaṇa- mfn.having trembling eyes

)

विस्फुरित

mfn. flashing, glittering ( visphuritaśastra -śastra- mfn.with glittering weapons

)

विस्फुरित

mfn. swollen, enlarged

विस्फुरित

n. equals sphuraṇa-

विस्फुरितशस्त्र

mfn. visphurita

विस्फुरितव्य

mfn. to be opened wide (as the eyes)

विश्रित

mfn. (prob, = resounded)

विस्तारित

mfn. (fr. idem or 'f. Name of a commentator or commentary on the kāvya-prakāśa-.') spread, extended

विस्तारित

mfn. fully stated, amplified

विसूरित

n. idem or 'n. ( sūr-) sorrow, distress (See the Prakrit) .'

विविक्तचरित

mfn. faultless in conduct or behaviour

व्रजेन्द्रचरित

n. Name of work

वृषभचरित

mfn. done by bulls

वृषभचरित

n. Name of a metre (commonly called hāriṇī-)

व्याघाघारित

mfn. besprinkled, sprinkled with oil or ghee

व्याजनिद्रित

mf(ā-)n. feigning sleep

व्यापापरित

mfn. (fr. id.) , made to be busy, set to work, engaged, occupied

व्यपाश्रयपाश्रित

mfn. one who has taken refuge with (accusative or comp.)

व्यपाश्रयपाश्रित

mfn. having taken or assumed

व्यासाद्रितरंगिणी

f. Name of work

व्यसनप्रसारितकर

mfn. having the hand stretched forth for (inflicting) calamity

व्यतिकरित

mfn. mixed or joined with (instrumental case or compound)

यन्त्रित

See .

यन्त्रित

mfn. restrained, curbed, bound, fettered, confined (literally and figuratively)

etc. (see a--and su-y-)

यन्त्रित

mfn. subject to, compelled by, depending on (instrumental case ablative,or compound)

यन्त्रित

mfn. bandaged, placed in splints

यन्त्रित

mfn. one who takes pains or strenuously exerts himself for (kṛte-, in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

यन्त्रितकथ

mfn. restrained in speech, constrained to be silent

यन्त्रितसायक

mfn. one who has fixed an arrow (in a kind of self-acting bow or machine which discharges itself when touched)

यथोच्छ्रितम्

ind. as raised or erected

ययातिचरित

n. "the story of yayāti-", Name of a nāṭaka- (by rudra-deva-).

Apte Search

138 results


aṃśaḥ	अंशः [अंश्-अच्] 1 A share, part, portion, division; member; सकृदंशो निपतति Ms.9.47; तुर्यांशः a fourth part; षष्ठ˚; ममैवांशो जीवलोके जीवभूतः सनातनः Bg.15.7; भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16; अंशेन दर्शितानुकूलता K.159 partly. -2 A share in property, inheritance; स्वतों$शतः Ms.8.48; अनंशौ क्लीबपतितौ 9.21; पत्न्यः कार्याः समांशिकाः Y.2.115. -3 the numerator of a fraction; अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ Līlā.; sometimes used for fraction itself. -4 A degree of latitude (or longitude); अक्षस्यांशाः समाख्याताः षष्टयुत्तरशतत्रयम्; स च अंशः षष्टिकलात्मकः, कला तु षष्टिविकलात्मिका -5 The shoulder (more correctly written as अंस, q. v.). -6 N. of one of the Ādityas; Mb.1.227.25; cf. also the beginning of T. Ā. The senses of 'party', 'a share of booty', 'earnest money', which are said to occur in the Veda are traceable to 1 above. -7 The vital note in a Rāga. -Comp. - अंशः [ष. त.] a secondary incarnation; part of a portion. -अंशि adv. share by share. -अवतारः -तरणम् [ष. त.] descent (on earth) of parts of deities, partial incarnation; ˚तार इव धर्मस्य Dk.153; ˚रमिव कृतान्तस्य K.31; ˚उच्चैःश्रवसः 79; so अंशावतीर्णमिव 18; N. of a sub-parvan covering Adhyāyas 64-67 of Ādiparvan of Mb. Even without the compound अंश means partial incarnation, अंश, आवेश, and अवतार are the three kinds of Lord's manifestations. -कुण्डली (= नवांशकुण्डली) the horoscope prepared by taking into consideration the nine zodiacal divisions. (1/18th of a राशि = नवांश or नवमांश). -भाज्, -हर, -हारिन् a. [उप. समास] one who takes or has a share, one entitled to a share in the ancestral property, an heir, a co-heir; पिण्डदों?1?1$- शहरश्चैषां पूर्वाभावे परः परः Y.2.132; जातो$पि दास्यां शूद्रेण कामतों$शहरो भवेत् 133. -विवर्तिन् a. [स. त.] slightly turned away, or turned away towards the shoulder; मुखमंशविवर्ति पक्ष्मलाक्ष्याः Ś.3.24. v. l. for अंसविवर्ति. -सवर्णनम् [ष. त.] reduction of fractions to the same denominator (अतुल्यच्छेदयो राश्योः समच्छेदकरणम्) अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ राश्योः समच्छेदविधानमेवम् Līlā. -स्वरः the keynote.

atantra	अतन्त्र a. [न. ब.] 1 Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); नातन्त्री वाद्यते वीणा Rām. -2 Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the object of the rule under consideration; ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम्, क्लीबत्वं ˚न्त्रम् Sk. Something which is not intended; on which there is no emphasis or stress (वार्त्तिक 2.2.34.1). -3 Without formulas or empirical actions. -4 Not (having the binding force of) a scientific statement; तत्राविज्ञातग्रहणमतन्त्रमिति कल्प्येत । ŚB. on MS.6.1.7. -त्वम् meaninglessness, superfluity, superfluous nature. किं तु इतरस्मिन् पक्षे बाध्यतेतरां श्रुतिः । ऐन्द्रशब्दस्यातन्त्रत्वात् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.29. अतन्द्र atandra न्द्रित ndrita न् n ल l अतन्द्र न्द्रित न् ल a. Alert, unwearied, careful, vigilant; अतन्द्रिता सा स्वयमेव वृक्षकान् Ku.5.14, R.17.39, H. Pr.33.

atilihā	अतिलिहा N. of a Prākṛita Metre of four lines with 16 Mātrās in each.

adāna	अदान a. [न. ब.] 1 Not giving, miserly. -2 Without rut (or not charitable); सदादानः परिक्षीणः शस्त एव करीश्वरः । अदानः पीनगात्रो$पि निन्द्य एव हि गर्दभः ॥ Pt.2.7. अदान्य, अदायिन्, अदामन्, अदाशु, अदाशुरि, -दाश्वस् a. Ved. Not giving, -दाश्वस् a. Ved. Not giving, miserly, poor; irreligious, impious, जघन्वाँ इन्द्र मित्रेरूञ्चोदप्रवृद्धो हरिवो अदाशून् Rv.1. 174.6. यस्ते देवाँ अदाशुरिः प्रममर्ष मघत्तये Rv.8.45.15.

adāyika	अदायिक a. (-की f.) [दायमर्हति दाय-ठक् न. ब.] 1 That which is not claimed by an heir; destitute of heirs; अदायिकं धनं राजगामि Kāty. -2 not relating to inheritance.

adhyāpanam	अध्यापनम् [इ-णिच्-भावे-ल्युट्] Teaching, instructing, lecturing, especially on sacred knowledge; one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. According to Indian lawgivers अध्यापन is of three kinds: (1) undertaken for charity, (2) for wages and (3) in consideration of services rendered; cf. Hārīta : अध्यापनं च त्रिविधं धर्मार्थमृक्थ- कारणम् । शुश्रूषाकरणं चेति त्रिविधं परिकीर्तितम् ॥

anaṃśa	अनंश a. [न. ब.] 1 Not entitled to a share in the inheritance; ˚शौ क्लीबपतितौ जात्यन्धबधिरौ तथा । उन्मत्तजड- मूकाश्च ये च केचिन्निरिन्द्रियाः ॥ Ms.9.21. Other persons are also mentioned by Devala, Baudhāyana, Kātyāyana and Nārada. -2 Without parts, undivided, portionless; an epithet of the sky or the Supreme Being.

anavabrava	अनवब्रव a. [अवब्रू-अच् न वचादेशः न. त.] Irreproachable, not open to censure (अपवादवर्जित); speaking authoritatively; विजेषकृदिन्द्र इवानवब्रवः Rv.1.84.5.

anārabhya	अनारभ्य a. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken. -ind. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing e. g. ˚वादः 1 detached remark (upon sacrifices &c.); किञ्चित्कर्मारभ्य उद्यते उच्यते इत्यारभ्यवादः न आरभ्यवादः -2 A statement without any specific reference to any particular thing or act, न बानारभ्यवादात् । Ms.6. 6.3, A statement having no definite context. -Comp. -अधीत a. [न आसभ्य किञ्चिदधीतः] studied or taught or read without reference to any particular subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative work); learnt as a detached subject; येषां मन्त्राणां कर्मविशेषे विनियोगो नोक्तः तेषां मन्त्राणाम् अनारभ्याधीतत्वात् ब्रह्मयज्ञे एव विनियोग इति मीमांसा.

aniyukta	अनियुक्त a. Not appointed or authoritative. -क्तः An assessor at a court who has not been formally appointed and who is not entitled to vote.

anuvādaḥ	अनुवादः 1 Repetition (in general); गुण˚ K.26. -2 Repetition by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; अनुवादे चरणानाम् P.II.4.3. (सिद्धस्योपन्यासे Sk.) -3 Explanatory repetition or reference to what is already mentioned, such as paraphrase or free translation; particularly, any portion of the Brāhmaṇas which comments on, illustrates, or explains a Vidhi or direction previously laid down and which does not itself lay down any directions; a supplementary repetition, opp. to विधि 'authoritative or direct injunction'; विधिविहितस्य अनुवचनमनुवादः । नानुवादपुनरुक्तयोः विशेषः शब्दाभ्या- सोपपत्तेः Nyāya sūtra; cf. also विध्यनुवादयोर्विधिर्ज्यायान्, अपू- र्वार्थप्रकल्पत्वादिति ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. It is of 3 kinds:- भूतार्थ˚ (सदेव सौम्येदमग्र आसीत्); स्तुत्यर्थ˚ (वायुर्वै क्षेपिष्ठा देवता) and गुण˚ (अग्निहोत्रं जुहोति इत्युक्ते दध्ना जुहोति इति गुणविधानात्); see अर्थवाद also. -4 Corroboration, confirmation. -5 Slander, abuse, reviling. -6 Advertisement, notice; report, rumour. -7 Commencement of speech (वाचारम्भणमात्रम्).

anta	अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.

anyonya	अन्योन्य a. [अन्य-कर्मव्यतिहारे द्वित्वं, पूर्वपदे सुश्च] One another, each other, mutual (treated like a pronoun). In many cases the use of this word corresponds to the use of the word 'each other' or 'one another' in English; अन्योन्यं ताडयतः Mk.9 they strike each other (अन्यः अन्यं ताडयति). Thus अन्यः may be regarded as the subject and अन्यम् as the object of the verb, as in English. The second अन्य may, therefore, in many cases stand in the instr., gen., or loc. cases; अन्योन्यैराहताः सन्तः सस्वनुर्भीमनिःस्वनाः Rām.; अन्योन्यस्य व्यतिलुनन्ति P.I. 3.16 Sk. But there are several instances, especially when अन्योन्य enters into compound, in which the first अन्य loses all its nominative force and becomes a sort of oblique case, or an irregular compound of अन्य and अन्य, see P.VIII.1.12 Sk.; अन्योन्यस्याव्यभीचारः Ms. 9.11; oft. in comp. and translated by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually'; ˚शोभाजननात् Ku.1.42; so ˚कलह, ˚दर्शन, &c. -न्यम् ind. Mutually. -न्यम् (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, the 'Reciprocal', in which two things do the same act to each other; अन्योन्यमुभयो- रेकक्रियायाः करणं मिथः । त्वया सा शोभते तन्वी तया त्वमपि शोभसे ॥ रजन्या शोभते चन्द्रश्चन्द्रेणापि निशीथिनी । S. D.724. -Comp. -अध्यासः reciprocal attribution of identity (अन्योन्य- तादात्म्यारोपः); जलव्योम्ना घटाकाशो यथा सर्वस्तिरोहितः । तथा जीवे च कूटस्थः सो$न्योन्याध्यास उच्यते ॥ -अपहृत a. taken from one another, taken secretly. -अभावः mutual non-existence or negation; one of the two main kinds of अभाव; it is reciprocal negation of identity, essence, or respective peculiarity, and is equivalent to difference (भेद); तादात्म्यसंबन्धावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिको$न्योन्याभावः, as घटः पटो न भवति; it exists between two notions which have no property in common. -आश्रय a. mutually dependent. (-यः) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, or connection; reciprocal relation of cause and effect (a term in Nyāya). -उक्तिः f. conversation. -कार्यम् Sexual intercourse (मैथुन); अन्योन्यकार्याणि यथा तथैव न पापमात्रेण कृतं हिनस्ति Mb.12.141.7. -पक्षनयनम् transposition of numbers from one side to another. -भेदः mutual dissension or enmity; so ˚कलह. -मिथुनम् mutual union. -विभागः mutual partition of an inheritance made by the sharers (without the presence of any other party). -वृत्तिः f. mutual effect of one thing upon another. -व्यतिकरः, -संश्रयः reciprocal action or influence; mutual relation of cause and effect.

anyāyya	अन्याय्य a. 1 Unjust, unlawful. अन्याय्यः परदारपृच्छा- व्यवहारः Ś.5. -2 Improper, unbecoming, indecorous. -3 Not authoritative.

apabhraṃśaḥ	अपभ्रंशः 1 Falling down or away, a fall; अत्यारूढि- र्भवति महतामप्यपभ्रंशनिष्ठा Ś.4 v. l. ending in a (precipitate) fall. -2 A corrupted word, corruption; घर is an अपभ्रंश or corruption of गृह; (hence) an incorrect word whether formed against the rules of grammar or used in a sense not strictly Sanskrit; see अपशब्द. -3 A corrupt language, one of the lowest forms of the Prākṛita dialect used by cow-herds &c. (in kāvyas); (in Śāstras) any language other than Sanskrit; आभीरादिगिरः काव्येष्वपभ्रंश इति स्मृताः । शास्त्रेषु संस्कृतादन्य- दपभ्रंशतयोदितम् ॥ Kāv.1.

apūrva	अपूर्व a. 1 Not preceded, not having existed before, like of which did not exist before, quite new; ˚र्वं नाटकम् Ś.1; ˚र्वं राजकुलम् M.5; K.191; -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; अपूर्वः को$पि बहुमानहेतुर्गुरुषु U.4; अपूर्वो दृश्यते वह्निः कामिन्याः स्तनमण्डले । दूरतो दहतीवाङ्गं हृदि लग्नस्तु शीतलः ॥ Ś. Til.17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; अपूर्व एष विरहमार्गः Ś.6; अपूर्वरूपा दारिका M.1; अतो$- पूर्वः खलु वो $ नुग्रहः Ś.7; अपूर्वकर्मचाण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुञ्च माम् U.1.46 committing an unparalleled atrocity. -3 Unknown, unacquainted, stranger; अपूर्वो$प्यथवा विद्वान् यMb.13.22.8; विदिते$प्यपूर्व इव Ki.6.39. -4 Not first. -5 Preceded by अ or आ. -6 (In phil.) 'That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect. -Colebrooke. -र्वम् 1 The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds), (Mīmāṁsā). --2 Virtue and vice (पापपुण्यम्) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery. -र्वः The Supreme Soul (परब्रह्म). -Comp. -कर्मन् n. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before. -पतिः f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; ˚तिः कुमारी Sk. -वादः discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul. -विधिः an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds; कर्मविधि, गूणविधि, विनियोगविधि and प्रयोगविधि.

apratibandha	अप्रतिबन्ध a. 1 Unimpeded, unobstructed. -2 Direct, undisputed; (in law) got by birth without any obstruction, not collateral (as inheritance).

aprāmāṇika	अप्रामाणिक a. (-की f.) 1 Unauthoritative, unwarranted; इदं वचनमप्रामाणिकम्. -2 Untrustworthy, unreliable.

abhāga	अभाग a. 1 Without a share (of inheritance). Rv. 1.83.5. -2 Undivided.

amṛta	अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.

ambikeyaḥ	अम्बिकेयः यकः N. of Gaṇeśa, Kārttikeya or Dhṛitarāṣṭra; प्रज्ञाचक्षुस्तप्यमानो$म्बिकेयः Mb.3.4.1; more correctly written आम्बिकेय q. v.

ayas	अयस् a. [इ-गतौ-असुन्] Going, moving; nimble. n. (-यः) 1 Iron (एति चलति अयस्कान्तसंनिकर्षं इति तथात्वम्; नायसोल्लिख्यते रत्नम् Śukra 4.169. अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43. -2 Steel. -3 Gold. -4 A metal in general. -5 Aloe wood. -6 An iron instrument; यदयोनिधनं याति सो$स्य धर्मः सनातनः Mb.6.17.11. -7 Going. m. Fire. [cf. L. aes, aeris; Goth. ais, eisarn; Ger. eisin]. -Comp. -अग्रम्, -अग्रकम् a hammer, a mace or club tipped with iron; a pestle for cleaning grain. -अपाष्टि a. Ved. furnished with iron claws or heels. -कंसः, -सम् an iron goblet. -कणपम् A kind of weapon, which throws out iron-balls; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्डयुक्तबाहवः Mb.1.227.25. -काण्डः 1 an iron-arrow. -2 excellent iron. -3 a large quantity of iron. -कान्तः (अयस्कान्तः) 1 'beloved of iron', a magnet, load-stone; शम्भोर्यतध्वमाक्रष्टुमयस्कान्तेन लोहवत् Ku.2.59; स चकर्ष परस्मा- त्तदयस्कान्त इवायसम् R.17.63; U.4.21. अयस्कान्तमयः संक्रामति M. Bh. on P.III.1.7. -2 a precious stone; ˚मणिः a loadstone; अयस्कान्तमणिशलाकेव लोहधातुमन्तः- करणमाकृष्टवती Māl.1. -कारः 1 an iron-smith, blacksmith. -2 the upper part of the thigh. -किट्टम्, -कीजम् rust of iron. -कुम्भः an iron vessel, boiler &c.; so ˚पात्रम्. -कुशा a rope partly consisting of iron. -कृतिः f.a preparation of iron; one of the ways of curing leprosy (महाकुष्ठचिकि- त्साभेदः). -गः an iron hammer. -गुडः 1 a pill; one made of some preparation of iron. -2 an iron ball; दीप्तशूलष्टर्ययोगुडान् Ms.3.133. -3 A kind of weapon consisting of iron balls; लगुडायोगुडाश्मानः Mb.7.3.16. -घनः [अयो हन्यते अनेन इति P.III.3.82] an iron hammer, forge hammer; गदापरिघनिस्त्रिंशपट्टिशायोघनोपलैः Mb. 7.25.58. अयोघनेनाय इवाभितप्तम्R.14.33. -चूर्णम् iron filings. -जाल a. having iron nets; of impenetrable guiles. (-लम्) an iron net-work; अयोजालानि निर्मथ्य भित्त्वा रत्नगृहं वरम् Rām.3.35.35. -ताप a. making iron red-hot. -दत्, -दंष्ट्र a. Ved. iron-toothed, having iron rims (as chariots); having iron weapons; पश्यन् हिरण्यचक्रान- योदंष्ट्रान् विधोवतो वराहून् Rv.1.88.5. -दती a. proper name; (स्त्रियां संज्ञायाम् P.V.4.143). -दण्डः an iron club, K.76. -धातुः iron metal; अयोधातुं यद्वत्परिलघुरयस्कान्त- शकलः U.4.21. -पानम् (अयःपानम्) N. of a hell (where redhot iron is forced down the throats of those who are condemned to it). -पिण्डः A canon-ball. -प्रतिमा (अयःप्रतिमा) an iron image. -बाहुः Name of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -मलम् rust of iron; so ˚रजः, ˚रसः. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 having an iron mouth, face, or beak. -2 tipped or pointed with iron; भूमिं भूमिशयांश्चैव हन्ति काष्ठमयोमुखम् Ms.1.84. (-खः) an arrow (ironpointed); भेत्स्यत्यजः कुम्भमयोमुखेन R.5.55. -शङ्कुः 1 an iron spear; -2 an iron nail, pointed iron spike, अयःशङ्कुचितां रक्षः शतघ्नीमथ शत्रवे R.12.95. -शय a. lying in, made of iron, (said of fire). -शूलम् 1 an iron lance. -2 a forcible means, a violent proceeding (तीक्ष्णः उपायः Sk.); (cf. आयःशूलिक; also K. P.1; अयःशूलेन अन्विच्छतीत्यायःशूलिकः). -स्थूण a. 1 (अय˚ or यः˚) having iron pillars or stakes. हिरण्यरूपमुषसो व्युष्टावयः- स्थूणमुदिता सूर्यस्य Rv.5.62.8. -2 Name of a Ṛiṣi Śat. Br. -हत a. Ved. embossed in iron-work, made by a priest who wears a golden ring on his finger (B. and R.); रक्षोहा विश्वचर्षणिरभि योनिमयोहतम् Rv.9.1.2. -हृदय a. iron-hearted, stern, cruel, unrelenting; सुहृदयोहृदयः प्रतिगर्जताम् R.9.9.

araṇiḥ	अरणिः m., f. -णी f. [ऋ-अनि Uṇ.2.11; अरणिः अग्नेर्योनिः] A piece of wood (of the Śamī tree) used for kindling the sacred fire by attrition, the fire-producing wooden stick; प्रयच्छन्ति फलं भूमिररणीव हुताशनम् Pt.1.216. -णी (dual) The two pieces of wood used in kindling the sacred fire. धरण्योर्निहितो जातवेदाः Kaṭha. 4.8. -णिः 1 The sun. -2 fire. -3 Flint. -4 N. of several fire-producing plants, particularly अग्निमन्थ. -णिः f. 1 A path, way. -2 Ved. Stinginess. -3 Discomfort; निररर्णि सविता साविषक् Av.1.18.2. -Comp. केतुः = अग्निमन्थ Premna Intergrifolia. -सुतः N. of Śuka, a celebrated sage (born from the seed of Vyāsa fallen upon an Araṇi at the sight of the nymph Ghṛitāchī); पितुः पादावगृह्णादरणीसुतः Mb.12.327.31. -2 Fire, agni; चितिं कृत्वा प्रवेक्ष्यामि समिद्धमरणीसुतम् Rām.5.13.39.

āditya	आदित्य a. [अदितेरपत्यं ण्य P.IV.1.85.] 1 Solar, belonging to, or born in, the solar line; आदित्यैर्यदि विग्रहो नृपतिभिर्धन्यं ममैतत्ततो U.6.18. -2 Devoted to, or originating from, Aditi; आदित्यं चरुं निर्वपेत् Yaj. Ts.2.2.6.1. -3 Belonging to, or sprung from, the Ādityas. -त्यः 1 A son of Aditi; a god, divinity in general. (The number of Ādityas appears to have been originally seven, of whom Varuṇa is the head, and the name Āditya was restricted to them (देवा आदित्या ये सप्त Rv.9.114.3.). In the time of the Brāhmaṇas, however, the number of Ādityas rose to 12, representing the sun in the 12 months of the year; धाता मित्रो$र्यमा रुद्रो वरुणः सूर्य एव च । भगो विवस्वान् पूषा च सविता दशमः स्मृतः ॥ एकादशस्तथा त्वष्टा विष्णुर्द्वादश उच्यते ।); आदित्यानामहं विष्णुः Bg.1.21; Ku. 2.24. (These 12 suns are supposed to shine only at the destruction of the universe; cf. Ve.3.8; दग्धुं विश्वं दहनकिरणैर्नोदिता द्वादशार्काः). -2 The sun; Vāj.4.21. -3 A name of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf-incarnation; स्वयंभूः शंभुरादित्यः V. Sah. -4 N. of the Arka plant (Mar. रुई). -त्यौ (dual) N. of a constellation, the seventh lunar mansion (पुनर्वसु). -Comp. -केतुः 1 N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣtra. -2 The charioteer of the sun. -चन्द्रौ (dual) the sun and the moon. -दर्शनम् 'Showing the sun' (to a child of 4 months), one of the संस्काराs. -पत्र्यः N. of a plant. (-त्र्यम्) the leaf of the Arka tree. -पर्णिनी a creeping plant with gold-coloured flowers, growing near the bank of water. -पुराणम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -पुष्पिका red swallow wort (Mar. शिरदोडी). -बन्धुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भक्ता [आदित्ये भक्ता] N. of a plant. see अर्कभक्ता. -मण्डलम् the disc or orb of the sun. -व्रतम् 1 worship of the sun; a व्रत or rite. -2 N. of a Sāman. -सूनुः 'the son of the sun', N. of Sugrīva, Yama, Saturn, Manu and Karṇa &c.

āpta	आप्त p. p. [आप्-क्त] 1 Got, obtained, gained; ˚कामः, शापः &c. -2 Reached, overtaken, equalled, engrossed; यदिदं सर्वं मृत्युनाप्तं सर्वं मृत्युनाभिपन्नं केन यजमानो मृत्योराप्तिमतिमुच्यते Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -3 Reaching to, extending as far as. -4 Trustworthy, reliable, credible (as news &c.). -5 Trusty, confidential, faithful (person); कुमारभृत्याकुशलैरनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैः R.3.12;5.39; आप्ताः सर्वेषु वर्णेषु Ms.8.63. -6 (a) Clever, skilful; प्राजकश्चेद्भवेदाप्तः Ms.8.294. (b) Apt, fit. -7 Full, complete, abundant; न सत्यं दानमानौ वा यज्ञो वाप्याप्तदक्षिणः Rām.2.3.35. यजेत राजा क्रतुभिर्विविधैराप्त- दक्षिणैः Ms.7.79. -8 True, exact. -9 Intimate, closely related, acquainted; कन्यायाः किल पूजयन्ति पितरो जामातुराप्तं जनम् U.4.17 relatives; Ms.5.11. -1 Appointed. -11 Generally received, commonly used; authentic. -12 Accused, prosecuted. -13 Reasonable, sensible. -14 Beneficial, useful; अधिष्ठितं हयज्ञेन सूतेनाप्तोपदेशिना Rām.6.9.1. -प्तः 1 A trustworthy, reliable, or fit person; credible person or source, guarantee; आप्तः यथार्थवक्ता T. S. -2 A relative, friend; निग्रहात्स्वसुराप्तानां वधाच्च धनदानुजः R.12.52; कथमाप्तवर्गो$यं भवत्याः M.5; Y.1.28, 2.71; Ms.2.19;8.64. -3 An Arhat. -प्ता A twisted lock of hair (जटा). -प्तम् 1 A quotient. -2 (In Math.) Equation of a degree. -Comp. -आगमः Proper knowledge परोक्षमाप्तागमात् सिद्धम् Sāṅ. K.6. -आधीन a. Dependent on trustworthy person. -उक्तिः f. 1 an augment. -2 an affix. -3 a word of received acceptation and established by usage only; see आप्तवाच् also. -काम a. 1 one who has obtained his desire; येनाक्रमन्त्यृषयो ह्याप्रकामाः Muṇḍa.3.1.6. -2 one who has renounced all worldly desires and attachments. (-मः) the Supreme Soul. -कारिन् a. doing things in a fit or confidential manner; अरक्षिता गृहे रुद्धाः पुरुषैराप्तकारिभिः Ms.9.12. m. a trusty, agent or confidential servant; तस्माद्गच्छन्तु पुरुषाः स्मारणायाप्तकारिणः Mb.3.239.17. -गर्भा a pregnant woman. -दक्षिण a. having proper or abundant gifts. -वचनम् 1 received text or authority, revelation. -2 the words of a credible or trustworthy person; R.11.42, इत्याप्तवचनाद्रामो विनेष्यन्वर्णविक्रियाम् 15.48. -वाक्यम् a true or correct sentence; आप्तवाक्यं शब्दः T. S. -वचनम् above. cf. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु Sāṅ. K.5. -वाच् a. worthy of belief, regarded as authority, one whose words are credible and authoritative; पराति- संधानमधीयते यैर्विद्येति ते सन्तु किलाप्तवाचः Ś.5.25. f. 1 the advice of a friend or credible person. -2 the Vedas or Śruti; a word of authority (said to apply to Smṛitis, Ithihāsas and Purāṇas also, which are considered as authoritative evidence); आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वा प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -श्रुतिः f. 1 the Vedas. -2 Smṛitis &c. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु । Sāṅ. K.5.

āptyaḥ	आप्त्यः Ved. N. of a class of deities, especially of the deity Trita as belonging to that class.

āmbikeyaḥ	आम्बिकेयः [अम्बिकाया अपत्यं ढक्] An epithet of (a) Dhṛitarāṣṭra; न मे तच्च श्रुतवानाम्बिकेयः Mb.3.5.14. (b) Kārtikeya.

āśu	आशु a. [अश्-व्याप्तौ उण्] Fast, quick -शुः Ved. 1 'The quick one', a horse. -2 Rice (ripening quickly in the rainy season). -शु ind. Fast, quickly, immediately, directly; Bg.2.65; वर्त्म भानोस्त्यजाशु Me.41,22. [cf. L. acu; Gr. okus.] -Comp. -आपस् a. obtaining quickly. -कारिन्, -कृत् a. 1 doing anything quickly, smart, active. -2 operating quickly (as a medicine). -कोपिन् a. irascible, irritable. -क्रिया quick operation of a medicine. -ग a. swift, quick. (-गः) 1 the wind. -2 the sun. -3 an arrow; पपावनास्वादितपूर्वमा- शुगः R.3.54,11.83,12.91 -गामिन् a. going quickly. m. the sun. -तोष a. easily appeased or pleased. (--षः) an epithet of Śiva. -पत्री a tree which yields frankincense (शल्लकीलता). -पत्वन् a. flying quickly. -फलः A kind of weapon. -बोध a. teaching quickly, N. of a treatise of grammar. -या a. going quickly. -ind. quickly. -व्रीहिः rice ripening in the rainy season. -षेण a. Ved. having swift arrows. नम आशुषेणाय चाशुरथाय च Rudra. -संधेय a. Easy to be joined together or reconciled. -हेमन् a. running on quickly, urging the horses. -हेषस् a. Ved. quickly neighing; having quick horses, quickly praised; (शीघ्रशब्दायमान) N. of the Aśvins.

indraḥ	इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.

iṣṭakā	इष्टका N. of a deity (Nārāyaṇa Up.8). इष्टापूर्तम् iṣṭāpūrtam इष्टापूर्तिः iṣṭāpūrtiḥ इष्टापूर्तम् इष्टापूर्तिः f. [इष्टं च पूर्तं च तयोः समाहारः पूर्वपददीर्घत्वम्] Performance of pious or charitable deeds; performing sacrifices, and digging wells and doing other acts of charity; इष्टापूर्तविधेः सपत्नशमनात् Mv.3.1; cf. also इष्टापूर्ते पुत्रपशूंश्च सर्वान् Kaṭh.1.8. वापीकूपतडागादिदेवतायतनानि च । अन्नप्रदानमारामाः पूर्तमर्थ्याः प्रचक्षते ॥ एकाग्निकर्महवनं त्रेतायां यच्च हूयते । अन्तर्वेद्यां च यद्दानमिष्टं तदभिधीयते ॥

ugra	उग्र a. [उच्-रन् गश्चान्तादेशः Uṇ.2.28] 1 Fierce, cruel, ferocious, savage (as a look &c.); ˚दर्शनः having a fierce or cruel look. -2 Formidable, terrific, frightful; सिंहनिपातमुग्रम् R.2.5; Bg.11.3; Ms.6.75,12.75; ˚दन्तः, ˚नासिकः &c. -3 Powerful, mighty, strong, violent, intense; उग्रातपां वेलाम् Ś.3 intensely hot. उग्रशोकाम् Me.115 v. l.; निखिलरसायनराजो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव Bv. Sharp, pungent, hot, -5 High, noble. यत्र भगवानास्ते वाल्मीकिसुग्रधीः Rām.7.49.1. -6 Angry, passionate, wrathful. -7 Ready to do any work, industrious. -ग्रः 1 N. of Śiva or Rudra; जघ्ने$द्भुतैणवपुषा$$श्रमतो$- पकृष्टो मारीचमाशु विशिखेन यथा कमुग्रः Bhāg.9.1.1. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, descendant of a Kṣatriya father and Śūdra mother (his business being to catch or kill animals dwelling in holes, such as snakes; cf. क्षत्रियाच्छूद्रकन्यायां क्रूराचारविहारवान् । क्षत्रशूद्र- वपुर्जन्तुरुग्रो नाम प्रजायते ॥ Ms.1.9,13,15.). -3 N. of a tree शोभाञ्जनवृक्ष (Mar. शेवगा). -4 A group of five asterisms; their names are :- पूर्वाफल्गुनी, पूर्वाषाढा, पूर्वाभाद्रपदा, मघा and भरणी. -5 N. of a country called Kerala (Modern Malabar). -6 The sentiment called रौद्र. -7 Wind. -8 A royal attendant (like उग्र tribe); उग्राः प्रत्येनसः सूतग्रामण्यः Bṛi. Up.4.3.37. -ग्रा 1 N. of different plants; वचा, यवानी, धन्याक. (Mar. वेखंड, ओवा, मेथी). -2 A cruel woman. -ग्री A kind of being belonging to the class of demons; य उग्रीणामुग्रबाहुर्ययुः Av.4.24.2. -ग्रम् 1 A certain deadly poison, the root of Aconitum Ferox (वत्सनाभविषम्; Mar. बचनाग). -2 Wrath, anger. -Comp. -ईशः the mighty or terrible lord, N. of Śiva. -कर्मन् n. fierce in action, cruel. -काण्डः a sort of gourd (कारवेल). -काली form of Durgā. -गन्ध a. strongsmelling. (-न्धः) 1 the Cahmpaka tree. -2 N. of other trees also; कटुफल, अर्जकवृक्ष. -3 garlic. (-न्धा) 1 Orris root. -2 a medicinal plant. -3 N. of various plants; यवानी, वचा, अजमोदा. (-न्धम्) Asafœtida. -गन्धिन् a. strong-smelling. -चयः a strong desire. -चारिणी, -चण्डा N. of Durgā. -जाति a. base-born. -तारा N. of a goddess. -तेजस् a. endowed with powerful or terrible energy. -दंष्ट्र a. having terrific teeth. -दण्ड a. ruling with a rod of iron, stern, cruel, relentless; Pt.3. -ण्डः Stern rule; तस्योग्रदण्डसंविग्नाः सर्वे लोकाः सपालकाः । अन्यत्रालब्धशरणाः शरणं ययुरच्युतम् ॥ Bhāg.7.4.21. -दर्शन, -रूप a. frightful in appearance, fierce-looking, grim, terrible. -दुहितृ f. the daughter of a powerful man. -धन्वन् a. having a powerful bow. (m.) N. of Śiva and Indra; पिङ्गस्तमुग्रधन्वा कृणोतु हृदयाविधम् Av.8.6.18. -नासिक a. large-nosed. -पीठम् A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 36 equal parts (Mānasāra 7.7). -पुत्र a. born in a mighty family. (-त्रः) N. of Kārttikeya. -पूति a. horribly stinking; Māl.5.16. -रेतस् m. a form of Rudra. -वीर a. having powerful men. -वीर्यः Assafœtida (Mar. हिंग). -शासन a. strict in orders, severe in commands. -शेखरा 'crest of Śiva'. N. of the Ganges. -शोक a. sorely-grieving, deeply afflicted. -श्रवस् (see वृद्धश्रवस्) N. of the son of रोमहर्षण. उग्रश्रवाः पुरा सूतो रोमहर्षणसंभवः Bm.1.2. -श्रवणदर्शन a. terrible to hear and see. -सेनः 1 N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of a king of Mathurā and father of Kaṁsa. He was deposed by his son; but Kṛiṣṇa after having slain Kaṁsa restored him to the throne. (-ना) N. of the wife of Akrūra; ˚जः N. of Kaṁsa, the uncle and enemy of Krisna.

ucchvāsaḥ	उच्छ्वासः 1 Breath, exhalation, breathing out; मुखोच्छ्वासगन्धम् V.4.22; Ṛs.1.3; Me.14. -2 Support of life, being alive; तदद्याप्युच्छ्वासो भवति U.3.3; R.158. -3 A sigh. -4 Consolation, encouragement; Amaru.13. -5 Expiring, dying. -6 An air-hole. -7 A division or chapter of a book, as of the Harṣa-charita; cf. अध्याय. -8 Froth, foam; सिन्धोरुच्छ्वासे पतयन्तमुक्षणम् Rv.9.86.43. -9 Swelling up, rising, increasing.

ujjāgara	उज्जागर a. Excited, irritated.

uta	उत ind. 1 A particle expressing (a) doubt, uncertainty, guess (or); तत्किमयमातपदोषः स्यादुत यथा मे मनसि वर्तते Ś.3; स्थाणुरयमुत पुरुषः G. M. वीरो रसः किमयमित्युत दर्प एषः Veeracharitam. (b) alternative; usually a correlative of किं (whether, or); किमिदं गुरुभिरुपदिष्टमुत धर्मशास्त्रेषु पठितमुत मोक्षप्राप्तियुक्तिरियम् K.155; किं येन सृजसि व्यक्तमुत येन बिभर्षि तत् Ku.6.23; the place of उत is also taken by आहो or आहोस्वित्; sometimes आहो, आहोस्वित् or स्वित् are joined to उत. (c) association, connection, (having a cumulative force, 'and', 'also'); उत बलवानुताबलः; (d) interrogation; उत दण्डः पतिष्यति; (e) deliberation; (f) intensity; (g) wishing (especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a potential 'would that'); (h) sometimes used as an expletive; (i) oft. used for the sake of emphasis especially at the end of a line after इति or a verb; तदा विद्याद्विवृद्धं सत्त्वमित्युत Bg.14.11; धर्मे नष्टे कुलं कृत्स्नमधर्मो$भिभवत्युत 1.4. -2 With a preceding प्रति = on the contrary, on the other hand; but; सामवादाः सकोपस्य तस्य प्रत्युत दीपकाः Śi.2.55; न केवलं ध्रियते प्रत्युत पर्युपास्यमानस्तिष्ठति Nāg.5. -3 With a preceding किं = how much more or how much less; see किम्. उत, -उत Either-or; एकमेव वरं पुंसामुत राज्यमुताश्रमः G. M. उत वा or else, and; वा-उतवा, उताहोवा पि-वा either-or; -आहो, -आहोस्वित् Used for the sake of emphasis; उताहो हत- वीर्यास्ते बभूवुः पृथिवीक्षितः Rām.7.31.4. शालिहोत्रः किं नु स्याद् उताहोस्विद् राजा नलः.

uttara	उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.

utpattiḥ	उत्पत्तिः f. 1 Birth; विपदुत्पत्तिमतामुपस्थिता R.8.83. -2 Production; कुसुमे कुसुमोत्पत्तिः श्रूयते न तु दृश्यते Ś. Til.17. -3 Source, origin; उत्पत्तिः साधुतायाः K.45. -4 Rising, going up, becoming visible, coming into existence. -5 Profit, productiveness, produce; स्वल्पोत्पत्तिदेशः Rāj T.5.68. -6 Producing as a result or effect. -7 Resurrection. -8 A sacrifice; उत्पत्तिरिति यजिं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.3,7. -9 An original injunction, a scriptural text enjoining (a particular matter), also called उत्पत्तिश्रुति or उत्पत्तिविधि. उत्पत्तेश्चातत्प्रधानत्वात् । Ms.4.3. -Comp. -अर्थः The अपूर्व resulting from a sacrifice; उत्पत्त्यर्थाविभागाद्वा सत्त्ववदैकधर्म्यं स्यात् । MS.7.1.2. ˚अविभागः Non-separation of याग and its अपूर्व. -कालीन a. taking place at the time of birth. -क्रमः order of birth. -नामधेयत्वम् Being a name inherent in the verse; उत्पत्तिनामधेयत्वात् भक्त्या पृथक् सतीषु स्यात् । MS.8.3.22. -प्रयोगः 1 production by the combined action of cause and effect. -2 purport, meaning. -वाक्यम् a sentence quoted from the Veda, an authoritative sentence. -व्यञ्जकः a type of birth (as investiture with the sacred thread); a mark of the twice-born; उत्पत्तिव्यञ्जकः पुण्यः Ms.2.68. -शिष्ट a. taught authoritatively (by a passage occurring in the Veda).

udavagrahaḥ	उदवग्रहः A Svarita accent depending on an Udātta which stands in the Avagraha q. v.

unmālakam	उन्मालकम् The offer of a gift as a mark of complete gratification. शरीरं उन्मालकायेव निजं मुमोच; Śrikaṇṭha-charitam 1.3.

ṛktham	ऋक्थम् [ऋच्-थक्] 1 Wealth. -2 (Especially) property, possessions, effects (left at death); see रिक्थ. -3 Gold. -Comp. -आदानः an inheritor, heir. -ग्रहणम् receiving or inheriting property. -ग्राहः an inheritor or receiver of property. -भागः 1 division of property, partition. -2 a share, inheritance. -भागिन्, -हर -हारिन् m. 1 an heir. -2 a co-heir.

lṝ	लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.

aiṣṭika	ऐष्टिक a. (-की f.) [इष्टि-ठक्] 1 Sacrificial, ceremonial. -2 Treating of इष्टि or sacrifice (as a work). -Comp. -पूर्तिक, पौर्तिक a. belonging to इष्टापूर्त (belonging to sacrifices or charitable works); दानधर्मं निषेवेत नित्यमैष्टिक- पौर्तिकम् Ms.4.227.

auddhārika	औद्धारिक a. (-की f.) [उद्धार-ठञ्] Deducted from patrimony, portionable, heritable. -कम् A portion or inheritance (deducted from patrimony). -2 A part to be set aside; Ms.9.15.

kampaḥ	कम्पः [कम्प्-घञ्] 1 Shaking, tremor; कम्पेन किंचित्प्रतिगृह्य मूर्घ्नः R.13.44 with a gentle nod or bend of the head; 13.28; Ku.7.46; भयकम्पः, विद्युत्कम्पः &c. -2 A modification of the Svarita accent. -पा Shaking, moving, tremor. -Comp. -अन्वित a. tremulous, agitated. -द्वारम् a side-door, a private entrance. कम्पद्वारं तु वा कुर्यान्मध्यपार्श्वद्वयोस्तथा Kāmikāgama 35.49. -लक्ष्मन् -m. wind.

kavi	कवि a. [कु-इ Uṇ.4.138] 1 Omniscient; Mb.1.5. 27; कविं पुराणमनुशासितारम् Bg.8.9; Ms.4.24. -2 Intelligent, clever, wise; कविर्मूकवदात्मानं स दृष्ट्या दर्शयेन्नृणाम् Bhāg.7.13,1.18. -3 Thinking, thoughtful. -4 Praiseworthy. -विः 1 A wise man, a thinker, a sage; कवीनामुशना कविः Bg.1.37; Ms.7.49,2.151. -2 A poet; तद् ब्रूहि रामचरितं आद्यः कविरसि U.2; मन्दः कवियशः- प्रार्थी R.1.3; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1; Śi.2.86. -3 An epithet of Śukra, the preceptor of the Asuras; कविरिव वृषपर्वणः K.56. -4 Vālmīki, the first poet. -5 Brahmā; Bhāg.5.18.6. -6 The sun. -f. The bit of a bridle; see कविका. -Comp. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Vālmīki, the first poet. -पुत्रः an epithet of Śukra. -राजः 1 a great poet; श्रीहर्षं कविराजराजिमुकुटालङ्कारहीरः सुतम् occurring in the last verse of every canto of Naiṣadha Charita. -2 N. of a poet, author of a poem called राघवपाण्डवीय. -रामायणः an epithet of Vālmīki. -समयः convention of Poets.

kārtavīryaḥ	कार्तवीर्यः The son of Kṛitavīrya and king of the Haihayas, who ruled at Māhiṣmatī. [Having worshipped Dattāttreya, he obtained from him several boons, such as a thousand arms, a golden chariot that went wheresoever he willed it to go, the power of restraining wrong by justice, conquest of earth, invincibility by enemies &c.; (cf. R.6.39). According to the Vāyu Purāṇa he ruled justly and righteously for 85, years and offered 1, sacrifices. He was a contemporary of Rāvaṇa whom he once captured and confined like a beast in a corner of his city; cf. R.6.4. Kārtavīrya was slain by Paraśurāma for having carried off by violence the Kāmadhenu of his reversed father Jamadagni. Kārtavīrya is also known by the name Sahasrārjuna.]

kīlālaḥ	कीलालः 1 A heavenly drink similar to Amṛita, beverage of the gods. -2 Honey. -3 A beast. -लम् 1 Blood. जलयन्त्रजलाकारकीलालोत्कलिकाकुलाः Śiva. B.14.33. बद्धः सत्यमपां निधिर्जलनिधिः कीलालधिस्तोयधिः Udb. -2 water -Comp. -जम् Flesh. -धिः the ocean. -पः a demon, goblin; न धर्मनिरतः कीलालपो नासुरः.

kup	कुप् I. 4 P. (कुप्यति, चुकोप, अकुपत्, कोपितुम्, कुपित) 1 To be angry, (generally with the dat. of the person who is the object of anger, but sometimes with the acc. or gen. also); कुप्यन्ति हितवादिने K.18; कुपितश्चन्द्रगुप्तश्चाणक्य- स्योपरि Mu.2; M.3.21; U.7; चुकोप तस्मै स भृशम् R.3. 56. -2 To be excited, to gather strength, be virulent; as in दोषाः प्रकुप्यन्ति Suśr. -Caus. (कोपयति-ते) 1 To provoke, irritate; to excite, agitate. -2 To stir up. -II. 1 U. -1 To shine. -2 To speak.

kopaḥ	कोपः [कुप्-भावे घञ्] 1 Anger, wrath, passion; कोपं न गच्छति नितान्तबलो$पि नागः Pt.1.123; न त्वया कोपः कार्यः do not be angry. -2 (In medicine) Morbid irritation or disorder of the humours of the body; i. e. पित्तकोप, वातकोप. &c. -Comp. -आकुल, -आविष्ट a. enraged, furious. -क्रमः 1 an angry or passionate man. -2 the course of anger. -जन्मन् produced by wrath or anger; बलवानपि कोपजन्मनः Ki.2.37. -दीप्त, -ज्वलित a. inflamed with anger. -पदम् 1 cause of anger. -2 pretended anger. -वशः subjection to anger. -वेगः violence, fury of anger.

kopana	कोपन a. [कुप्-ताच्छील्ये युच्] 1 Passionate, irascible, angry; रैभश्चापि तपस्वी च कोपनश्च महानृषिः Mb.3.135.58. -2 Causing anger. -3 Irritating, causing morbid disorder of the humours of the body. -नम् Becoming angry. -ना A passionate or angry woman; कयासि कामिन् सुरतापराधात् पादानतः किपनया$वधूतः Ku.3.8; Amaru. 68. (v. l.)

kopin	कोपिन् a. [अवश्यं कुप्यति कुप्-णिनि] 1 Angry, irritated; सत्यमेवासि यदि मयि कोपिनी Gīt.1. -2 Causing anger. -3 Irritating, causing disorder of the humours of the body. -m. A water-pigeon.

krudhmin	क्रुध्मिन् a. Ved. Angry, wrathful, irritable; शुभ्रो वः शुष्मः क्रुध्मी मनांसि Rv.7.56.8.

kṣīraḥ	क्षीरः रम् 1 Milk; हंसो हि क्षीरमादत्ते तन्मिश्रा वर्जयत्यपः Ś.6.28. -2 The milky juice or sap of trees, exudation; resin; ये तत्क्षीरस्रुतिसुरभयो दक्षिणेन प्रवृत्ताः Me.19; Ku.1.9. -3 Water; तिर्यग्वाहाश्च क्षीरिणः Rām.2.15.6. -रः See क्षीरस्वामिन्; क्षीराभिधाच्छब्दविद्योपाध्यायात्संभृतश्रुतः Rāj. T.4. 489. -रा -री N. of several plants containing a milky sap. -री A dish prepared with milk (Mar. खीर). -Comp. -अदः an infant, a sucking child. -अब्धिः 1 the sea of milk. -2 the अमृत; भो वैनतेय क्षीराब्धिः प्रारब्धो मथितुं सुरै Ks.22.186. ˚जः 1 the moon. -2 the Amṛita or nectar produced at the churning of the sea. -3 an epithet of Śeṣa. -4 a pearl. ˚जम् sea-salt. ˚जा, ˚तनया an epithet of Lakṣmī. -आह्वः the pine tree. -उदः cf. [P.VI.3.57 Vārt.] 1 the sea of milk; क्षीरोदवेलव सफेन- पुञ्जा Ku.7.26. ˚तनयः, ˚नन्दनः, ˚तनया, ˚सुता an epithet of Lakṣmī. -उत्तरा inspissated milk. -उत्थम् fresh butter. -उदधि = क्षीरोद q. v. above. -ऊर्मिः a wave of the sea of milk; R.4.27. -ओदनः rice boiled with milk; क्षीरौ- दनं पाचयित्वा Bṛi. Up.3.4.14. -कण्ठः -कण्ठकः a young child (having milk in the throat); त्वया तत्क्षीरण्कठेन प्राप्त- मारण्यकं व्रतम् Mv.4.52,5.11. क्षीरकण्ठाविमौ वत्सौ वत त्वन्मय- जीवितौ Śiva. B.2.24 and 5. -कुण्डम् a milk-pot; कश्चि- द्दुदोह कश्चिच्च क्षीरकुण्डमधारयत् Ks.63.188. -जम् coagulated milk. -दात्री yielding milk (as a cow). -द्रुमः the Aśvattha tree. -धात्री a wet-nurse. -धिः, -निधिः the sea of milk; इन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12. -धेनुः f. a milch cow. -नीरम् 1 water and milk. -2 milk-like water. -3 a fast embrace. -पः a child. -पाक a. cooked in milk; शतं महिषान् क्षीरपाकमोदनम् Rv.8.77.1. -पाणः an inhabitant of Uśīnara. (-णम्, -नम्) drinking milk. (-णी) any vessel out of which milk is drunk. -भृत a. supported by milk (as a Gopāla); receiving wages in the form of milk; गोपः क्षीरभृतो यस्तु Ms.8.231. -वारिः, -वारिधिः the sea of milk; गत्वा च क्षीरवारिधिम् Ks.22.188. -विकृतिः f. inspissated milk; any product made from milk (as cheese &c.). -वृक्षः 1 N. of the four trees न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ and मधूक. -2 the glomerous fig-tree. -व्रतम् living upon milk in consequence of a vow. -शरः cream, the skim of milk. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the sea of milk. यथा भगवता ब्रह्मन्मथितः क्षीरसागरः Bhāg.8.5.11. -सर्पिस् n. ghee (घृत). -सारः butter; क्षीरसारमपनीय शङ्कया स्वीकृतं यदि पलायनं त्वया Udb. -स्निग्ध a. unctuous with milky juice or sap; Ś.3.6. (v.l.) -स्फटिकः a precious stone. -स्वामिन् m. a commentator on the Amarakośa and a grammarian. -हिण्डीरः the foam of milk.

kṣavathuḥ	क्षवथुः [क्षु-अथुच्] 1 Sneezing. -2 Cough. -3 Irritation of the throat. -4 Sore throat. विषवैद्यो विजानाति सर्पस्य क्षवथुं ध्रुवम् Subha.

kṣobhaḥ	क्षोभः [क्षुभ-घञ्] 1 Shaking, moving, tossing; Me.28, 97; so काननक्षोभः &c. -2 Jolting; R.1.58; अयं तस्या रथक्षोभादंसेनांसो निपीडितः V.3.11. -3 (a) Agitation, disturbance, excitement, emotion; क्षोभक˚ U.3.3.29; स्वयं- वरक्षोभकृतामभावः R.7.3; अथेन्द्रियक्षोभमयुग्मनेत्रः पुनर्वशित्वाद्ब- लवन्निगृह्य Ku.3.69. (b) Provocation, irritation; प्रायः स्वं महिमानं क्षोभात्प्रतिपद्यते जन्तुः Ś.6.31.

garuḍaḥ	गरुडः [गरुद्भयां डयते, डी-ड पृषो˚ तलोपः, गॄ-उडच् Uṇ 4. 166.] 1 N. of the king of birds. [He is a son of Kaśyapa by his wife Vinatā. He is the chief of the feathered race, an implacable enemy of serpents, and elder brother of Aruṇa. In a dispute between his mother and Kadrū, her rival, about the colour of उचैःश्रवस् Kadrū defeated Vinatā, and, in accordance with the conditions of the wager, made her her slave. Garuḍa brought down the heavenly beverage (Amṛita) to purchase her freedom, not, however, without a hard struggle with Indra for the same. Vinatā was then released; but the Amṛita was taken away by Indra from the serpents. Garuḍa is represented as the vehicle of Visnu, and as having a white face, an aquiline nose, red wings and a golden body.] -2 A building or architecture (such as चिति) shaped like Garuḍa; गरुडो रुक्मपक्षो वै त्रिगुणो$ष्टादशात्मकः Rām.1.14. 29. -3 N. of a particular military array. -Comp. -अग्रजः an epithet of Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun; विभिन्नवर्णा गरुडाग्रजेन Śi.4.14. -अङ्कः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अङ्कितम्, -अश्मन् m. -उत्तीर्णम् an emerald. -ध्वजः an epithet of Viṣṇu; समाहितमतिश्चैव तुष्टाव गरुडध्वजम् V. P. -व्यूहः a particular military array.

garbhaḥ	गर्भः [गॄ-भन् Uṇ.3.152] 1 The womb, the belly; गर्भेषु वसतिः Pt.1; पुनर्गर्भे च संभवम् Ms.6.63. -2 A fœtus, embryo; act of conception, pregnancy; conception; नरपतिकुलभूत्यै गर्भमाधत्त राज्ञी P.2.75; गर्भो$भवद्भूधरराज- पत्न्याः Ku.1.19; गर्भं वहति Pt.1.3 bears a child in the womb. -3 The time of conception; गर्भाष्टमे$ब्दे कुर्वित ब्राह्मणस्योपनायनम् Ms.2.36. -4 The child (in the womb); Ś.6; ततः कुमारं सुरगर्भकल्पम् Bu. Ch.2.19; cf. 'गर्भो भ्रूणे$- र्भके कुक्षौ' Medinī. -5 A child, brood or offspring of birds. -6 The inside, middle, or interior of anything (in comp. in this sense and translated by 'full of', 'filled with', 'containing' &c); हिमगर्भैर्मयूखैः Ś.3.4; शुक˚ कोटर 1.14;7.7; ˚पत्रम् U.3.5. inwardly situated; अग्निगर्भां शमीमिव Ś.4.4; R.3.9;5.17;9.55; Śi.9.62; Māl.3.12; Mu.1.12. -7 The offspring of the sky, i. e. the vapours and fogs drawn upwards by the rays of the sun during 8 months and sent down again in the rainy season; cf. Ms.9.35; नवमासधृतं गर्भं भास्करस्य गभस्तिभिः Rām.4.28.3. -8 An inner apartment, a lying-in-chamber. -9 Any interior chamber. -1 A hole. -11 Fire. -12 Food. -13 The rough coat of the jack-fruit (पनसकण्टक). -14 the bed of a river, especially of the Ganges on the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādrapada or in the very height of the rains when the river is fullest. -15 The fruit (of plants). -16 Joining, union. -17 The calyx of the lotus. -18 (In dramas) One of the Sandhis q. v. -Comp. -अङ्कः (also गर्भे$ङ्कः) an interlude during an act, as the scene of the birth of Kuśa and Lava in U.7, or the सीतास्वयंवर in Bālarāmāyaṇa. The S. D. thus defines it :-- अङ्कोदर- प्रविष्टो यो रङ्गद्वारामुखादिमान् । अङ्को$परः स गर्भाङ्कः सबीजः फलवानपि ॥ 279. -अवक्रान्तिः f. descent of the soul into the womb. -अवटः see गर्भभाजनम्. -अष्टमः 1 the eighth month from conception. -2 the eighth year from conception. -अस्पन्दनम् non-quickening of the fœtus. -आगारम् 1 uterus. -2 an inner and private room, the female apartments. -3 a lying-in-chamber. -4 the body or sanctuary of a temple, the chamber where the image of a deity is placed; एकैव देवं द्रष्टुं च गर्भागारमथाविशत् Ks.7.71. -आधानम् 1 impregnation; गर्भाधानक्षणपरिच- यान्नूनमाबद्धमालाः (बलाकाः) Me.9. -2 one of the Saṁskāras or purificatory ceremonies performed after menstruation to ensure or facilitate conception; (this ceremony legalizes in a religious sense the consummation of marriage); Y.1.11. -आशयः the uterus, the womb. -आस्रावः mis-carriage, abortion. -ईश्वरः one born rich (cf. 'born in the purple'); a sovereign or rich man by birth. ˚ता sovereignty attained by inheritance; प्राप्तैश्वर्यो भवेन्मूढो गर्भेश्वरतयान्यथा Rāj. T.5.199. -उत्पत्तिः f. the formation of the embryo. -उपघातः miscarriage of the embryo (applied to the sky); Bṛi. S.21.25. -उपघातिनी a cow or female miscarrying from unseasonable gestation. -उपपत्तिः f. formation of the embryo. -कर, -कार a. impregnating, procreative. -कालः 1 time of impregnation. -2 the time when the vapour collected in the air shows the first signs of life. -कोशः, -षः uterus. -क्लेशः pains caused by the embryo, the throes of parturition or childbirth. -क्षयः miscarriage. -गृहम्, -भवनम्, -वेश्मन् n. 1 an inner apartment, the body of a house; Mb.5.118.19; R.19.42. -2 a lying-in-chamber. -3 the sanctuary or body of a temple; निर्गत्य गर्भभवनात् Māl.1. -ग्रहणम् impregnation, conception. -ग्राहिका a midwife; Ks.34. -घातिन् a. causing abortion. -चलनम् quickening, motion of the fœtus in the uterus. -चेटः a servant by birth; नर्मभिर्गर्भचेटानां द्वास्थानां विक्रियाक्रमैः Rāj. T.3.153. -च्युत a. 1 fallen from the womb (as a child). -2 miscarrying. -च्युतिः f. 1 birth; delivery. -2 miscarriage. -दासः, -सी a slave by birth; (often used as a term of abuse or reproach.); यथा गर्भदासः कर्मार्थ एव स्वामिनो$नड्वाँश्च क्रीयते । ŚB. on MS.3.1.2. -दिवसाः certain days on which the vapours collected in the air show signs of life; Bṛi.21.5. -द्रुह् a. (nom. sing. ˚ध्रुक्-ड्) causing abortion. -धम् Ved. semen virile. -धरा pregnant. -धारणम्, -धारणा gestation, impregnation. -धिः Ved. 1 a breeding place, a nest; कपोत इव गर्भधिम् Rv.1.3.4. -2 cohabitation. -ध्वंसः abortion. -नाडी the umbilical cord. -नुद् a. causing abortion. -न्यासः 1 laying the foundation. -2 the foundations. -परिस्रवः secundines or fœtal membranes collectively. -पाकिन् m. rice ripening in sixty days. -पातः miscarriage after the fourth month of pregnancy. -पोषणम्, -भर्मन् n. nourishment of the fœtus, gestation; अनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैरथ गर्भभर्मणि R.3.12. -भाजनम् the foundation pit, the excavation. -मण्डपः an inner apartment, a bed-chamber. -मासः month of pregnancy. -मोचनम् delivery, birth. -योपा a pregnant woman; (fig.) the Ganges overflowing its banks. -रक्षणम् protecting the fœtus. -रन्धिः complete cooking; स्थाल्य- ग्नितापात्पयसो$मितापस्तत्तापतस्तण्डुलगर्भरन्धिः Bhāg.5.1.22. -रूप a. childish, youthful, juvenile. -रूपः, -रूपकः a child, an infant, a youth. -लक्षण a. observing the signs of the rainy season. (-णम्) a symptom of pregnancy. -लम्भनम् a ceremony performed for the sake of facilitating and developing pregnancy. -वसतिः f., -वासः 1 the womb; असकृद्गर्भवासेषु वासं जन्म च दारुणम् Ms.12.78. -2 being in the womb. -विच्युतिः f. abortion in the beginning of pregnancy. -विपत्तिः death of the fœtus. -वेदना throes of child-birth. -व्याकरणम् the formation of the embryo. -शङ्कुः a kind of instrument for extracting the dead fœtus. -शय्या the abode of the fœtus or uterus. -संभवः, -संभूतिः f. becoming pregnant; वर्षद्वयं प्रविष्टस्य वर्तत$न्तःपुरे$त्र मे । तदेषा गर्भसंभूतिः कुतः संप्रति कथ्यताम् Ks.5.61. -संभवा a kind of cardamoms (Mar. एलची). -स्थ a. 1 situated in the womb. -2 interior, internal. -स्रावः abortion, miscarriage; वरं गर्भस्रावः Pt.1; Y.3.2; Ms.5.66.

gāndhārī	गान्धारी 1 An [गान्धारस्यापत्यं इञ्] 1 N. of the daughter of Subala, king of the Gāndhāras and wife of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. [She bore to her husband 1 sons-Duryodhana and his 99 brothers. As her husband was blind she always wore a scarf over her face (probably to reduce herself to his state). After the destruction of all the Kauravas, she and her husband lived with their nephew Yudhiṣṭhira]. -2 A kind of intoxicant; L. D. B. -3 A particular vein in the left eye; Gorakṣa Śataka 26. -Comp. -ग्रामः a kind of musical scale.

gāthā	गाथा 1 Verse. -2 A religious verse, but not belonging to any one of the Vedas. -3 A stanza. -4 A song; कदा वाहेयिका गाथाः पुनर्गास्यामि शाकले Mb.8.44.26. -5 A Prākṛita dialect. -6 N. of the Aryā metre. -7 Legend, history (आख्यान); द्विजोपसृष्टः कुहकस्तक्षको वा दशत्वलं गायत विष्णुगाथाः Bhāg.1.19.15. -Comp. -कारः a writer of Prākṛita verses. -नाराशंसी epic songs and particularly those in praise of men or heroes.

jayadratha:	जयद्रथ: A king of the Sindhu district and brother-in-law of Duryodhana, having married Duhśalā, daughter of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. [Once while out on hunting, he chanced to see Draupadī in the forest, and asked of her food for himself and his retinue. Draupadī, by virtue of her magical sthālī, was able to supply him with materials sufficient for their break-fast. Jayadratha was so much struck with this act, as well as her personal charms, that he asked her to elope with him. She, of course, indignantly refused, but he succeeded in carrying her off, as her husbands were out on hunting. When they returned they pursued and captured the ravisher and released Draupadī, and he himself was allowed to go after having been subjected to many humiliations. He took a leading part in compassing the death of Abhimanyu, and met his doom at the hands of Arjuna in the great war.]

jātiḥ	जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11. -2 The form of existence fixed by birth. -3 Race, family, lineage, rank. -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four :-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र). -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c. -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2. -7 A fire-place. -8 Nutmeg. -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses). -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer. -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8. -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator. -13 False generalization. -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3. -15 A class of metres; see App. -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9. -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg. -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg. -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74. -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9. -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41. -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste. -2 a generic property. -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges. -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg. -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15. -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि) -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67. -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste. -महः birth-day festival. -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth. -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114. -3 species, genus. -लक्षणम् generic distinction, a characteristic of a class. -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती. -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility. -वैरिन् m. a born enemy. -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind. -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c. -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood. -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family. -सारम् nutmeg. -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355. -स्वभावः generic character or nature. -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35.

jīmūtaḥ	जीमूतः [जयति नभः, जीयते अनिलेन जीवनस्योदकस्य मूतं बन्धो यत्र, जीवनं जलं मूतं बद्धम् अनेन, जीवनं मुञ्चतीति वा पृषो˚ Tv. cf. Uṇ.3.91] 1 cloud; जीमूतेन स्वकुशलमयीं हारयिष्यन् प्रवृत्तिम् Me.4. -2 A mountain. -3 A nourisher, sustainer. -4 An epithet of Indra. -Comp. -कूटः a mountain. -केतुः an epithet of Śiva. -प्रभः A variety of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -वाहनः 1 N. of Indra. -2 N. of a king of the Vidyādharas, hero of the play called Nāgānanda; (mentioned also in कथासरित्सागर). [He was the son of Jīmūtaketu and renowned for his benevolent and charitable disposition. When his father's kingdom was invaded by his kinsmen, he scorned the idea of fighting with them and induced his father to leave it to those who sought for it and to repair with him to the Malaya mountain to lead a holy life. It is related that there he one day took the place of a young serpent who was, by virtue of an agreement, to be offered to Garuḍa as his daily meal, and induced, by his generous and touching behaviour, the enemy of serpents to give up his practice of devouring them. The story is very pathetically told in the play]. -वाहिन् Smoke.

jīrṇa	जीर्ण p. p. [जॄ-क्त] 1 Old, ancient. -2 Worn out, ruined, wasted, decayed, tattered (as clothes); वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय Bg.2.22; U.6.38; Māl.5.3. -3 Digested; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः H.1.22. -र्णः 1 An old man. -2 A tree. -3 Cumin-seed. -णा Large cuminseed. -र्णम् 1 Benzoin. -2 Old age, decrepitude. -Comp. -उद्धारः 'renewing the old', repairs, especially of a temple or any charitable or religious institution. -उद्यानम् ruined or neglected garden. -ज्वरः lingering fever. -पर्णः the Kadamba tree. -वज्रम् a particular gem (वैक्रान्त). -वस्त्र a. wearing old clothes. -वाटिका a ruined house.

tantriḥ	तन्त्रिः न्त्री f. 1 A string, cord; न लङ्घयेद्वत्सतन्त्रीम् Ms.4.38. -2 A bow-string. -3 The wire of a lute; इमास्तन्त्रीः सुमधुराः Rām.7.93.13; तन्त्रीमार्द्रां नयनसलिलैः सारयित्वा कथंचित् Me.88. -4 A sinew. -5 A tail. -6 A young woman having peculiar qualities. -7 A lute. -8 N. of the plant Amṛitā. -Comp. -भाण्डम् the Indian lute. -मुखः peculiar position of the hand.

tārakita	तारकित a. [तारकाः अस्य संजाताः इतच्] Starry, starspangled, studded with stars; कणगणाधिकतारकिताम्बरः N.4.49. तारण tāraṇa तारित tārita तारिक tārika तारण तारित तारिक &c. See under तॄ.

tṛtīyin	तृतीयिन् a. 1 Entitled to a third portion (of inheritance &c.); विषमा ह्येषामाख्या । केचिदर्धिनः केचित् तृतीयिनः केचित् पादिनः इति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.55. -2 Occupying the third rank; Ms.8.21.

daṇḍin	दण्डिन् a. [दण्ड-अस्त्यर्थे इनि] Bearing or having a staff; न शक्या धर्मतो हन्तुं कालेनापीह दण्डिना Mb.9.61.66. -m. 1 A Brāhmaṇa of the fourth order, a Samnyāsin, -2 A door-keeper, porter. -3 An oarsman. -4 A Jaina ascetic. -5 An epithet of Yama. -6 A king. -7 A religious mendicant (Bhikṣu). -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 N. of a poet, author of the Kāvyādarśa and Daśakumāracharita; जाते जगति वाल्मीके कविरित्यभिधा$भवत् । कवि इति ततो व्यासे कवयस्त्वयि दण्डिनि ॥ Udb. -Comp. -मुण्डः an epithet of Śiva.

dāyaḥ	दायः [दा भावे-घञ्] 1 A gift, present, donation; रहसि रमते प्रीत्या दायं ददात्यनुवर्तते Māl.3.2; प्रीतिदायः Māl.4; Ms.8.199. -2 A nuptial present (given to the bride or the bridegroom). -3 Share, portion, inheritance, patrimony; अनपत्यस्य पुत्रस्य माता दायमवाप्नुयात् Ms.9.217, 77,164,23. -4 A part or share in general. -5 Delivering, handing over. -6 Dividing, distributing. -7 Loss, destruction. -8 Irony. -9 Site, place. -1 Alms given to a student at his initiation, &c. -11 A relative or a kinsman; तेलङ्गदायसहिता निष्पेतुरहिते तदा Parṇāl.5. 79. -Comp. -अपवर्तनम् forfeiture of inheritance; Ms.9.79. -अर्ह a. claiming inheritance. -आदः [दायमादत्ते, आदा-क] 1 one entitled to a share of patrimony; an heir; पुमान् दायादो$दायादा स्त्री Nir.; Y.2.118; Ms.8.16. -2 a son; दितेर्द्वावेव दायादौ दैत्यदानववन्दितौ Bhāg.6.18.11. -3 a relative, kinsman, near or remote; स्थितः प्रास्तस्य दायादैर्भ्रातुर्ज्येष्ठस्य शासने Ki.11.45; a distant descendant; अयमिक्ष्वाकुदायादः Rām.1.6.2. -4 a claimant or pretender in general; गवां गोषु वा दायादः Sk. -आदा, -दी 1 an heiress. -2 a daughter. -आद्यम् 1 inheritance; Ms.11. 184. -2 the state of being an inheritor. -कालः the time of the partition of an inheritance. -बन्धुः 1 a partner in the inheritance. -2 a brother. -भागः division of property among heirs, partition (of inheritance); दायभागं निबोधत Ms.9.13. -विभागः division of property. -हरः a receiver of inheritance, an heir.

duḥkha	दुःख a. [दुष्टानि खानि यस्मिन्, दुष्टं खनति खन्-ड, दुःख्-अच् वा Tv.] 1 Painful, disagreeable, unpleasant; सिंहानां निनदा दुःखाः श्रोतुं दुःखमतो वनम् Rām. -2 Difficult, uneasy. -खम् 1 Sorrow, grief, unhappiness, distress, pain, agony; सुखं हि दुःखान्यनुभूय शोभते Mk.1.1; यदेवोपनतं दुः- खात्सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V.3.21; so दुःखसुख, समदुःखसुख &c. -2 Trouble, difficulty; Ś. Til.12; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखमर्जितानां च रक्षणे । आये दुःखं व्यये दुःखं धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः ॥ Pt.1.163. (दुःखम् and दुःखेन are used as adverbs in the sense of 'hardly' 'with difficulty' 'or trouble' Ś.7.13. अव्यक्ता हि गतिर्दुःखं देहवद्भिरवाप्यते Bg.12.5; Ku.4.13; Pt.1.; R.19.49; H.1.158). -Comp. -अतीत a. freed from pain. -अन्तः final emancipation. -आर्त, -अन्वित a. pained, afflicted, distressed. -कर a. painful, troublesome, -गतम् adversity, calamity; Mb.12. -ग्रामः 'the scene of suffering', worldly existence. -छिन्न a. 1 tough, hard. -2 pained, distressed. -च्छेद्य also दुःखो- च्छेद्य a. 1 hard. -2 to be conquered with difficulty. प्रजानुरागाद्धर्माच्च दुःखोच्छेद्यो हि धार्मिकः H.4.24. -जात a. feeling pain. -जीविन् a. living in pain or distress; Ms. 11.9. -त्रयाभिघातः unbearable association of the three sufferings; दुःखत्रयाभिघाताज्जिज्ञासा Sāṅ. K.1. -दुःखम् (instr.) with great difficulty; (धारयन्ती) शय्योत्सङ्गे निहित- मसकृद्दुःखदुःखेन गात्रम् Me.95. -दुःखिन् a. having sorrow upon sorrow; मया रक्षति दुःखदुःखी Bhāg.11.11.19. -दोह्या (a cow) difficult to be milked. -प्राय, बहुल a. full of trouble or grief. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. unhappy. Ms.4.157. भोगः occurrence of trouble or misery. -योगः infliction of pain; Ms. -लव्य a. hard to be pierced or cut; B. R.4.11. -लोकः worldly life, the world as a scene of constant suffering. -शील a. 1 hard to please or manage, bad tempered, irritable; उपेत्य सा दोहददुःख- शीलताम् R.3.6; Ś.4. -2 accustomed to the misery of; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःखशीलाम् Ku.3.7; 'who is accustomed to (suffer) the misery (hard lot) of a perfectly chaste life. -संचार a. 1 passing (time) unhappily. -2 impassable -सागरः 'the sea of troubles'; worldly life.

dur	दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.

deśī	देशी 1 The dialect of a country, one of the varieties of the Prākṛita dialect; see Kāv.1.33. -2 N. of a Rāgiṇī. -Comp. -कट्टरिः a kind of dance. -नाममाला N. of a dictionary of provincialism by Hemachandra.

droṇaḥ	द्रोणः [cf. Un. 3. 1.] 1 A lake 4 poles long. -2 A cloud (or a particular kind of cloud) abounding in water (from which rain streams forth as from a bucket). को$यमेवंविधे काले कालपाशस्थिते मयि । अनावृष्टिहते शस्ये द्रोणमेघ इवोदितः ॥ Mk.1.26. -3 A raven or a carrion crow. -4 A scorpion. -5 A tree (in general). -6 A tree bearing (white) flowers. -7 N. of the preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. [Droṇa was the son of the sage Bharadvāja, and was so called because the seed, which fell at the sight of a nymph called Ghṛitāchī, was preserved by the sage in a droṇa. Though a Brāhmaṇa by birth, he was well-versed in the science of arms which he learnt from Paraśurāma. He afterwards taught the Kauravas and the Pāṇḍavas the science of arms and archery. When, however, the great war commenced, he attached himself to the side of the Kauravas, and after Bhīṣma had been mortally wounded-'lodged in the cage of darts'he assumed the command of the Kaurava forces and maintained the struggle for four successive days, achieving wonderful exploits and killing thousands of warriors on the Pāṇḍava side. On the fifteenth day of the battle the fight continued even during the night, and it was on the morning of the 16th that Bhīma, at the suggestion of Kṛiṣṇa, said within Droṇa's hearing that Aśvatthāman was slain (the fact being that an elephant named Aśvatthaman had fallen on the field). Being at a loss to understand how that could be, he appealed to Yudhiṣṭhira, 'the truthful', who also, at the advice of Kṛiṣṇa, gave an evasive reply--uttered loudly the word Aśvatthāman and added 'Gaja or elephant' in a very low tone; sec Ve.3.9. Sorely grieved at the death of his only son, the kind-hearted old father fell in a swoon, and Dhṛiṣṭadyumna, his avowed enemy, took advantage of this circumstance, and cut off his head.] -णः, -णम् A measure of capacity, either the same as an Āḍhaka or equal to 4 Āḍhakas or 1/16 of a Khāri, or 32 or 64 shers; द्रोणस्तु खार्याः खलु षोडशांशः Lilā (Mar. अदमण). -णम् 1 A wooden vessel or cup, bucket; ततो$स्य रेतश्चस्कन्द तदृषिर्द्रोण आदधे Mb.1.13. 37. -2 A tub. -Comp. -आचार्यः see द्रोण above. -कलशः A kind of sacrificial vessel. -काकः, -काकलः a raven. -क्षीरा, -घा, -दुग्धा, -दुघा a cow yielding a droṇa of milk; सर्वा द्रोणदुघा गावो रामे राज्यं प्रशासति Mb.12.29.58. -गन्धिका a kind of plant (रासना). -मुखम् the capital of 4 villages; चतुःशतग्राम्या द्रोणमुखम् Kau. A.22. -मेघः see द्रोण (2) above. -वृष्टिः rain streaming forth from the द्रोण (cloud); अनावृष्टिहते सस्ये द्रोणवृष्टिरिवागता Mk.1.39.

dvi	द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक). -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक). -ककुद् m. a camel. -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs. -गत a ambiguous. -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb. -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented). -गुणित a. 1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46. -2 folded double. -3 enveloped. -4 doubly increased, doubled. -चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15. -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond. -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two. -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42. -जः 'twice-born' 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39. -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purificatory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते. -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17. -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -5 A star; L. D. B. -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā. -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः 1 the house of a dvija. -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः 1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः 1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23. -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of 1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23. -2 Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा 1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः 1 a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m. 1 a Kṣatriya. -2 a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra. -जन्मन् a. 1 having two natures. -2 regenerated. -3 oviparous (-m.). -जातिः m. 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H. -3 a bird. -4 a tooth. -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru. -जातीय a. 1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. -2 of a twofold nature. -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (-यः) a mule. -जानि a having two wives. -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also). -2 insincere. (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2. -2 an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. -3 an insincere person -4 a thief. -5 particular disease of the tongue. -ज्या the sine of an arc. -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots. -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni. -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121. -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a. 1 thirty second. -2 consisting of thirty two. -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body. -दण्डि ind. stick against stick. -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age). -दन्तः an elephant. -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed. -दश a. (pl.) twenty. -दश a. (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36. -2 consisting of twelve. -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः 1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168. -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a. 1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12. -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः). -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, _x001F_3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव. -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes. -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days. -देवतम् the constellation विशाखा. -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -नग्नकः a circumcised man. -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second. -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two. -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa. -पक्षः 1 a bird. -2 a month. -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second. -पञ्चाशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two. -पथम् 1 two ways. -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. -पद् see द्विपाद् below. -पद a. having two feet (as a verse). -पदः a biped man. -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre. -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37. -पादः 1 a biped, man. -2 a bird. -3 a god. -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty. -पायिन् m. an elephant. -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16. -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94. -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:). -भातम् twilight. -भुजः an angle. -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace). -भौतिकः a horse possessing two elements out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru. -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of 1 Gaṇesa. -2 king Jarāsandha. -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā. -मार्गी a cross-away. -मुखा 1 a leech. -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a doublemouthed snake. -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ. -2 = बर्बर q. v. -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk. -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2. -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours. -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः 1 a lion. -2 the Śarabha. -रसनः a snake. -रात्रम् two nights. -रूप a. 1 biform. -2 written in two ways. -3 having a different shape. -4 bi-colour, bipartite. (-पः) 1 a variety of interpretation or reading. -2 a word correctly written in two ways. -रेतस् m. a mule. -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36. -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36. -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent. -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv. -वचनम् the dual number in grammar. -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41. -वाहिका a wing. -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second. -विंशतिः f. (द्वाविंशति) twenty-two. -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162. -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long. -शतम् 1 two hundred. -2 one hundred and two. -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred. -शफ a. clovenfooted. (-फः) any cloven-footed animal. -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva. -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals. -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve. -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second. -षष्टिः f. (-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two. -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light. -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second. -सप्ततिः f. (द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two. -सप्ताहः a fortnight. -सम a. having two equal sides. -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle. -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa. -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (-स्रम्) 2. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise. -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins. -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4. -हन् m. an elephant. -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134. -हीन a. of the neuter gender. -हृदया a pregnant woman. -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.

dharmaḥ	धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.

dhārtarāṣṭraḥ	धार्तराष्ट्रः [धृतराष्ट्रस्यापत्यं पुमान्-अण्] 1 A son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 A sort of goose with black legs and bill; निपतन्ति धार्तराष्ट्राः कालवशान्मेदिनीपृष्ठे Ve.1.6. (where the word is used in both the senses); cf. धार्तराष्ट्रो हंसभेदे दुर्योधनकुले$पि च Nm.

nalaḥ	नलः 1 A kind of reed; Bhāg.1.6.13; एरण़्डभिण्डार्कनलैः प्रभूतैरपि संचितैः । दारुकृत्यं यथा नास्ति तथैवाज्ञैः प्रयोजनम् ॥ Pt.1.96. -2 N. of a celebrated king of the Niṣadhas and hero of the poem called 'Naiṣadhacharita'. [Nala was a very noble-minded and virtuous king. He was chosen by Damayantī in spite of the opposition of gods, and they lived happily for some years. But Kali--who was disappointed in securing her hand-resolved to persecute Nala, and entered into his person. Thus affected he played at dice with his brother, and having lost everything, he, with his wife, was banished from the kingdom. One day, while wandering through the wilderness, he abandoned his wife, almost naked, and went away. Subsequently he was deformed by the serpent Karkoṭaka, and so deformed he entered the service of king Ṛituparṇa of Ayodhyā as a horse-groom under the name of Bāhuka. Subsequently with the assistance of the king he regained his beloved and they led a happy life; see ऋतुपर्ण and दमयन्ती also.] -3 N. of a monkey-chief, son of Viśvakarman, who, it is said, built the bridge of stones called Nalasetu or 'Adam's bridge' over which Rāma passed to Laṅkā with his army. -4 N. of a year (Nm.) -5 A measure of length (equal to 4 हस्तs); वेदीमष्टनलोत्सेधाम् Mb.7.7.16. -6 N. of divine being (पितृदेव). -लम् 1 A blue lotus; नलनीलमूर्तेः Śrīkanthacharita 1.33. -2 Smell, odour. -Comp. -कीलः the knee. -कूब (व) रः N. of a son of Kubera. -तूला a variety of the hides of aquatic animals; Kau. A.2.11. -दम् 1 a fragrant root (उशीर); Ki.12.5; N.4.116. कतकं नक्रनखरं नलदं नागकेसरम् Śiva. B.3.14. -2 the honey of a flower. -3 the flower of Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis (Mar. जास्वंद). -पट्टिका a sort of mat made of reeds. -मीनः a shrimp or prawn; Rām.3.73.14.

niga	निग (गा) लः 1 Swallowing, devouring. -2 The throat or neck of a horse; N.1.58; -3 A chain; दैव- प्रणामचलिता निगलाः स्वनन्ति Pratijñā.3.4; मया एकाकिना निगलगुरुचरणेन... । Bālacharitam 1. ˚वत् m. a horse.

pakṣman	पक्ष्मन् n. [पक्ष्-मनिन्] 1 An eyelash; सलिलगुरुभिः पक्ष्मभिः Me.94.49; R.2.19;11.36. -2 The filament of a flower. -3 The point of a thread, a thin thread. -4 A wing. -5 The leaf of a flower. -6 A whisker (मुखो- परिस्थकेश); बाल्यात् प्रसुप्तस्य महाबलस्य सिंहस्य पक्ष्माणि मुखाल्लु- नासि Mb.3.268.6. -7 The hair (of a deer); निसर्गचित्रो- ज्ज्वलसूक्ष्मपक्ष्मणा (लसत्) Śi.1.8. -Comp. -कोपः, -प्रकोपः irritation produced in the eye by the lashes turning inwards. -पातः Closing of the eyes; also पक्ष्मसंपातः.

para	पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

parama	परम a. [परं परत्वं माति-क Tv.] 1 Most distant, last. -2 Highest, best, most excellent, greatest; प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.4.14;7.1;2.13. -3 Chief, principal, primary, supreme; सर्वथा ब्राह्मणाः पूज्याः परमं दैवतं हि तत् Ms.9.319. -4 Exceeding, extreme. -5 Adequate, sufficient; परमं यत्नमातिष्ठेत् स्तेनानां निग्रहे नृपः Ms.8.32. -6 Worst. -7 Higher than, superior to; न मन्ये वाणि- ज्यात् किमपि परमं वर्तनमिह Pt.1.11. -मम् The utmost or highest; the chief or prominent part; (at the end of comp.) consisting principally of, solely occupied with; कामोपभोगपरमा एतावदिति निश्चिताः Bg.16.11; Ms.6.96. -मम् ind. 1 A particle of assent, acceptance or agreement (well, very well, yes, be it so); ततः परममित्युक्त्वा प्रतस्थे मुनिमण्डलम् Ku.6.35. -2 Exceedingly, very much; परमक्रुद्धः &c. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable 'om' or Brahmā. -अङ्गना an excellent woman. -अणुः an infinitesimal particle, an atom; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे पर- माणुताम् R.15.22; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78; पृथ्वी नित्या परमाणुरूपा T. S; (a परमाणु is thus defined:-- जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । भागस्तस्य च षष्ठो यः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥ Tarka K., or less accurately:-- जाला- न्तरगते रश्मौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । तस्य त्रिंशत्तमो भागः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥) ˚अङ्गकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अद्वैतम् 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 pure unitarianism. -अन्नम् rice boiled in milk with sugar. -अपमः the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic. -अर्थः 1 the highest or most sublime truth, true spiritual knowledge, knowledge about Brahman or the Supreme Spirit; इदं हि तत्त्वं परमार्थभाजाम् Mv.7.2. -2 truth, reality, earnestness; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; oft in comp. in the sense of 'true' or 'real'. ˚मत्स्याः R.7.4. Mv.4.3. -3 any excellent or important object. -4 the best sense. -5 the best kind of wealth. ˚दरिद्र really poor; Mk. ˚भाज a. partaking of the highest truth; Mv. ˚विद् a philosopher. -अर्थतः ind. truly, really, exactly, accurately; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा$नारम्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.4; उवाच चैनं परमार्थतो हरं न वेत्सि नूनं यत एवमात्थ माम् Ku.5.75; Pt.1.136. -अहः an excellent day. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् R.8.22; स्वर्गापवर्गयो- र्मार्गमामनन्ति मनीषिणः । यदुपास्तिमसावत्र परमात्मा निरूप्यते ॥ Kusum. -आनन्दः 'supreme felicity', Supreme Spirit. -आपद् f. the greatest calamity or misfortune. -आयु- धम् the wheel (चक्र); शूलैः प्रमथिताः केचित् केचित्तु परमायुधैः Rām.6.58.12. -आर्यः a Bodhisattva (q. v.). -इष्वासः an excellent archer. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -3 of Śiva. -4 the Almighty god, the Supreme Being. -5 N. of Brahman. -6 a universal monarch, sovereign of the world; see चक्रवर्तिन्. -ऋषिः a great sage. -ऐश्वर्यम् supremacy. -काण़्डः, -ण्डम् a very auspicious moment. -क्रान्तिः f. the sine of the greatest declination. -गतिः f. 1 any chief object or refuge (as a god). -2 final beatitude, emancipation. -गवः an excellent bull or cow. -गहन a. very myserious, profound. -तत्त्वम् the highest truth. -धर्मात्मन् a. very dutiful, virtuous. -पदम् 1 the best position, highest rank. -2 final beatitude; विष्णोः पदे परमे मध्व उत्सः Rv.1.154.5. -परम a. most excellent of all. -पुंस् the Supreme Spirit; N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -पूरुषः the Supreme Spirit. -प्रख्य a. celebrated, renowned. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -मुद्रा f. One of the poses of goddess त्रिपुरा. -रसः butter-milk mixed with water. -राजः a supreme monarch. -समुदय a. very auspicious or successful; परमसमुदयेनाश्वमेधेन चेष्ट्वा Mk.1.4. -सम्मत a. highly esteemed; much revered. -हंसः an ascetic of the highest order, one who has controlled and subdued all his senses by abstract meditation; cf. कुटीचक; कुटीचको बहूदकः हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परमो हंसो यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Hārītāsmṛiti. ˚परिव्राजकाचार्यः N. of Śaṅkarāchārya.

parikartṛ	परिकर्तृ m. A priest who performs the marriage ceremony of a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married; परिकर्ता याजकः Hārīta; cf. परिवेत्तृ.

parivettṛ	परिवेत्तृ m., परिवेदकः A younger brother married before the elder; R.12.16; ज्येष्ठे अनिर्विष्टे कनीयान् निर्विशन् परिवेत्ता भवति, परिविण्णो ज्येष्ठः, परिवेदनीया कन्या, परिदायी दाता, परिकर्ता याजकः, सर्वे ते पतिताः Hārīta; Ms.3.171.

piśācaḥ	पिशाचः [पिशितमाचामति, आ + चम् बा˚ ड पृषो˚] A fiend, goblin, devil, spirit, malevolent being; नन्वाश्वासितः पिशाचो$पि भोजनेन V.2; Ms.1.37;12.44. -Comp. -आलयः phosphorescence. -चर्या the practice of पिशाचs -द्रुः a kind of tree. -बाधा, -संचारः demoniacal possession. -भाषा 'the language of devils', a gibberish or corruption of Sanskrit, one of the lowest Prākṛita dialects used in plays. -सभम् 1 an assemblage of fiends. -2 pandemonium, the hall of their assembly.

paiśāca	पैशाच a. (-ची f.) [पिशाचेन निर्वृत्तः अण्] Demoniacal, infernal. -चः 1 The eighth or lowest of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu law, in which a lover ravishes a maiden without her consent when she is sleeping, or intoxicated, or deranged in intellect; सुप्तां मत्तां प्रमत्तां वा रहो यत्रोपगच्छति । स पापिष्ठो विवाहानां पैशाचश्चाष्टमो$ धमः Ms.3.34; Y.1.61. -2 A kind of demon or पिशाच. -ची 1 A present made at a religious ceremony. -2 Night. -3 A sort of gibberish spoken on the stage by demons. -4 One of the forms of Prākṛita.

prakup	प्रकुप् 4 P. 1 To be angry, to be enraged or provoked at; निमित्तमुद्दिश्य हि यः प्रकुप्यति ध्रुवं स तस्यापगमे प्रसीदति Pt.1.283. -2 To be excited, gather strength, increase. -Caus. To provoke, irritate, exasperate; साधोः प्रकोपितस्यापि मनो नायाति विक्रियाम् Subhāṣ.

prakopaḥ	प्रकोपः 1 Wrath, fury, rage, violent anger. -2 Great excitement' provocation, irritation; उपदेशो हि मूर्खाणां प्रकोपाय न शान्तये Pt.1.389. -3 Insurrection, rebellion, mutiny; as in प्रकृति˚ popular disturbance. -4 An attack. -5 (Medic.) Excess, superabundance; vitiation; Suśr.

prakopana	प्रकोपन ण a. Irritating, exciting, provoking. -नम्, -णम् Provocation, irritation.

prajjaṭikā	प्रज्जटिका A kind of Prākṛita metre.

prajñā	प्रज्ञा 1 Intelligence, understanding, intellect, wisdom; आकारसदृशप्रज्ञः प्रज्ञया सदृशागमः R.1.15; नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता Bg.2.57; शस्त्रं निहन्ति पुरुषस्य शरीरमेकं प्रज्ञा कुलं च विभवं यशश्च हन्ति ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 Discernment, discrimination, judgment; इयं निष्ठा बहुविधा प्रज्ञया त्वध्यवस्यति Mb.14.3.24. -3 Device or design. -4 A wise or learned woman. -5 Longing for (वासना); impression (संस्कार); तं विद्याकर्मणि समन्वारभेते पूर्वप्रज्ञा च Bṛi. Up.4.4.2. -6 N. of the goddess Sarasvatī. -7 A particular Śakti or energy. -8 A true or transcendental wisdom; Buddh. -Comp. -अस्त्रम् a missile, weapon; ततः प्रज्ञास्त्रमादाय मोहनास्त्रं व्यनाशयत् Mb.6.77.53. -घनः nothing but intelligence; Bhāg. -चक्षुस्, -नयन a. blind; (lit. having understanding as the only eyes); ततो ज्ञास्यसि मां सौते प्रज्ञाचक्षुष- मित्युत Mb.1.1.149; Bhāg.1.13.28; Manodūta 115; N.12.16. (-m.) an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; Mb.3. 7.24; Kāvyamālā, Part.13. (-n.) the mind's eye, mental eye, the mind; M.1. -पारमिता one of the transcendent virtues; Buddh. -मात्रा an organ of sense. -वादः a wise saying; अशोच्यानन्वशोचस्त्वं प्रज्ञावादांश्च भाषसे Bg.2.11. -वृद्ध a. old in wisdom. -सहाय a. intelligent, wise. -हीन a. void of wisdom, silly, foolish.

pramanyu	प्रमन्यु a. 1 Enraged, irritated, incensed against (with loc.); प्रमन्यवः प्रागपि कोशलेन्द्रे R.7.34. -2 Distressed, sorrowful, sorely grieved.

pramāṇam	प्रमाणम् 1 A measure in general (of length, breadth &c.); न प्रमाणेन नोत्साहात् सत्त्वस्थो भव पाण्डव Mb.3.33.63. ('प्रमाणं नित्यमर्यादासंघवादिप्रमादिषु' Viśva.); Mb.1.222. 31; दृष्टो हि वृण्वन् कलभप्रमाणो$प्याशाः पुरोवातमवाप्य मेघः R.18. 38. -2 Size, extent, magnitude. -3 Scale, standard; पृथिव्यां स्वामिभक्तानां प्रमाणे परमे स्थितः Mu.2.21. -4 Limit, quantity; वञ्चयित्वा तु राजानं न प्रमाणे$वतिष्ठसि Rām.2.37. 22. -5 Testimony, evidence, proof. -6 Authority, warrant; one who judges or decides, one whose word is an authority; श्रुत्वा देवः प्रमाणम् Pt.1 'having heard this your Majesty will decide (what to do)'; आर्यमिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1; Mu.1.1; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तः- करणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; व्याकरणे पाणिनिः प्रमाणम्; Ms.2.13; Pt.1.24; sometimes in pl.; वेदाः प्रमाणाः. -7 A true or certain knowledge, accurate conception or notion. -8 A mode of proof, a means of arriving at correct knowledge; (the Naiyāyikas recognize only four kinds; प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान, उपमान and शब्द, the Vedāntins and Mīmāṁsakas add two more, अनुपलब्धि and अर्थापत्ति; while the Sāṅkhyas admit प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान and शब्द only; cf. अमुभव also.). -9 Principal, capital. -1 Unity. -11 Scripture, sacred authority. -12 Cause, reason. -13 Rule, sanction, precept. -14 The first term in a rule of three. -15 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -16 Freedom from apprehension. -17 The prosodial lengh of a vowel. -18 An eternal matter; L. D. B. -19 (In music) A measure (such as द्रुत, मध्य, विलम्बित); Rām.1.4.8. -2 The measure of a square. -णः, -णी A rule, standard, authority. -Comp. -अधिक a. more than ordinary, inordinate, excessive; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. -अनुरूप a. corresponding to physical strength. -अन्तरम् another mode of proof. -अभावः absence of authority. -कुशल, -प्रवीण a. skilful in arguing. -कोटिः the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof. -ज्ञ a. knowing the modes of proof, (as a logician). (-ज्ञः) an epithet of Śiva. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by authority. -पत्रम् a written warrant. -पथः the way of proof. -पुरुषः an arbitrator, a judge, an umpire. -वाधितार्थकः a kind of Tarka in Nyāyasāstra. -भूत (˚णीभूत) a. authoritative. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. -राशिः the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sums. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् an authoritative statement. -शास्त्रम् 1 scripture. -2 the science of logic. -सूत्रम् a measuring cord. -स्थ a. 1 of normal size. -2 unperturbed.

praśrabdhiḥ	प्रश्रब्धिः f. Trust, confidence. प्रश्रयः praśrayḥ प्रश्रयणम् praśrayaṇam प्रश्रयः प्रश्रयणम् 1 Respect, courtesy, civility, politeness, respectful or courteous behaviour, humility; वचः प्रश्रयगम्भीरमथोवाच कपिध्वजः Ki.11.37; समागतैः प्रश्रय- नम्रमूर्तिभिः Śi.12.33; R.1.7,83; U.6.23; सप्रश्रयम् respectfully, modestly. -2 Love, affection, regard. -3 Resort, recourse (आश्रय); कपिकुलैः स्कन्धे कृतप्रश्रयः Pt.2.2. प्रश्रयिन् praśrayin प्रश्रित praśrita प्रश्रयिन् प्रश्रित a. Civil, polite, courteous, humble, well-behaved; प्रोवाच चामितमतिः प्रश्रितं विनयान्वितः Mb.1. 26.15; Bhāg.1.5.29.

phalam	फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.

bandhuḥ	बन्धुः [बध्नाति मनः स्नेहादिना बन्ध्-उ] 1 A relation, kinsman, relative in general; यत्र द्रुमा अपि मृगा अपि बन्धवो मे U.3.8; मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Ś.6.23; Bg.6.9; Ms.2.136. -2 Any one connected or associated with another, a brother; प्रवासबन्धुः a brothertraveller; धर्मबन्धुः a spiritual brother; अनुमतगमना शकुन्तला तरुभिरियं वनवासबन्धुभिः Ś.4.1. -3 (In law) A cognate kinsman, one's own kindred or kinsmen generally; (three kinds are enumerated :-- आत्म˚ personal, पितृ˚ paternal, and मातृ˚ maternal; see these three words). -4 A friend (in general); as in बन्धुकृत्य below; oft. at the end of comp.; मकरन्दगन्धबन्धो Māl.1.38 'a friend of, (i. e.) charged with fragrance'; &c.; 9.13. -5 A husband; वैदेहिबन्धोर्हृदयं विदद्रे R.14.33. -6 A father. -7 A mother. -8 A brother. -9 The tree called बन्धुजीव q. v. -1 One who belongs to or is connected with any tribe or profession only nominally; i. e. one who belongs to it, but does not do the duties pertaining thereto (often used by way of contempt); स्वयमेव ब्रह्मबन्धुनोद्भिन्नो दुर्गप्रयोगः M.4; cf. क्षत्रबन्धु. -11 Connection, relationship, association in general; समुद्र एवास्य बन्धुः Bṛi. Up.1.1.2; B. R.3.89. -12 A controller, governor; (नमः) गुणत्रयाभासनिमित्तबन्धवे Bhāg.6.4.23. -13 (In astrol.) N. of the 3rd mansion. -Comp. -काम a. affectionate towards kinsmen. -कृत्यम् 1 the duty of a kinsman; त्वयि तु परिसमाप्तं बन्धुकृत्यं प्रजानाम् Ś.5.8. -2 the business of a friend, a friendly or kind act or service; कच्चित् सौम्य व्यवसितमिदं बन्धुकृत्यं त्वया मे Me.116. -जनः 1 a relative, kinsman. -2 kindred, kinsmen taken collectively. -जीवः, -जीवकः N. of a tree; दृश्यन्ते बन्धुजीवाश्च श्यामाश्च गिरिसानुषु Rām.4.3.62; बन्धुजीवमधुरा- धरपल्लवमुल्लसितस्मितशोभम् Gīt.2; R.11.24. -दग्धः an abandoned wretch (हतक). -दत्तम् a kind of Strīdhana or woman's property, the property given to a girl by her relatives at the time of marriage; बन्धुदत्तं तथा शुल्कमन्वा- धेयकमेव च Y.2.144; बान्धवा भ्रातरो बन्धुदत्तप्रदेन कन्यादशायां यत् पितृभ्यां दत्तं तदुच्यते Dāy. B. -दायादः kinsman and heir; Ms.9.158. -a. entitled to inheritance by relationship. -प्रिय a. dear to friends or relations. -प्रीतिः f. 1 love of a relative; बन्धुप्रीत्या Me.51 (v. l.). -2 love for a friend. -भावः 1 friendship. -2 relationship. -वर्गः kinsmen, kindred. -हीन a. destitute of relatives or friends.

babhru	बभ्रु a. [भृ-कु द्वित्वम्; बभ्र्-उ वा Uṇ.1.21] 1 Deepbrown, tawny, reddish-brown; ज्वालाबभ्रुशिरोरुहः R.15. 16;19.25; बबन्ध बालारुणबभ्रु वल्कलम् Ku.5.8. -2 Baldheaded through disease. -भ्रुः 1 Fire. -2 An ichneumon; सखिभिर्न्यवसत् सार्धं व्याघ्राखुवृकबभ्रुभिः Mb.1.14.27. -3 The tawny colour. -4 A man with tawny hair. -5 N. of a Yādava; आलप्यालमिदं बभ्रोर्यत् स दारानपाहरत् Śi.2.1. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Of Viṣṇu. -8 The Chātaka bird. -9 A sweeper, cleaner. -1 N. of a country. -n. 1 A tawny or brown colour. -2 Any object of a brown colour. -भ्रूः f. A reddish-brown cow (कपिला); अजानन्नहनद्बभ्रोः शिरः शार्दूलशङ्कया Bhāg.9.2.6. -Comp. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 red chalk (गौरिक), a kind of ochre. -वाहनः N. of a son of Arjuna by Chitrāṅgadā. [The sacrificial horse let loose by king Yudhiṣṭhira and guarded by Arjuna entered, in the course of its wanderings, the country of Maṇipura, which was then ruled by Babhruvāhana, unequalled in prowess. The horse was taken to the king; but when he read the writing on the plate on its head, he knew that it belonged to the Pāṇḍavas, and that his father Arjuna had arrived in the kingdom; and, hastening to him, respectfully offered his kingdom and his treasures along with the horse. Arjuna, in an evil hour, struck the head of Babhruvāhana and upbraided him for his cowardice saying that if he had possessed true valour and had been his true son, he should not have been afraid of his father and submitted to him so meekly. At these words the brave youth was exceedingly irritated and discharged a crescent-shaped arrow at Arjuna which severed his head from his body. He was, however, restored to life by Ulūpī who happened to be then with Chitrāṅgadā; and having acknowledged Babhruvāhana as his true son, he resumed his journey.]

bahu	बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many.

bihlaṇaḥ	बिह्लणः N. of a poet, the author of the Vikramāṅkadevacharita.

brahman	ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

bhāgaḥ	भागः [भज् भावे घञ्] 1 A part, portion, share, division; as in भागहर, भागशः &c. -2 Allotment, distribution, partition. -3 Lot, fate; निर्माणभागः परिणतः U.4. -4 A part of any whole; a fraction. -5 The numerator of a fraction. -6 A quarter, one-fourth part. -7 A degree or the 36th part of the circumference of a circle. -8 The 3th part of a zodiacal sign. -9 The quotient. -1 Room, space, spot, region, place; अयनेषु च सर्वेषु यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11.; R.18.47. -11 A portion payable to Government; सीता, भागो, बलिः, करो ...... राष्ट्रम् Kau.A.2.6.24. -12 One of the four contentments (Sā&ndot. phil.); आध्यात्मिकाश्चतस्रः प्रकृत्युपादान- कालभागाख्याः (v. l. भाग्याख्याः) Sā&ndot. K.5. -13 A half-rupee. -14 The number eleven. -Comp. -अनुबन्धजातिः f. assimilation of quantities by fractional increase. -अपवाहजातिः, -अपवाहनम् f. assimilation of quantities by fractional decrease. -अपहारिन् a. receiving a share. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of a share. -अर्ह a. entitled to a share or inheritance. -कल्पना allotment of shares. -जातिः f. reduction of fractions to a common denominator (in math.). -धानम् a treasury. -धेयम् 1 a share, part, portion; उच्छिष्टं भागधेयं स्याद्दर्मेषु विकिरश्च यः Ms.3.245; नीवारभागधेयोचितैर्मृगैः R.1.5. -2 fortune, destiny, luck. -3 good fortune or luck; तद् भागधेयं परमं पशूनाम् Bh.2.12. -4 property. -5 happiness. (-यः) 1 a tax; अन्यमेव भागधेयमेते तपस्विनो निर्वपन्ति Ś.2. -2 an heir. -भाज् a. interested, a sharer or partner. -भुज् m. a king, sovereign. -मातृ f. (in alg.) a particular rule of division. -लक्षणा a kind of लक्षणा or secondary use of a word by which it partly loses and partly retains its primary meaning; also called जहदजहल्लक्षणा; e. g. सो$यं देवदत्तः. -लेख्यम् a partition-deed; विभागपत्रं कुर्वन्ति भागलेख्यं तदुच्यते Śukra.2.297. -हरः 1 a co-heir. -2 division (in math.) -हारः division (in math.). -हारिन् a. entitled to a share, inheriting. (-m.) 1 an heir. -2 division.

bhājya	भाज्य a. [भज्-ण्यत्] Divisible. -ज्यम् 1 A portion, share. -2 An inheritance. -3 (In arith.) The dividend.

bhāṣā	भाषा [भाष्-अ] 1 Speech, talk; as in चारुभाषः. -2 Language, tongue; सत्या न भाषा भवति यद्यपि स्यात् प्रतिष्ठिता Ms.8.164. -3 A common or vernacular dialect; (a) the spoken Sanskṛit language (opp. छन्दस् or वेद); विभाषा भाषायाम् P.VI.1.181; (b) any Prākṛita dialect (opp. संस्कृत); भाषाश्च विविधा नृणाम् Ms.9.332; see प्राकृत. -4 Definition, description; स्थितप्रज्ञस्य का भाषा Bg.2.54. -5 An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -6 (In law) The first of the four stages of a law-suit; the plaint, charge or accusation; यदावेदयते राज्ञे तद्भाषेत्यभि- धीयते Y. -7 (In music) N. of a Rāgiṇī. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 another dialect or language. -2 translation (?). -चित्रकम् a play on words, conundrum. -पत्रम् application (Mar. अर्ज); भाषापत्रं तु तज्ज्ञेयमथवावेदनार्थकम् Śukra.2.39. -पादः a charge, plaint; see भाषा (6) above. -समः a figure of speech, which consists in so arranging the words of a sentence that it may be considered and read either as Sanskṛit or Prākṛita (one or more of its varieties); e. g. मञ्जुलमणिमञ्जीरे कलगभ्भीरे विहारसरसीतीरे । विरसासि केलिकीरे किमालि धीरे च गन्धसारसमीरे ॥ S. D.642 (एष श्लोकः संस्कृतप्राकृतशौरसेनीप्राच्यावन्तीनागराप- भ्रंशेष्वेकविध एव); किं त्वां भणामि विच्छेददारुणायासकारिणि । कामं कुरु वरारोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. (which is in Sanskṛit or Śaurasenī); so 6.1. -समितिः f. (with Jainas) moderation in speech.

bhīma	भीम a. [बिभेत्यस्मात्, भी अपादाने मक] Fearful, terrific, terrible, dreadful, formidable; न भेजिरे भीमविषेण भीतिम् Bh.2.8; R.1.16;3.54. -मः 1 An epithet of Śiva. and Viṣṇu; भीमो भीमपराक्रमः V. Sah. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 The sentiment of terror (= भयानक q. v.). -4 N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. [He was begotten on Kuntī by the god Wind. From a child he showed that he was possessed of extraordinary strength and hence he was called Bhīma. He had too a most voracious appetite, and was called Vṛikodara, or 'wolf bellied'. His most effective weapon was his mace (गदा). He played a very important part in the great war, and, on the last day of the battle, smashed the thigh of Duryodhana with his unfailing mace, Some of the principal events of his earlier life are his defeat of the demons Hiḍimba and Baka, the overthrow of Jarāsandha, the fearful vow which he uttered against the Kauravas and particularly against Duhśāsana for his insulting conduct towards Draupadī, the fulfilment of that vow by drinking Duhśāsana's blood, the defeat of Jayadratha, his duel with Kīchaka while he was serving as headcook (बल्लव) to king Virāṭa, and several other exploits in which he showed his usual extraordinary strength. His name has become proverbial for one who possesses immense strength and courage]. -मम् Horror, terror. -Comp. -अञ्जस् a. having terrible strength. -उदरी an epithet of Umā. -एकादशी the eleventh day in the light half of Māgha. -कर्मन् a. of terrific prowess; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं भीमकर्मा वृकोदरः Bg.1.15. -तिथिः f. = भीमैकादशी. -दर्शन, -मुख a. frightful in appearance, hideous. -नाद a. sounding dreadfully. (-दः) 1 a loud or dreadful sound; भीमनादमयमाहतोच्चकैः Śi.15.1. -2 a lion. -3 N. of one of the seven clouds that will appear at the destruction of the world. -पराक्रम a. of terrific prowess. (-मः) N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरम् N. of Kuṇḍinapura q. v. -रथः 1 N. of one of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of one of the kings born in the family of Dhanvantarī and in the family of Daśārha. -3 N. of one of the sons of Śrīkṛiṣṇa. -रथी 1 N. of the 7th night in the 7th month of the 77th year of a man's life (said to be a very dangerous period); (सप्तसप्ततितमे वर्षे सप्तमे मासि सप्तमी । रात्रिर्भीमरथी नाम नराणामतिदुस्तरा). -2 N. of a river in the Himālayas. -रूप a. of terrific form; केनापि भीमरूपेण ब्रह्मराक्षसेनाभिपत्य Dk.2.6. -विक्रम a. of terrific prowess. -विक्रान्त a. fearfully powerful. (-तः) a lion. -विग्रह a. gigantic, of terrific form. -वेग a. terribly swift. -शङ्करम् one of the 12 most sacred Liṅgas (in the Poona District). -शासनः an epithet of Yama. -सेनः 1 N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. -2 a kind of camphor. -हासम् the flocculent down blown about in the air in summer.

mahā	महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw

māgadha	मागध a. (-धी f.) [मगधदेशे भवः अण्] Relating to or living in the country of Magadha or the people of Magadha. -धः 1 A king of the Magadhas. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, said to have been the offspring of a Vaiśya father and a Kṣatriya mother, (the duty of the members of this caste being that of professional bards); Ms.1.11,17; क्षत्रिया मागधं वैश्यात् Y.1.94; Mb.13.49.1. -3 A bard or panegyrist in general; सूतमागधबन्दिनः Bhāg.1.11.2; परिणतिमिति रात्रेर्मागधा माधवाय Śi.11.1. -धाः (pl.) N. of a people, the Magadhas. -धा 1 A princess of the Magadhas. -2 Long pepper. -धी 1 A princess of the Magadhas; तयोर्जगृहतुः पादान् राजा राज्ञी च मागधी R.1.57. -2 The language of the Magadhas, one of the four principal kinds of Prākṛita. -3 Long pepper. -4 White cumin. -5 Refined sugar. -6 A kind of jasmine. -7 A variety of cardamoms. -8 The daughter of a Kṣatriya mother and a Vaiśya father. -9 Anise. -1 N. of a river (शोणा). -11 A kind of रीति in rhetorics. The अलङ्कारशेखर (7) gives the following illustration:- पाणौ पद्मधिया मधूक- कुसुमभ्रान्त्या पुनर्गण्डयोर्नीलेन्दीवरशङ्कया नयनयोर्बन्धूकबुद्ध्याधरे । लीयन्ते कबरीषु बान्धवजनव्यामोहजातस्पृहा दुर्वारा मधुपाः कियन्ति तरुणि स्थानानि रक्षिष्यसि ॥

yugam	युगम् 1 A yoke (m. also in this sense); युगव्यायतबाहुः R.3.34;1.87; Śi.3.68. -2 A pair, couple, brace; कुचयोर्युगेन तरसा कलिता Śi.9.72; स्तनयुग Ś.1.19. -3 A couple of stanzas forming one sentence; see युग्म. -4 An age of the world; (the Yugas are four:-- कृत or सत्य, त्रेता, द्वापर and कलि; the duration of each is said to be respectively 1,728,; 1,296,; 864.; and 432, years of men, the four together comprising 4,32, years of men which is equal to one Mahāyuga q. v.; it is also supposed that the regularly descending length of the Yugas represents a corresponding physical and moral deterioration in the people who live during each age, Krita being called the 'golden' and Kali or the present age the 'iron' age); धर्मसंस्थापनार्थाय संभवामि युगे युगे Bg.4.8; युगशतपरिवर्तान् Ś7.34. -5 (Hence) A long period of years (कालचक्र); युगं वा परिवर्तेत यद्येवं स्याद् यथा$$त्थ माम् Mb.5.16.99. -6 A generation, life; आ सप्तमाद् युगात् Ms.1.64; जात्युत्कर्षो युगे ज्ञेयः पञ्चमे सप्तमे$पि वा Y.1.96. (युगे = जन्मनि Mit.). -7 An expression for the number 'four', rarely for 'twelve', -8 A period of five years. -9 A measure of length equal to four Hastas. -1 A part of a chariot or plough. -11 N. of a particular configuration of the moon. -Comp. -अंशकः a year. -अध्यक्षः 1 N. of Prajāpati. -2 of Śiva. -अन्तः 1 the end of the yoke. -2 the end of an age, end or destruction of the world; युगान्तकालप्रति- संहृतात्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकासमासत Śi.1.23; R.13.6. -3 meridian, mid-day. -अन्तर 1 a kind of yoke. -2 a succeeding generation. -3 another division of the sky; युगान्तरमारूढः सविता Ś.4. -अवधिः end or destruction of the world; पयस्यभिद्रवति भुवं युगावधौ Śi.17.4. -आद्या the first day of a Yuga. -कीलकः the pin of a yoke. -क्षयः destruction of the world. -धरः the pole of a carriage. -धुर् f. the pin of a yoke. -पत्रः, -पत्रकः the mountain ebony. -पार्श्वग a. going to the side of the yoke, (said of an ox while being broken in to the yoke). -बाहु a. long-armed; युगपद्युगबाहुभ्यः प्राप्तेभ्यः प्राज्यविक्रमाः Ku.2.18. -मात्रम् the length of a yoke (= 4 hands). -वरत्रम् a yoke-strap; युगवरत्रे उपदंशिते ईषाचक्रादिसंनिधाने चेद् अक्षमानयेत्युच्यते तदा यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूते इति गम्यते, न तु विदेवनाक्षमिति ŚB. on MS.6.8.35.

riktham	रिक्थम् [रिच्-थक् Uṇ.2.7] 1 Inheritance, bequest, property left at death; (in law) unobstructed property; विभजेरन् सुताः पित्रोरूर्ध्वं रिक्थमृणं समम् Y.1.117; Ms.9.14; ननु गर्भः पित्र्यं रिक्थमर्हति Ś.6. -2 Property in general, wealth, possessions; बालदायादिकं रिक्थं तावद् राजानुपालयेत् Ms.8.27. -3 Gold. -Comp. -आद, -ग्राह, -भागिन्, -हर a. receiving an inheritance, inheriting property. (-m.) an heir, a son; तं नारदः प्रियतमो रिक्थादाना- मनुव्रतः Bhāg.2.9.4. -जातम् the aggregate estate (of a deceased person). -विभागः partition of property. -हारिन् m. 1 an heir; किं रिक्थहारैः स्वजनाख्यदस्युभिः Bhāg.8.22.9. -2 a maternal uncle. -3 the seed of the fig-tree.

roṣita	रोषित a. Enraged, irritated, provoked.

laṭabha	लटभ a. (Connected with the Prākṛita लडह which appears to be derived from it) Charming, handsome, beautiful, attractive, lovely; अतिक्रान्तः कालो लटभललना- भोगसुलभः Bh.3.32 (where commentators render लटभ by सलावण्य); तस्याः पादनखश्रेणिः शोभते लटभभ्रुवः Vikr.8.6. Bilhaṇa has used this word in three more places of the same book, where it appears to mean' a young pretty woman', 'a handsome woman'; e. g. किं वा वर्णनया समस्तलटभालंकारतामेष्यति 8.86; अनर्घ्यलावण्यनिधानभूमिर्न कस्य लोभं लटभा तनोति 9.68; केशबन्ध- विभवैर्लटभानां पिण्डतामिव जगाम तमिस्रम् 11.18.

laṭaha	लटह लडह a. Beautiful, handsome (a Prākṛita word); see लटभ.

lāṭikā	लाटिका लाटी 1 A particular style of composition; see S. D.629. -2 N. of a Prākṛita dialect; see Kāv.1.35.

vicitra	विचित्र a. 1 Diversified, variegated, spotted, speckled; इयमुद्ग्रथते स्रजो विचित्राः Mu.1.4. -2 Various, varied. -3 Painted. -4 Beautiful, lovely; क्वचिद्विचित्रं जलयन्त्रमन्दिरम् Ṛs.1.2. -5 Wonderful, surprising, strange; हतविधिलसितानां हि विचित्रो विपाकः Śi.11.64. -त्रः The Aśoka tree. -त्रा A white deer. -त्रम् 1 Variegated colour. -2 Surprise. -3 A figure of speech (implying apparently the reverse of the meaning intended). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having a spotted body. (-ङ्गः) 1 a peacock. -2 tiger. -अन्नम् a kind of rice food (Mar. खिचडी). -देह a. having a lovely body. (-हः) a cloud. -रूप a. diverse. -वर्षिन् raining here and there. -वीर्यः N. of a king of the lunar race. [He was a son of Śantanu by his wife Satyavatī and so half-brother of Bhīṣma. When he died childless, his mother called Vyāsa (her own son before her marriage), and requested him to raise up issue to Vichitravīrya in accordance with the practice of Niyoga. He complied with the request, and begot on Ambikā and Ambālikā, the two widows of his brother, two sons Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Paṇḍu respectively.]

vidura	विदुर a. [विद्-कुरच् P.III.2.162] Wise, intelligent. -रः 1 A wise or learned man. -2 A crafty man, an intriguer. -3 N. of the younger brother of Paṇḍu. [When Satyavatī found that both the sons begotten by Vyāsa upon her two daughters-in-law were physically incapacitated for the throne-Dhṛitarāṣṭra being blind and Paṇḍu pale and sickly-- she asked them to seek the assistance of Vyāsa once more. But being frightened by the austere look of the sage, the elder widow sent one of her slave-girls dressed in her own clothes, and this girl became the mother of Vidura. He is remarkable for his great wisdom, righteousness, and strict impartiality. He particularly loved the Pāṇḍavas, and saved them from several critical dangers.] -Comp. -नीतिः, -प्रजागरः N. of chapters 33 to 4 in the 5th Parva of Mahābhārata.

viprakṛta	विप्रकृत p. p. 1 Hurt, offended, injured; एवं विप्रकृते लोके दैत्येन्द्रानुचरैर्मुहुः Bhāg.7.2.16. -2 Insulted, abused, treated with contumely. -3 Opposed -4 Retaliated, requited. -5 Oppressed, troubled, disturbed. -6 Irritated, provoked; विप्रकृतः पन्नगः फणां कुरुते Ś.6.31.

vibhaktiḥ	विभक्तिः f. 1 Separation, division, partition, apportionment; कालं कालविभक्तीश्च Ms.1.24; कथं सृष्टानि भूतानि कथं वर्णविभक्तयः Mb.12.182.3; कशापातेषु दृश्यन्ते नानावर्ण- विभक्तयः Pañcharātram 2.4. -2 Division, separation in interest. -3 A portion or share of inheritance. -4 (In gram). Inflection of nouns, a case or case-termination.

vibhāgaḥ	विभागः 1 Division, partition, apportionment (as of inheritance); समस्तत्र विभागः स्यात् Ms.9.12,21; Y. 2.114. -2 The share of an inheritance. -3 A part or share in general. -4 Division, separation, disjunction (regarded in Nyāya phil. as a Guṇa); Ku.2.4; तत्त्ववित्तु महाबाहो गुणकर्मविभागयोः Bg.3.28. -5 The numerator of a fraction. -6 A section. -7 Arrangement. -Comp. -कल्पना, -भावना allotment of shares; विभागभावना ज्ञेया गृहक्षेत्रैश्च यौतकैः Y.2.149. -धर्मः the law of inheritance; Ms.1.115. -पत्रिका a deed of partition. -भाज् m. one who shares in a property already distributed; विभक्तेषु सुतो जातः सवर्णायां विभागभाक् Y.2.122. -रेखा partition-line, boundary between.

vimārgaṇam	विमार्गणम् Searching, looking out for, seeking for. विमिश्र vimiśra विमिश्रित vimiśrita विमिश्र विमिश्रित a. Mixed, blended, mingled (with instr. or in comp.); पुंभिर्विमिश्रा नार्यश्च Mb.; दम्पत्योरिह को न को न तमसि व्रीडाविमिश्रो रसः Gīt.5.

vaicittyam	वैचित्त्यम् Grief, mental distraction, sorrow; व्रजति विरहे वैचित्त्यं नः प्रसीदति संनिधौ Māl.3.1; केचित् प्रपद्य वैचित्त्यम् Śiva B.14.3; वैचित्त्योपचयादुच्चैरौचित्यमपचीयते 16.34. वैचित्रम् vaicitram वैचित्र्यम् vaicitryam वैचित्रम् वैचित्र्यम् [विचित्रस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Variety, diversity. -2 Manifoldness. -3 Strangeness. -4 Strikingness; as in वाच्यवैचित्र्य K. P.1. -5 Surprise. -6 Sorrow, despair. -Comp. -वीर्यः N. of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; भो भो वैचित्रवीर्य त्वं कुरूणां कीर्तिवर्धन Bhāg.1.49.17.

vyāmiśrakam	व्यामिश्रकम् Various works of mixed languages as Prākṛitas; श्रैष्ठ्यं चास्त्रसमूहेषु प्राप्तो व्यामिश्रकेषु च Rām.2.1.27 (com. व्यामिश्रकेषु प्राकृतादिभाषामिश्रितनाटकादिषु श्रैष्ठ्यं निपुणताम्).

vyāsaḥ	व्यासः 1 Distribution, separation into parts. -2 Dissolution or analysis of a compound. -3 Severalty, distinction. -4 Diffusion, extension; तस्यैव व्यासमिच्छामि ज्ञातुं ते भगवन् यथा Bhāg.6.4.2. -5 Width, breadth. -6 The diameter of a circle. -7 A fault in pronunciation. -8 Arrangement, compliation. -9 An arranger, a compiler; द्वैपायनो$स्मि व्यासानां कवीनां काव्य आत्मवान् Bhāg. 11.16.28. -1 N. of a celebrated sage. [He was the son of the sage Parāśara by Satyavatī (born before her marriage with Śantanu q. v.); but he retired to the wilderness as soon as he was born, and there led the life of a hermit, practising the most rigid austerities until he was called by his mother Satyavatī to beget sons on the widows of her son Vichitravīrya. He was thus the father of Pāṇḍu and Dhṛitarāṣṭra and also of Vidura; q. q. v. v. He was at first called 'Kṛiṣṇadvaipāyana' from his dark complexion and from his having been brought forth by Satyavatī on a Dvīpa or island; but he afterwards came to be called Vyāsa or 'the arranger,' as he was supposed to have arranged the Vedas in their present form; विव्यास वेदान् यस्मात् स तस्माद् व्यास इति स्मृतः cf. also जातः स यमुनद्वीपे द्वैपायन इति स्मृतः । व्यस्य वेदान् समस्ताश्च व्यासतामगमद्विभुः ॥ Bm.1.214. He is believed to be the author of the great epic, the Mahābhārata, which he is said to have composed with Gaṇapati for his scribe. The eighteen Purāṇas, as also the Brahma-sūtras and several other works are also ascribed to him. He is one of the seven chirajeevins or deathless persons; cf. चिरजीविन्.] -11 A Brāhmaṇa who recites or expounds the Purāṇas in public. -Comp. -पीठम् the seat of the an expounder of the Purāṇas -पूजा N. of the observance of honouring one's preceptor, performed on the 15th of the bright half of Āṣāḍha. -समास (dual) details and the aggregate; आयव्ययौ च व्याससमासाभ्यामाचक्षीत Kau. A.2.9.

śakuniḥ	शकुनिः [शक्-उनि] 1 A bird; तरुशकुनिकुरङ्गान् मैथिली यानपुष्यत् U.3.25; Ms.12.63. -2 A vulture, kite or eagle. -3 A cock. -4 N. of a son of Subala, king of Gāndhāra and brother of Gāndharī, wife of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; he was thus the maternal uncle of Duryodhana whom he assisted in many of his wicked schemes to exterminate the Pāṇḍavas. The name is now usually applied to an old wicked-minded relative whose counsels tend to ruin. -5 N. of a demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa. -Comp. -ईश्वरः N. of Garuḍa. -प्रपा a trough for watering birds. -वादः 1 the cry or sound of a bird. -2 the crowing of a cock.

śākārī	शाकारी One of the lowest forms of Prākṛita, the dialect spoken by the Śakas or Śakāra, as in the Mṛichchhakaṭika.

śāba	शाब (व) र a. (-री f.) [शब(व)र-अण्] 1 Savage, barbarous. -2 Low, vile, base. -रः 1 An offence, a fault. -2 Sin, wickedness. -3 The tree called Lodhra. -4 N. of a teacher and author of a well-known commentary (शाबरभाष्य) on the Mīmāṁsā-sūtras; see शबर. -री A low form of the Prākṛita dialect (spoken by mountaineers &c. -Comp. -भेदाख्यम् (also भेदाक्षम्) copper.

śikhaṇḍin	शिखण्डिन् a. [शिखण्डो$स्त्यस्य इनि] Crested, tufted. -m. A peacock; नदति स एष वधूसखः शिखण्डी U.3.18; R.1.39; Ku.1.15. -2 A cock. -3 An arrow. -4 A peacock's tail. -5 A kind of jasmine. -6 N. of Viṣṇu. -7 N. of a son of Drupada; शिखण्डी च महारथः Bg.1.17. [Śikhaṇḍin was originally a female, being Ambā born in the family of Drupada for wreaking her revenge upon Bhīṣma; (see Ambā). But from her very birth the girl was given out as a male child and brought up as such. In due course she was married to the daughter of Hiraṇyavarman, who was extremely sorry to find that she had got a veritable woman for her husband. Her father, therefore, resolved to attack the kingdom of Drupada for his having deceived him; but Śikhaṇḍin contrived, by practising austere penance in a forest, to exchange her sex with a Yakṣa and thus averted the calamity which threatened Drupada. Afterwards in the great Bhāratī war he proved a means of killing Bhīṣma, who declined to fight with a woman, when Arjuna put him forward as his hero. He was afterwards killed by Aśvatthāman.]

śukaḥ	शुकः [शुक्-क] 1 A parrot; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Subhāṣ तुण्डैराताम्रकुटिलैः पक्षैर्हरितकोमलैः । त्रिवर्ण- राजिभिः कण्ठैरेते मञ्जुगिरः शुकाः ॥ Kāv.2.9. -2 The Śirīṣa tree. -3 N. of a son of Vyāsa. (He is said to have been born from the seed of Vyāsa. which fell at the sight of the heavenly nymph Ghṛitāchī while roaming over the earth in the form of a female parrot. Śuka was a born philosopher, and by his moral eloquence successfully resisted all the attempts of the nymph Rambhā to win him over to the path of love. He is said to have narrated the Bhāgavata Purāṇa to king Parīkṣit. His name has become proverbial for the most rigid observer of continence.] -कम् 1 Cloth, clothes. -2 A helmet. -3 A turban. -4 The end or hem of a garment. -Comp. -अदनः the pomegranate tree. -कूटः a garland fixed over two pillars. -तरुः, -द्रुमः the Śirīṣa tree. -तुण्डः a particular position of hands. -तुण्डकम् a kind of cinnabar. -देवः N. of Śuka. -नास a. having an aquiline nose. (-सः) 1 N. of the minister of Tārāpīḍa. -2 a particular ornament on a house. -3 N. of several plants. -नासिका an aquiline nose. -पुच्छः sulphur. -पुष्पः, -प्रियः the Śirīṣa tree. (-या) the rose-apple. -वल्लभः the pomegranate. -वाहः an epithet of Cupid. -सप्ततिः N. of 7 stories related by a parrot.

śaurasenī	शौरसेनी N. of a Prākṛita dialect.

saṃrakta	संरक्त p. p. 1 Coloured, red. -2 Impassioned, fired with passion; कामभोगाभिसंरक्तो मैथुनायोपचक्रमे Rām.7.26. 41. -3 Angry, irritated, inflamed with anger. -4 Enamoured, charmed. -5 Charming, beautiful.

saṃrabh	संरभ् 1 Ā. 1 To become agitated, be overwhelmed or affected. -2 To be exasperated or furious, be enraged or irritated (mostly in p. p.); संरब्धसिंहप्रहृतं वहन्ति R.16.16. -3 To seize, catch hold of (Ved.). -4 To fear; प्रवृत्तं रज इत्येव तन्न संरभ्य चिन्तयेत् Mb.12.194.32.

saṃjayaḥ	संजयः 1 Conquest, victory. -2 A kind of military array. -3 N. of the charioteer of king Dhṛitarāṣṭra. He tried to bring about a peaceful settlement of the dispute between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas, but failed. It was he who narrated the events of the great Bhāratī war to the blind king Dhṛitarāṣṭra; cf. धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः । मामकाः पाण्डवाश्चैव किमकुर्वत संजय ॥ Bg.1.1.

saṭṭakam	सट्टकम् A kind of minor drama in Prākṛita; e. g. कर्पूरमञ्जरी see S. D.542.

saṃtap	संतप् 1 P. 1 To heat, warm; संतप्तचामीकर Bk.3.3; संत्तप्तायसि संस्थितस्य पयसो नामापि न ज्ञायते Bh.2.67. -2 To parch, dry up. -3 To pain by heat, torture. -Pass. 1 To become hot or heated. -2 To be distressed, suffer pain, be sorry; संतप्तानां त्वमसि शरणम् Me.7 'of the afflicted'; दिवापि मयि निष्कान्ते संतप्येते गुरू मम Mb.; Bh.2.87. -3 To repent, be stung with remorse; अवधूतप्रणिपाताः पश्चात् संतप्यमानमनसो$पि V.3.5. -4 To undergo penance. -Caus. 1 To heat, burn, inflame. -2 To provoke, exasperate, irritate. -3 To torment, torture, distress, afflict. -4 To burn up, consume. -5 To foment (quarrels &c.).

saṃtāraḥ	संतारः 1 Crossing, passing over; गङ्गायाश्चापि संतारं भरद्वाजस्य दर्शनम् Rām.1.3.15. -2 A ford; नीयमानानि संतारे हृतान्यासन् वितस्तया Mb.5.119.8. -Comp. -नौ f. a boat to cross over; यन्मेदिनी प्रचलिता पतिताग्रहर्म्या संचारनौरिव विकीर्णमहोर्मिमाला Bālacharitam 2.1.

saṃmiśr	संमिश्र् See मिश्र्. संमिश्र sammiśra संमिश्रित sammiśrita संमिश्र संमिश्रित a. Mixed together, intermixed.

sujūṣ	सुजूष् To hurt, to kill; गोब्राह्मणादयस्तेन सुजूष्यन्ते किल प्रजाः Bālcharitam 3.16.

sauptika	सौप्तिक a. (-की f.) 1 Connected with or relating to sleep. -2 Somniferous. -कम् A night-attack, an attack on sleeping men; कृते प्रतिकृतं पश्य हतपुत्रा हि पाण्डवाः । सौप्तिके शिबिरं तेषां हतं सनरवाहनम् ॥ Mb.1.9.51. -Comp. -पर्वन् n. N. of the tenth parvan or book of the Mahābhārata which relates how Aśvatthāman, Kṛitavarman and Kṛipathe only surviving Kuru warriors-attacked by night the Pāṇḍava-camp and slaughtered thousands of warriors while asleep. -वधः the great nocturnal slaughter of Pāṇḍava-camp (above referred to); मार्गो ह्येष नरेन्द्रसौप्तिकवधे पूर्वं कृतो द्रौणिना Mk.3.11.

saubalī	सौबली सौबलेयी N. of Gāndhārī, wife of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.

strī	स्त्री [स्त्यायेते शुक्रशोणिते यस्याम्] 1 A woman; श्रुतं दृष्टं स्पृष्टं स्मृतमि नृणां ह्लादजननं न रत्नं स्त्रीभ्यो$न्यत् क्वचिदपि कृतं लोकपतिना । तदर्थं धर्मार्थो विभववरसौख्यानि च ततो गृहे लक्ष्म्यो मान्याः सततमबला मानविभवैः ॥ Subh. Ratn. -2 A female of any animal; गजस्त्री, हरिणस्त्री &c.; स्त्रीणामशिक्षितपटुत्वममानुषीषु Ś.5.22. -3 A wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl.6.18; Me.28. -4 A white ant. -5 The Priyaṅgu plant. -6 The feminine gender, or a word used in that gender; आपः स्त्रीभूम्नि Ak. -Comp. -आगारः, -रम् a harem, the women's apartments. -अध्यक्षः a chamberlain. -अभिगमनम् sexual intercourse. -आजीवः 1 one who lives by his wife. -2 one who lives by keeping women for prostitution; Ms.11.63. -करणम् sexual connection. -कामः 1 desire of intercourse with woman, fondness for women. -2 desire of a wife. -कार्यम् 1 the business of women. -2 attendance on women or women's apartments; वैदेहकानां स्त्रीकार्यं मागधानां वणिक्पथः Ms.1.47. -कितवः a deceiver or seducer of women. -कुमारम् a woman and child. -कुसुमम् menses, the menstrual exeretion in women. -कृतम् sexual connection. -कोशः a dagger. -क्षीरम् mother's milk; आरण्यानां च सर्वेषां मृगाणां माहिषं विना । स्त्रीक्षीरं चैव वर्ज्यानि... Ms.5.9. -ग a. cohabiting with women. -गवी a milch-cow. -गुरुः a female Guru or priestess. -गृहम् = स्त्र्यगार q. v. -ग्राहिन् (in law) accepting the guardianship over a woman. -घोषः dawn, day-break. -घ्नः the murderer of a woman; Ms.9.232. -चरितम्, -त्रम् the doing of women. -चिह्नम् 1 any mark or characteristic of the female sex. -2 the female organ, vulva. -चौरः a seducer of women, libertine. -जननी a woman who brings forth only daughters; Ms.9.81. -जातिः f. woman-kind, female sex. -जितः a hen-pecked husband; स्त्रीजितस्पर्शमात्रेण सर्व पुण्यं विनश्यति Śabdak; मृष्यन्ति ये चोपपतिं स्त्रीजितानां च सर्वशः (तेषामन्नं न भुञ्जति) Ms.4.217. -देहार्धः N. of Śiva. -धनम् a woman's private property over which she exercises independent control; it is of six kinds :-- अध्यग्न्यध्यावहनिकं दत्तं च प्रीति- कर्मणि । भ्रातृमातृपितृप्राप्तं ष़ड्विधं स्त्रीधनं स्मृतम् ॥ or according to others :-- पितृमातृपतिभ्रातृदत्तमध्यग्न्युपायनम् । आधिवेदनिकाद्यं च स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम्; see also अन्वाधेयम्, बन्धुदत्तम्, यौतकम्, सौदायिकम्, शुल्कम्, पारिणाय्यम्, लावण्यार्जितम् and पादवन्दनिकम्. -धर्मः 1 the duty of a woman or wife. -2 the laws concerning women; Ms.1.114. -3 menstruation. -4 copulation. -धर्मिणी a woman in her course; स्त्रीधर्मिणी वेपमाना शोणितेन समुक्षिता । एकवस्त्रा विकृष्टास्मि दुःखिता कुरुसंसदि ॥ Mb.3.12.62. -धवः a man. -ध्वजः 1 the female of any animal. -2 an elephant. -नाथ a. one protected by a woman. -निबन्धनम् a woman's peculiar sphere of action or province; domestic duty, housewifery. -पण्योपजीविन् m. see स्त्र्याजीवः above. -परः a womanlover, lecher, libertine. -पिशाची a fiend-like wife. -पुंस् a woman who had become a man. -पुंसौ m. du. 1 wife and husband. -2 male and female; स्त्रीपुंसावात्मभागौ ते भिन्नमूर्तेः सिसृक्षया Ku.2.7. -पुंसलक्षणा a hermaphrodite. -पुंधर्मः the law regulating the duties of man and wife. -पुरम् the women's apartment. -पुष्पम् the menstrual excretion. -पूर्वः = स्त्रीजितः q. v.; स्त्रीपूर्वाः काण्डपृष्ठाश्च ...... (श्राद्धे नार्हन्ति) Mb.13.23.22. -प्रत्ययः a feminine affix (in gram.) -प्रसंगः (excessive) intercourse with women. -प्रसूः f. a woman who brings forth only daughters; Y.1.73. -प्रिय a. loved by women. (-यः) the mango tree. -बन्धः the sexual union. -बाध्यः one who suffers himself to be troubled by a woman. -बुद्धिः f. 1 the female understanding. -2 the counsel of a woman, female advice; स्त्रीबुद्धिः प्रलयंगता (प्रलयावहा) Subhāṣ. -भोगः sexual intercourse. -मन्त्रः a female stratagem, woman's counsel. -माया women's craft. -मुखपः the Aśoka tree. -यन्त्रम् a machine-like woman, machine in the form of a woman; स्त्रीयन्त्रं केन लोके विषममृ- तमयं धर्मनाशाय सृष्टम् Pt.1.191. -रजस् menstruation. -रञ्जनम् betel. -रत्नम् 1 an excellent woman; स्त्रीरत्नेषु ममोर्वशी प्रियतमा यूथे तवेयं वशा V.4.25. -2 N. of Lakṣmī. -राज्यम् the kingdom of women. -लम्पट a. desirous of women. -लिङ्गम् 1 the feminine gender (in gram.) -2 any mark of the female sex (as breast &c.). -3 the female organ. -लौल्यम् fondness for women. -वशः submissiveness to a wife, subjection to women. -वासः an ant-hill. -विधेय a. governed by a wife, uxorious; संनिवेश्य सचिवेष्वतःपरं स्त्रीविधेयनवयौवनो$भवत् R.19.4. -विवाहः contracting marriage with a woman; अष्टाविमान् समानेन स्त्रीविवाहान्निबोधत Ms.3.2. -विषयः sexual connection. -व्रणः the female organ. -शौण्ड a. fond of women. -संसर्गः female company. -संस्थान a. having a female shape; स्त्रीसंस्थानं चाप्यरस्तीर्थमारादुत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं तिरो$भूत् Ś.5.3. -संगः attachment to women, or intercourse with women. -संग्रहणम् 1 the act of embracing a woman (improperly). -2 adultery, seduction. -सभम् an assembly of women. -संबन्धः 1 matrimonial alliance with a woman. -2 connection by marriage. -3 relation to women. -सेवा Devotion or addiction to women. -स्वभावः 1 the nature of women. -2 a eunuch. -हत्या the murder of a woman. -हन्तृ the murderer of a woman; स्त्रीहन्तॄंश्च न संवसेत् Ms.11.19. -हरणम् 1 the forcible abduction of women. -2 rape. -हारिन् m. a ravisher or seducer (of women). स्त्रीतमा strītamā स्त्रीतरा strītarā स्त्रीतमा स्त्रीतरा A thorough woman, more thoroughly a woman; P.VI.3.44.

hallīśa	हल्लीश (स) कः Dancing in a ring; घोषवासस्यानुरूपो$यं हल्लीसकनृत्तबन्धं उपयुज्यताम् Bālacharitam 3; हल्लसिकं सललितं रुचिरं वहामि ibid.4.6.

hārdikyaḥ	हार्दिक्यः 1 N. of Kṛita-varman; Mb.1.2.32; मुञ्च हार्दिक्य शङ्काम् । Ve.3.7. -2 Friendship.

hīraḥ	हीरः [हृ-क नि] 1 A snake. -2 A necklace. -3 A lion. -4 N. of the father of Srīharṣa, the author of the Naishadha-charita. -5 N. of Śiva. -रः, -रम् The thunderbolt of Indra. -2 A diamond; (occurring in the concluding stanza of each canto of नैषधचरित). -Comp. -अङ्गः the thunder-bolt of Indra.

Macdonell Vedic Search

3 results


upaśrita	úpa-śrita, pp. impressed on (lc.), vii. 86, 8 [śri resort].

suvita	suv-itá, n. welfare, v. 11, 1 [su well + itá, pp. of i go: opposite of duritá]. [254]

harita	hár-ita, a. yellow, vii. 103, 4. 6. 10 [Av. zairita ‘yellowish’].

Macdonell Search

263 results


atikṛcchra	m. a twelve days' penance; -krita, pp. overdone; extraordinary; -kriti, f. excess; -krishna, a. very dark-coloured.

adṛṣṭa	pp. unseen; unknown; invisible; unexpected; unsanctioned; n. the invisible, fate; -karman, a. inexperienced in (lc.); -kâma, m. love for one not yet seen; -kârita, pp. caused by fate; -nara, -purusha, a. concluded without an intermediary (alliance); -para-sâmarthya, a. not having experienced an enemy's power; -pûrva, a. never seen, unknown before; -rûpa, a. of unknown appearance; -viraha-vyatha, a.not having experienced the pangs of separation.

adāyāda	a. not entitled to inheritance.

ananyagāmin	a. going to no other; -guru, a. having no other father, fa therless; -kitta, a. thinking exclusively of (lc.); -ketas, a. id.; -ga, a. legitimately born; -gâni, a. having no other wife; -drishti, a. looking at nothing else; -nâtha, a. having no other protector; -nârî-kamanîya, fp. not to be desired by another woman; -nârî-sâmâ nya, a. having communion with no other wo man; -para, a. intent on nothing else; -pa râyana, a. devoted to no one else; -pûrva, a. not married to any one else before; -pûrvikâ, f. not married before; -prati kriya, a. having no other expedient; -bhâg, a. devoted to no one else; -manas, a. think ing of no one else; -mânasa, a. id.; -ruki, a. liking nothing else; -vishaya, a. relating to nothing else; -vyâpâra, a. occupied with no thing else; -sarana, a. having no other re fuge; -sâsana, a. under no one else's com mands; -samtati, a. without other offspring; -sama, a. like no one else, unequalled; -sâ dhârana, a. (î) common to no one else; -sâ mânya, a. unequalled; -½adhîna, a. depending on no other; -½apatya, a. having no other off spring; -½âsrita, pp. not transferred to another.

anātmavat	a. not self-pos sessed, beside oneself; -vedin, a. not knowing oneself, not -the Âtman: (di)-tâ, f. abst. n.; -sampanna, pp. soulless, stupid; uncon trolled; -sât-krita, pp. not appropriated.

anupapatti	f. not coming to pass, impossibility; a. inadmissible, impossible; -upa-panna, pp. unsuitable; unproved, in admissible; -upa-bhugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. not being enjoyed (riches); -upa-bhogya, fp. not to be enjoyed; -upama, a. incomparable; -upa-yat, pr. pt. not cohabiting with; -upa-yukta, pp. unserviceable, useless; unfit; -upa-yugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. good for nothing; -upayogin, a. unserviceable:(i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -uparodha, m. not prejudicing, not injur ing: -tas, ad. without inconvenience; -upa-lakshita, pp. unnoticed; -upalabdhi, f. non perception; imperceptibility; -upalambha, m. id.; -upasamhârin, a. non-exclusive (fallacious middle term); -upasarga, a. not combined with a preposition; -upa-skrita, pp. unprepared; simple; unfurnished with (in.); disinterested; blameless; -upa-hata, pp. healthy; undisputed: -½âtmaka, a.not dejected, cheerful; -upa-hita, pp. unconditioned, unappropriated.

anudghāta	m. no jolt, no shock; -ud-dhata, pp. not haughty, humble; -ud dhrita, pp. not taken out beforehand.

anenas	a. guiltless; faultless, sin less; -evam-vid, a. not having such knowledge; -ehás, a. unequalled; safe; m. time; -oka ha, m. tree (not leaving home); -omkrita, pp. unaccompanied by om; -ogas,a. power less, weak.

anyakartṛka	a. hvg. another agent (gr.); -krita, pp. done by others; -kshetrá, n. foreign country; -gata, pp. re ferring to another; -gâmin, a. adulterous.

anyanimitta	a. having another cause; -pushta, m., â, f. Indian cuckoo (nour ished by others); -pûrvâ, f. promised or mar ried to another man before; -bîga-ga, a. begot ten of another's seed; -bhritâ, (pp.) f. cuckoo (reared by others); -manas, a. thinking of or meaning something else; -mâtri-ka, a. having another mother; -mâtri-ga, m. son of another mother; -mânasa, a.=anya-manas.

apacaya	m. decrease, diminution; -karita, (pp.) n. transgression; -kâra, m. want; death; transgression; -kârin, a. deviating fr.; erring; faithless (wife).

apakṛt	a. injuring; -krita, (pp.) n., -kriti, f., -kritya, n.=apa-kâra; -krishta, pp. low, inferior, mean.

aparivādya	fp. not to be blamed; -vrita, pp. unsurrounded; unen closed; -vradhiman, m. inability to (inf.).

aparihata	pp. unimpeded, boundless; -hâra, m. non-avoidance; -hârya, fp. unavoidable; -hîya-mâna, pr. pt. ps. not being omitted, not wanting; -hrita, pp. un avoided, practised; -hvrita, pp.unscathed.

apratikāra	a. irremediable; -kârya, fp. id.; -kûla, a. not resisting (g.); ready for (lc.); obedient; -krita, pp. against which nothing has been done; -gata, pp. whom one cannot go to meet; -grâhya,fp. that may not be accepted.

aprāmāṇya	n. unauthoritative ness; lack of proof.

abāndhava	a. lacking relations; -krita, pp. not caused by relations.

arṇava	m. (n.) wave, stream, flood; sea; -nemi, f. earth; -sarid-âsrita, (pp.) m. dweller near the sea and rivers.

avivikta	pp. undistinguished; not decided; -vrita, pp. not uncovered; un known, hidden; not showing one's weak points.

avistīrṇa	pp. not extensive; -spandita, pp. not quivering; -spashta, pp. indistinct; dim: -m, ad. -ly; -smita, pp. not astonished or taken aback; -smrita, pp. not forgotten.

aśvādhika	a. superior in cav alry; -½anrita, n. falsehood respecting horses; -½ârûdha, pp. mounted on horseback; -½âroha, m. rider.

asaṃyama	m. lack of control; -yâgya, fp. with whom a sacrifice should not be shared; -lakshita, pp. unobserved; -vi- gñâta, pp. unconscious or not consenting; -vigñâna, a. unintelligible; -vîta, pp.imper fectly covered; -vrita, pp. uncovered, bare; n. N. of a hell.

asaṃskāra	m. lack of ornament, naturalness; a. lacking ornament; -skrita, pp. unequipped; unconsecrated; unadorned; unrefined, coarse; not having undergone the sacraments: -½alakin, a.having unadorned locks; -stuta, pp. unknown, strange; not agreeing, obstinate; -sthita, pp. not stand ing still, restless; scattered; -sprishta, pp. unattained; -hata, pp. disunited; m. kind of array; -hati, f. non-connexion;-hrita, pp. uninterrupted.

asat	pr. pt. non-existent; untrue; bad; -î, f. unchaste woman; n. non-entity; lie; evil; -kalpanâ, f. false supposition; lie; -krita, pp. badly treated; offered ungraciously; n. injury; -tva, n. non-existence:-vakana, a. expressing no entity: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -putra, a. sonless; -pratigraha, m. acceptance of a gift from an unworthy person; -pralâpa, m. empty talk; -pravritti, f. evil course of action.

asamyak	ad. wrongly, falsely; -kârin, a. acting wrongly; -krita-kârin, a. doing his business badly.

asaṃbhava	m. destruction; absence, lack; impossibility, inadmissibility, absurdity; a. not being born again; having no material body; not occurring, impossible, absurd; -bhavyám, ad. irretrievably;-bhâv anâ, f. incredulity; disrespect; -bhâvayat, pr. pt. thinking impossible; -bhâvita, pp. uncompleted; inconceivable; unworthy of (g.): -½upamâ, f. simile in which an impos sibility is assumed; -bhâvya, fp. inconceiv able: -m, ad. irretrievably; -bhâshana, n. not addressing; -bhâshâ, f. no conversation with (in.); -bhâshya, fp. not to be conversed with, not suitable for a conference; -bhinna, pp. not broken through; -bhrita, pp. not made, natural; -bhoga, m. non-enjoyment; -bhogya, fp. with whom it is not lawful to eat; -bhrânta, pp. unbewildered, calm: -m, ad.

asūya	den. grumble, be angry at (ac., d.); cs. asûyaya, P. irritate.

asvarita	a. not having the svarita accent: -tva, n. abst. n.

ahaṃkāra	m. self-consciousness; selfishness; self-conceit, pride; -kârya, a. being the object of self-consciousness; -krita, pp. self-conscious; haughty; -kriti, f.= aham-kâra; -gush, a. thinking of oneself only.

āptya	a. dwelling in the waters, ep. of Trita.

ucchṛṅkhala	a. unfettered; un bridled, unrestrained; -khrita, pp. (√ sri) uplifted, elevated, high: -pâni, a. with out stretched hand.

ucchraya	m. rise, elevation; height; growth: -na, n. raising, setting up; -khrâya, m. rise, elevation; height, growth, increase; -khrita, pp. (√ sri) high; exalted; -khriti, f. rise, exaltation; growth, increase.

upasaṃhāra	m. drawing back; recapitulation; conclusion; -hrita-tva, n. withdrawal from consideration; -hriti, f. denouement, catastrophe (in a play).

ūrdhvakara	a. with raised hands or upward rays; -karna, a. pricking up one's ears; -krita, pp. raised upwards; -ga, a. going upwards; -gati, f. going upwards; bounding; a. going upwards or to heaven; -gamana, n. rising, ascending, elevation: -vat, a. moving upwards; -gâmin, a.=-ga; -gvalana, n. flaming up; -ghampa, m. up ward leap; -dris, a. looking upwards; -drishti, a. upward gaze; -pâtra, n. tall vessel; -pâda, a. holding up the feet; m. tip of the foot; -pundra, -ka, m. vertical line marked with sandal &c. on the forehead of a Brâhman, sectarian mark; -bâhu, a. having the arms raised; -brihatî, f. a metre; -bhâga, m.upper part; -mukha, a. with upturned face; having its mouth turned upwards; darting up wards; -munda, a. shaved on the crown; -râgi, f. upward streak; -rekhâ, f. upward line; -retas, a. whose seed remains above, chaste; -loka, m. upper world, heaven; -vâla, a. hair outwards; -vrita, pp. worn above=over the shoulder.

ṛta	pp. fitting, right; upright, honest; true; n. established order; sacred ordinance, pious work, sacrifice, rite; divine law; truth, right: -m, ad. rightly, properly: w. i, go the right way (also fig.); w. vad,promise; in. ad. duly; justly; truly; indeed; -g&asharp;ta, pp. duly produced; sacred: -gñ&asharp;, a. knowing the divine law, pious; -dyumna, a. delighting in truth; -ní, a. guiding rightly; -p&asharp;, a. maintaining the divine law; (á)-pragâta, pp. =rita-gâta.

aiṣṭikapaurtika	a. relating to sacrifices and charitable works.

kaṇṭhanāla	n. stalk-like neck; -prâvrita, n. neck covering; -bhûshana, n., -bhûshâ, f. necklace; -vartin, a. being in the throat=about to escape (breath); -sûtra, n. kind of embrace; -sthalî, f. neck.

kampa	m. tremor, quivering; earth quake; quavered svarita accent; -ana, a. trembling; shaking; agitating; m. N. of a country; n. shaking, waving; a-vat, a. trem bling; -ita, (pp.) trembling; shaken; n.tremor; -in, a. trembling; --°ree;, shaking.

karatala	n. palm of the hand: -ga ta, pp. held in the hand, -tâla, clapping of the hands; -da, a. paying taxes, tributary; subordinate; -dhrita-sara, a. holding an arrow in his hand; -pattra, n. saw; -pallava, m. finger; -pâda-danta, m. hand, foot, or tooth; -pâla, m. receiver-general of taxes; -putî, f. hollowed hand; -prâpta, pp. held in the hand; -badara, n. jujube berry in the hand=perfectly obvious matter; -bha, m.elephant's trunk; camel; young elephant or camel; hand between wrist and fingers: -ka, m. N. of a messenger; -bhûshana, n. bracelet; -bha½urû, a. f. having thighs like an elephant's trunk.

karṇāntikacara	a. flying about the ears; -½âbharana, n. ear ornament; -½amrita, n. nectar for the ears; *-½alam karana, n., -kâra, m., -kriti, f. ear ornament; -½avatamsa, id.: î-kri, turn into an ear ornament.

kāmakāma	a. having all kinds of desires; -kâmin, a. id.; -kâra, a. fulfil ling the wishes of (g.); m. voluntary act; free dom of will: -tas, in., ab., °ree;--, intentional ly; voluntarily; -krita, pp. done intention ally; -ga, a. going anywhere at one's own free will; following one's desires; -gati, a. going anywhere at will; -gama, a. id.; -go, f. cow of plenty; -kara, a. (î) moving at will: -tva, n. abst. n.; -kârá, m. freedom of action; voluntary or intentional action; self-indulg ence: -kâra-vâda-bhaksha, a. acting, speak ing, and eating at will; -kâr-in, a. moving at will: -i-tva, n. freedom of action; -ga, a. produced from love of pleasure; begotten through sensual passion; -tantra, n. T. of a work (book of love); -taru, m. Kâma (as a) tree; -tas, ad. through desire, lust, or love of pleasure; voluntarily; intentionally; -da, a. granting desires: -tva, n. abst. n.; -daminî, f. ironical N. of a lascivious woman (love-con trolling); -dúgha, a. milking=yielding every wish: â, f. cow of plenty; -duh, f. (nm. -dhuk) id.; -deva, m. god of love; -dhenu, f. cow of plenty.

kālaka	a. dark blue, black; -kañgá, m. pl. N. of a tribe of Asuras; -kanthaka, m. sparrow; -karman, n. death; -kâ&ndot;kshin, a. waiting or impatient for the right moment; -kârita, pp. temporary; -kûta, m. kind of poison (esp. that produced at the churning of the ocean); -krita, pp. produced by time; temporary; -krama, m. course of time: in., ab. in course of time; -kshepa, m. waste of time, delay; d. to gain time;-m kri, waste time (w. lc.); -gandikâ, f. N. of a river; -gupta, (pp.) m. N. of a Vaisya.

kirmira	a. variegated; î-ra, a., [î-rita, pp. id.

kurunandana	m. ep. of Arguna and of Yudhishthira; -pañkâlá, m. pl. the Kurus and Pañkâlas; -pândava, m. du. pl. descendants of Kuru (i. e. of Dhritarâshtra) and of Pându.

kṛtapada	a. having found a foot ing; -punya, a. happy; -pûrva, a. done be fore: -nâsana, n. non-recognition of previous benefits, ingratitude; -pûrvin, a. having done something (ac.) before; -pragña, a. wise; -pratikrita, n. attack and resistance; -pra yatna, a. well cared for; -prayogana, a. having attained his object; -buddhi, a. whose mind is matured, discriminating; resolved (to, d. or inf.); -bhûmi, f. spot prepared for the purpose; -mati, a. having made up his mind; -manda-pada-nyâsa, a. stepping slowly and using few words; -mandâra, m. N.; -mâr ga, a. made accessible, pervious; -mûla, a. firmly rooted, having gained firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence: -tva, n. abst. n.

kraya	m. purchase; price: -krîta, pp. bought; -vikraya, m. (sg. and du.) purchase and sale; trade; -vikrayin, a. buying and selling, bargaining.

krama	m. step; gait; course; posture for attack; regular order, succession, grada tion; inheritance; method, manner, way; usage, ritual; occasion, reason for (--°ree;, g.); a way of reciting the Veda: in., ab., or -tas, in order, in turn; in., ab., °ree;--, in due course, regularly, gradually; in. in the course of (--°ree;).

krudh	f. anger: in. in anger: -a, the root krudh (gr.); -mín, a. irritable.

kṣudrākṣa	a. having small meshes; -½âkarita, pp. frequented by low persons; -½antra, n. small cavity of the heart.

kṣīrakuṇḍa	n. milk-pot; -ksha ya, m. failure of milk (in the udder); -dhi, m. ocean of milk; -nidhi, m. id.; -nîra, n. milk and water (°ree;--); -pa, a. drinking only milk; m. suckling, infant, child; -bhrita, pp. paid with milk; -maya, a. representing milk; -mahâr- nava, m. ocean of milk; (á)-vat, a. full of milk; -vâridhi, m. ocean of milk; -vriksha, m. tree with milky juice, the common name of the Nyagrodha, Udumbara, Asvattha, and Madhûka; -shâshtika, n. sixty days' rice with milk; -samudra, -sâgara, m. ocean of milk; -snigdha, pp. moist with milky juice; -svâmin, m. N. of a grammarian.

kṣaipra	a. produced by rapid enunciation: said of the Sandhi by which îbrev; or ûbrev; become y or v; also of the svarita accent arising on such a syllable.

garbha	m. womb; interior (--°ree; a. con taining -within); foetus, embryo; new-born child; child; offspring, brood (of birds); con ception; sprout: *-ka, m. wreath of flowers interwoven with the hair; -kâma, a. desirous of the fruit of the womb; -kâra, n. N. of a Sastra (producing fertility); -kâla, m. time of pregnancy; -gata, pp. lying in the womb; -griha, -geha, n. inner apartment, bed chamber; inner sanctuarycontaining the image of the deity; -graha, m., -grahana, n. conception; -kyuti, f. birth; -tâ, f., -tva, n. pregnancy; -dâsa, m. (î, f.) slave by birth (Pr.); -dvâdasa, m. pl. twelfth year after conception; -dharâ, a. f. pregnant;-dhâr ana, n. pregnancy; -purodâsa, m. cake offered during the pregnancy of a female animal; -bhartri-druh, a. injuring the foetus and the husband; -bharman, n. nurture of the foetus; -bhavana, n. inner sanctuary con taining the image of the deity; -bhâra, m. burden of the womb: -m dhri, become preg nant; -mandapa, m. inner apartment, bed chamber; -mâsa, m. month of pregnancy; -rûpaka, m. young man; -lakshana, n. sign of pregnancy; -vatî, a. f. pregnant; -vasati, f., -vâsa, m. womb; -vesman, n. inner chamber; lying-in room; -sâtana, n. causing of abortion; -samsravana, n. miscarriage; -samkarita, m. one of mixed extraction; -sambhava,m. conception; -sambhûti, f. id.; -stha, a. being in the womb; -sthâna, n. womb; -srâva, m. miscarriage.

gurukarman	n. affair of the teacher; -kârya, n. important business; -kula, n. teacher's house: -vâsa, m. sojourn in a teacher's house, tutelary stage in a Brâhman's life; -krita, pp. made much of, lauded; -kratu, m. great sacrifice; -griha, n. pre ceptor's house; -gana, m. venerable person, father, mother, parents; -talpa, m. teacher's conjugal bed; violation of one's preceptor's bed: -ga, -gâmin, a. defiling a teacher's conjugal bed, -½abhigamana, n. violation of one's teacher's bed; -talpin, a. = -talpa ga; -tâ, f. heaviness; importance; dignity; condition of a teacher; -tva, n. id.; proso dical length: -ka, n. heaviness; -darsana,n. sight of one's teacher; -dâra, m. teacher's wife; -dhur, f. pl. severe task; -patnî, f. teacher's wife; -pûgâ, f. reverence towards a teacher; -prasâdanîya, fp. obliging to one's teacher; -prasûta, pp. permitted or bidden by elder relatives; -bhâryâ, f. teacher's wife.

gotraka	n. race; family name; -kar tri, m. founder of a family; -kârin, a. found ing a family; -ga, a. born in the same race; of high lineage; m. blood-relation; -nâman, n. family name; -pravara, m.chief of a fa mily, prime ancestor: -dîpa, m., -nirnaya, m., -mañgarî, f. titles of works; -bhâg, a. be longing to the family; -bhíd, a. bursting open the cowshed; destroying families, name-de stroying; m. ep. of Indra (who releases the cows=rain-clouds from the stronghold of Vritra); -riktha, n. du. surname and heri tage: -½amsa-bhâgin, a. assuming the family surname and coming into one's share of the inheritance; -vrata, n. family law;-sthiti, f. id.; mountain-like stability.

ghṛtakīrti	f. mention of ghee; -kumbha, m. pot of ghee; -ghata, m. id.; -p&usharp;, a. clarifying ghee; -pûra, m. kind of pastry; (á)-prishtha, a. whose back is drip ping with ghee; (á)-pratîka, a.whose face is shining with ghee; -prâsana, n. eating ghee; -prúsh, a. scattering ghee or shower ing blessings; -madhu-maya, a. consisting of ghee and honey; (á)-vat, a. abounding in ghee; -skút, a. dripping ghee; -snú,1. a. dipped in ghee; (á)-snu, 2. a.=ghrita-prish tha; -havishka, a. accompanied by a ghee offering; -homa, m. offering of ghee.

caturbāhu	a. four-armed; -bila, a. having four apertures; -bhâgá, m. fourth, quarter; -bhuga, a. four-armed, ep. of Vishnu or Krishna; -bhûmika, a. four-storied; -mâsî, f. period of four months; -mukha, a. four-faced; ep. of Brahman, Vishnu, and Siva: -samîrita, pp. uttered by the four mouths; -muhûrtam, ac. for four muhûrtas; -mûrti, a. having four forms or faces; -yuga, n. the four ages; a. comprising the four ages; -vak tra, a. four-faced; ep. of an attendant of Durgâ; -varga, m. aggregate of four: esp. the four goods of life, the good (artha), the pleasant (kâma), the useful (artha), and final liberation (moksha):-kintâmani, m. T. of a work; -varna-maya, a. consisting of the four castes; -varsha-sata½âyus, a. attaining an age of 400 years; -vimsá, a. (î) twenty-fourth; consisting of twenty-four; m. N. of a stoma in which three verses are chanted eight times; n. the day on which it is employed; -vimsat, f. twenty-four; (kátur)-vimsati, f. sg. and (rarely) pl. id.: -kritvas, ad. twenty-four times, -tama, a. twenty-fourth, y-aha, m. sg. twenty-four days; -vimsika, n.=katur-vimsa, m.; -vidha, a. fourfold: -m, ad.; -vîra, m. kind of Soma rite lasting four days; -veda, m. pl. the four Vedas; a. containing or fami liar with the four Vedas; -vedin, a. versed in the four Vedas; (kátur)-hanu, a. four-jawed.

camatkaraṇa	n. astonishment, surprise; -kâra, m. id.; -kârita, cs. pp. as tonished; -kriti, f. astonishment.

citraya	den. P. variegate, decorate, adorn: pp. kitrita, variegated, embellished, painted. ud, pp. richly decked or provided with (in.).

citraratha	a. having a brilliant car; m. N.; -likhana, n. painting; -likhita, pp. painted; -lekhâ, f. picture; N.; -vat, a. adorned with pictures, painted; -vana, n. (va riegated wood), N. of a forest on the Gandakî; -varti, f. paint-brush; -varti-kâ, f. id.; -varman, m. N. of a son of Dhritarâshtra.

cirakāra	a. slow, tardy; dilatory; -kâr-i, -kâr-in, a. id.: i-ta, f., i-tva, n. tardi ness, dilatoriness; -kâla, a. belonging to the olden time; m. long time: -m, °ree;--, for a long time; ab. after a long time; on account of the long interval; -krita, pp. long practised; -gîvin, a. long-lived; m. N. of a crow; -dâ tri, m. N. of a prince; -nirvâhya, fp. tak ing a long time to carry out.

cītkāra	m. noise; braying: -vat, a. accompanied with noise; -krita, (pp.) n.= kîtkâra; -kriti, f. rattle, clatter.

chandas	n. pleasure, desire, will; magical or sacred hymn; hymn which is not Rik, Sâman, or Yagus; Vedic text, Veda; metre, prosody: (h)-sâstra, n. manual of prosody (esp. Pi&ndot;gala's); (s)-krita, pp. composed in metre; (h)-sûtra, n. (Pi&ndot;gala's) sûtra on prosody.

chidraya	den. P. perforate: pp. khidrita, having a hole.

jagatkāraṇa	n. cause of the world; -traya, n. triad of worlds (heaven, earth, and lower regions); -tritaya, n. id.; -pati, m. lord of the world (ep. of Brahman, Siva, Vishnu or Krishna, Agni, and of the Sun); -prakâsa, a. universally known, notorious; -prathita, pp. world-famed; -pra bhu, m. lord of the world; -prasiddha, pp. world-renowned; -prâsâha, a. consisting chiefly of gagatî verses; -srashtri, m. creator of the world, ep. of Brahman; -svâmin, m. sovereign of the world ˙ -svâmitva, n. sovereignty of the world.

chur	cs. khuraya (khoraya, Buddhistic), inlay or cover with (in.): pp. khurita, bestrewn or studded with (in., --°ree;). â, pp. clothed with (in.). vi, pp. bestrewn, covered, studded, or painted with (in., --°ree;).

janmakāla	m. hour of birth; -krit, m. father; -krita, pp. produced by birth; -kshetra, n. birth-place; -ganman, n. every birth: lc. in every life; -ganma½an tara, n. every future life; -gyeshtha, a.eldest by birth; -tas, ad. by birth; by age; -tithi, m. birth-day; -da, m. father; a. caus ing the birth of (--°ree;); -dina, n. birth-day.

jaritā	(cs. pp.) f. N. of a fabulous bird: a½ari, m. N. of Garitâ's eldest son (whose foes are demolished).

jātya	a. belonging to the family, caste, etc. of (--°ree;); related; noble; genuine; native, original (svarita accent).

jīvanmaraṇa	n. living death; -mukta, pp. having obtained final liberation while yet alive; -mukti, f. liberation during life; -mrita, pp. living and yet dead, half dead: -ka, a. id.

jhaṃkāra	m. humming; purling; -kârita, n. id.; -kârin, a. rattling; hum ming; purling; sounding.

ṭāṃkāra	m., °ree; -krita, n. sound.

ṭaṃkārita	n. humming; twanging; -krita, n. sound.

tatkartavya	fp. n. (necessity to do that), appropriate course of action; -karma kârin, a. following the same occupations; -kârin, a. doing the same thing; -kâla, m. that time, that particular time, previous time: -m, at that time, at the same time; instantly, at once; a. happening at the same time or at once, -parikaryâ, f. immediate hospitality; -kâlîna, a. being at or belonging to that time; simultaneous; -krita, pp.caused thereby; -kshana, m. the same moment: -m, ab., lc., °ree;--, straightway, instantly.

tantraya	den. P. follow; perform; pro vide for (ac.): pp. tantrita, dependent on (--°ree;).

tretā	f. triad; the three sacred fires; die or side of a die marked with three points; the second age of the world (the age of threes, so called from three being contained in the numbers expressing its duration: it is de scribed as lasting 3000 years of the gods, etc.): -½agni, m. sg. the three sacred fires; -yuga, n. the second age of the world; -hrita-sar vasva, a. robbed of one's all by the three die.

daṇḍika	a. punishing; m. policeman; -ikâ, f. stick, staff; -ín, a. bearing a staff; m. Brâhman mendicant; janitor, warder; official who clears the way; ep. of Yama; N. of the author of the Dasakumârakarita and of the Kâvyâdarsa (sixth century A. D.).

danturaya	den. P. stud or fill with: pp. danturita, studded with, full of (--°ree;).

dānadharma	m. duty of alms giving or liberality; -pattaka, n. deed of gift; -pati, m. chief in liberality, very charitable man; -para, a. intent on liberality, generous, charitable: -tâ, f. generosity; -pârami-tâ, f. acme of generosity; -yogya, fp. worthy of a gift.

dāna	n. [√ 1. dâ] giving, -away (a daughter), presenting, offering (a sacri fice), teaching (of, g., --°ree;, to, lc., --°ree;); abandon ment of life (--°ree;); payment of debt; gift; cha ritable gift; bribery; addition; offering, ob lation.

dāyādya	n. inheritance.

dāyakāla	m. time of dividing the heritage; -bhâga, m. division of the heritage; -hara, m. heir, relative.

dāya	m. share, inheritance: dâyâd upâgata, acquired by inheritance.

dānavār	n. offering of water; -vîra, m. a perfect hero in liberality; a pat tern of generosity; -sîla, a. liberal, charitable; -sûra, m. model of liberality.

duḥkṛta	pp., v. dush-krita.

durvaca	a. ill-spoken, abusive (word); hard to answer; -vakana, n. pl. hard words, abuse (Pr.); -vakas, n. id.; stupid words; a. abusive; hard to answer; -vanig, m. rogue of a merchant; -varna, m. bad colour; im purity; (-várna), a. having a bad colour or complexion; of low caste; n. silver; -vala, a. having a skin disease; -vasa, a. (n. it is) hard to dwell; hard to pass (time); -vasati, f. painful residence; a. hard to bear; -execute or accomplish; -vâk, f. abuse; a. abu sive; -vâkya, a. difficult to utter, harsh (words); n. abuse; ill-tidings; -vâda, m. blame, reproach; -vânta, pp. that has not fully vomited the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâra,a. hard to restrain or check; irresist ible; -vârana, a. id.; -vârttâ, f. ill-tidings; -vârya, fp. hard to restrain or check, irre sistible: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâla, a. bald-headed or red-haired or afflicted with skin disease; -vâsanâ, f.false notion; -v&asharp;sas, a. ill-clad; m. N. of an irascible Brâhman; -vâhita, n. heavy burden; -vikatthana, a. disagreeably boastful; -vikalpa, m. unjustifiable irresolution; -vigâha, a. hard to fathom or penetrate; profound; serious, critical; -vigâhya, fp. id.; -vikâra, m. ill-timed hesitation; a. very irresolute; -vigñâna, n. difficult ascer tainment; a. (á) hard to comprehend; -vi- gñeya, fp. hard to distinguish; -vidagdha, pp. perverse;-vidya, a. uneducated; -vidha, a. mean, base; -vidhi, m. evil destiny; -vi naya, m. imprudent behaviour; -vinîta, pp. ill-bred, ill-behaved: -ka, a. id.; -vipâka, m. ill-ripening, evil issue; a. having evil conse quences; -vibhâva, a. hard to comprehend; -vibhâvana, a. hard to perceive; -vibhâvya, fp. id.; indistinctly visible; hard to compre hend; -vilasita, n. wicked trick; -vivâha, m. blamable marriage; -vivekana, a. hard to judge rightly; -vishaha, a. hard to en dure or overcome; irresistible; hard to per form or accomplish; -vritta, n. bad or base conduct, baseness; a. ill-conducted, wicked; poor; m. wicked man; -vritti, f. distress, misery; baseness; -vyavasita, n. evil intent; -vyavasthâpa-ka, a. pronouncing a bad or unfavourable decision; -vyavahâra, m. bad decision of a suit; -vyavahriti, f. evil rumour; -vyasana, n. evil passion, vice; -vyâhrita, pp. ill-spoken; n. unsuitable utterance.

duryaśas	n. dishonour; -yuga, n. evil age; -yoga, m. deceit; transgression; -yoná, n. habitation; -yodhana, a. hard to combat; m. N. of Dhrita-râshtra's eldest son; -yoni, a. of impure extraction, base-born.

durmanuṣya	m. bad man, villain; -mántu, a. hard to comprehend; -mantra, m. bad advice; -mantrita, pp. ill-advised; n. bad advice; -mantrin, m. bad minister; a. having a bad minister; -mára, a.dying hard; n. it is hard for (in.) to die: -tva, n. dying hard; -marana, n. id.; -maryâda, a. knowing no bounds: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -már sha, a. not to be forgotten; intolerable; re fractory, hostile; -marshana, a. hard to manage, intractable; -mâtsarya, n. bad jealousy; -mitrá, a. unfriendly; m. N.; -mukha, a. (î) ugly-faced, hideous; foul-mouthed, scurrilous; m. N.; -muhûrta, n. fatal hour; -medha, -medhás, a. of small wit, stupid, foolish; -medhâvin, a. id.; -maitra, a. hostile.

duṣkarman	n. misdeed; m. ill doer; -kâyastha-kula, n. wretched caste of scribes; -kula, n. base family; a. sprung from a base family; -krít, a. doing ill-deeds; m. evil-doer; (dúsh)-krita, pp. ill-done, wrong, wicked; n. (á) misdeed, sin, guilt.

duḥśala	m. N. of a son of Dhrita- râshtra; -sâsana, m. Hard-to-curb, N. of a son of Dhrita-râshtra; -sikshita, pp. ill-instructed; uneducated, ill-bred; -sishya, m. bad pupil; -sîla, a. having bad habitsor a bad character, wicked: -tâ, f. bad character, wickedness; -sîla-kitta, a. wicked-minded; -séva, a. malevolent.

devakula	n. temple; (á)-krita, pp. made by the gods; -kritya, n.=deva-kârya; -kshetra, n. divine territory; -khâta, pp. dug by the gods=hollowed out by nature; -ganá, m. host of gods; -ganikâ, f.courtesan of the gods, Apsaras; -giri, m. mountain of the gods, N. of a mountain-range; -gupta, pp. protected by the gods; m. N.; -gurn, m. preceptor of the gods; ep. of Kasyapa and of Brihaspati; -grihá, m. n. house of the gods, temple; royal palace.

deśākramaṇa	n. invasion; -½âkâra, m. custom of the country; -½atana, n. travelling; -½atithi, m. guest in the country, stranger; -½antara, n. another region; foreign country; -½antarita, pp.living in a foreign country; -½antarin, a. foreign; m. foreigner.

dravyāgama	m. acquisition of property; -½âtmaka, a. substantial, material; -½âsrita, pp. connected with matter.

dvita	m. N. of a god (second form of Agni: cp. Trita); N. of a seer.

dvedhā	ad. in two parts, twofold: -krita, pp. broken in two.

dharmākhyāna	n. setting forth of duty; -½âkârya, m. teacher of the law; -½atikrama, m. transgression of the law; -½âtma-tâ, f. justice, virtue; -½âtman, a. having a virtuous nature, conscious of duty, just; -½âdesaka, m. instructor in the law (v. l. for dharma-desaka); -½adharma-gña, a. knowing right and wrong; -½adharma parîkshana, n. enquiry as to right and wrong; kind of ordeal; -½adhikarana, n. law court: -½adhishthita-purusha, m. law court official, -sthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhi kâra, m. administration of justice; -½adhi kâranika, m. judge; -½adhikârin, m. id.; -½adhikrita, (pp.) m. id.; -½adhishthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhyaksha, m. chief justice; -½adhvan, m. path of virtue; -½anu kâ&ndot;kshin, a. striving after justice; intent on righteousness; -½anushthâna, n. fulfilment of the law; -½abhisheka-kriyâ, f. prescribed ablution.

dharmaśāsana	n. manual of law; -sâstra, n. authoritative compendium of law; law-book; -sâstrin, m. adherent of the law-books: pl. a certain school; -sîla, a. just, virtuous; m. N.; -samyukta, pp.legal; -samsrita, pp. just, virtuous; -samka thâ, f. pl. discourses on virtue; -samgñâ, f. sense of duty; -samaya, m. obligation entered into; -sâdhana, n. fulfilment of duty; necessary means for the fulfilment of duty; -sûtra, n. sûtra treatise on customary law; -sena, m. N. of a merchant; -sevana, n. fulfilment of duty; -skandha, m. chapter on law; -stha, m. judge; -sthûnâ-râga, m. main pillar of the law; -svâmin, m. N. of a temple erected by king Dharma; -hantri, m. (-trî, f.) violator of the law; -hâni, f. neglect of duty; -hîna, pp. excluded from the pale of the law.

dharmanātha	m. lawful pro tector; -nitya, a. persistent in duty; -pati, m. lord of order; -patnî, f. lawful wife; -patha, m. path of duty or virtue; -para, -parâyana, a. devoted to duty, righteous; -pâthaka, m. teacher of law, jurist; -pîdâ, f. violation of duty; -pûta, pp. of unsullied virtue; -pratibhû, a. for which justice is surety; -pravaktri, m. teacher of law, jurist; -pravritti, f. practice of virtue, virtuous con duct; -buddhi, a. righteous-minded; N.; -bhaginî, f. woman admitted to the rights of a sister; sister in faith (Pr.); -bhâgin, a. possessed of virtue, virtuous; -bhikshu-ka, m. beggar for virtuous reasons; -bhrit, a. maintaining the law, just (king); -bhrâtri, m. brother in the sacred law, co-religionist; -máya, a. consisting of virtue; -mâtra, n. the manner only; a. relating to attributes only; only attributive; -mârga, m. path of virtue; -mûla, n.source of the sacred law or of justice; -yukta, pp. endowed with virtue, virtuous, just; harmonizing with the law; -yuddha, n. fair contest; -rakshitâ, f. N.; -rata, pp. delighting in virtue; -rati, a. id.; -râg, m. king of justice, ep. of Yama; -râga, m. just king, ep. of Yama; -râgan, m. ep. of Yudhishthira; -ruki, a. delighting in virtue; N. of a Dânava; -lopa, m. neglect of duty; absence of an attribute (rh.); -vat, a. virtuous, just: -î, f. N.; -vardhana, a. increasing virtue (Siva); m. N.; -vâda, m. discourse on virtue or duty; -vâdin, a. discoursing on duty; -vahikâ, f. vehicle of religious merit = account-book of charitable gifts; -vigaya, m. triumph of virtue orjustice; -vid, a. knowing the sacred law or one's duty; versed in customary law; -viplava, m. violation of the law; -vi vekana, n. discussion of the law or of duty; -vriddha, pp. rich in virtue; -vyatikrama, m. transgression of the law; -vyavasthâ, f. judicial decision; -vyâdha, m. N. of a virtuous hunter.

dharmāraṇya	n. forest for the performance of religious duties; hermit-wood; N. of a forest in Madhyadesa; N. of a city; -½artha-yukta, pp. according with the good and the useful; -½âsrita, pp.just, virtuous; -½âsana, n. judgment-seat; -½asti-kâya, m. category of virtue (with the Jains); -½âhrita, pp. legitimately acquired.

dhārtarāṣṭra	a. (î) belonging to Dhritarâshtra; m. Dhritarâshtra's son, pat. of Duryodhana (pl.=the Kurus); kind of goose.

namaskāra	m. the exclamation &open;namas;&close; obeisance, salutation, adoration, homage: -vat, a. containing adoration; -kâr ya, fp. to be adored; -krita, pp. adored; -kriti, f., -kriyâ, f.adoration, reverence, homage.

narayāna	n. palanquin; -rûpa, n. human form; -loka, m. world of men: -pâla, m. prince, king; -vara, m. excellent man: -½uttama, spv. best of excellent men; -var man, m. N. of a prince; -vâhana, a.drawn by men; m. ep. of Kubera; N.: -datta, m. N. of a prince: -karita, n. adventures of Naravâhanadatta; -vâhana-datt-îya, a. be longing to Naravâhanadatta; -vâhin, a. borne by men: w. yâna, n. palanquin; -vishâna,n. human horn=chimera; -vîra, m. heroic man: -loka, m.=children of men; -vyâghra, -sâr dûla, m. tiger-like man=most illustrious of men; -sreshtha, spv. best of men; -sakha, m. friend of Nara, ep. of Nârâyana; -simha, m. lion among men=great warrior; man-lion (the fourth Avatâr of Vishnu); -hari, m. man lion, Vishnu's fourth Avatâr.

nātyādṛta	pp. much neglected; -½ukkhrita, pp. not too high; -½utpanna, pp. not quite natural or usual.

nitya	a. inward, innate; own (V.); constant, perpetual, eternal; always abiding in, devoted to (--°ree;); regular, essential, neces sary: °ree;-or -m, ad. constantly, perpetually, always; invariably; na nityam, not always; never; -samâsa, m. necessary or fast com pound, i. e. one that cannot be resolved with out destroying the meaning; -svarita, m. necessary, i. e. independent svarita.

nibha	a. like, resembling (--°ree;, often redundant after an adjective or with sy nonyms); n. appearance, pretext (only in. and ab.); -bhrita, pp. √ bhri: -m, ad. secretly, apart; out of sight; n.secrecy.

nirahaṃkāra	a. free from ego ism; -kârin, a. free from consciousness of self; -krita, pp. impersonal; unselfish; un pretentious; -kriti, a. free from egoism; -kriya, a. impersonal; -kriyâ, f. freedom from egoism.

nīrandhra	a. having no interstice or aperture; dense, continuous: °ree;-ad. con stantly: -tâ, f. close connexion or cohesion; -randhrita, pp. thickly beset with (--°ree;); con tinuous.

nīla	a. swarthy, black; esp. dark blue; m. sapphire; Indian fig-tree; N.; n. indigo; -kantha, a. blue-necked; m. peacock; ep. of Siva; N., esp. of a commentator on the Mahâ bhârata; -giri, m. Blue Mountain, N. of a mountain-range (Nîlgiri); -gâ, f. ep. of the river Vitastâ; -tâ, f. blueness; dark-blue colour; -nikolin, a. wearing a dark cloak; -nîraga, n. blue lotus; -pakshman, n. fea thered with black eyelashes; -pata, m. dark garment; -patala, n. dark film (on a blind eye); -pura, n. N. of a town; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -bhânda-svâmin, m. indigo vat proprietor; -bhû, f. N. of a river; -mani, m. sapphire; -ratna, n. id.; -râgi,f. dark streak, darkness; -lohitá, a. dark-blue and red, dark red; -vat, a. blackish, dark; -varna, a. blue-coloured: -srigâla vat, ad. like the blue jackal; -vasana, n. blue cloth; -vrisha, m. dark-coloured bull; -sam dhâna-bhânda, n. vat for preparing indigo; -saroruha, n. blue lotus; -½amsuka, n. blue garment; -½a&ndot;ga, a. dark-bodied; -½abga, n. blue lotus; -abhra-samvrita, pp. obscured by dark clouds; -½ambhoga, n. blue lotus.

nyūna	pp. defective, wanting; smaller, less; too little; inferior (the deficiency is expressed by the in. or °ree;--): -tâ, f. inferiority; -½adhika-vibhakta, pp. having received too little or too much on the division of an inheritance; -½adhika½a&ndot;ga, a. having a limb too few or too many.

pañcanakha	a. having five claws; m. beast with five claws; -nada, n. land of the five rivers, Panjâb; m. pl. inhabitants of the Panjâb; sg. N. of a river; -padî, a. f. having (taken) five steps; f. five steps; the five strong cases; -na dîyate, does not accompany him even five steps; -pala, a. weighing five palas: î, f. weight of five palas; -purânîya, a. worth five purânas (a coin); -pushpa maya, a. (î) consisting of five flowers; -phut- tika, a. weaving five phuttikas in a day; m. N.; -bandha, m. fifth part of the value of a thing; -bâna, m. the five-arrowed god, Kâma; -bindu-prasrita, n. kind of figure in dancing.

padmāvatī	f. ep. of Lakshmî; N.; ep. of Uggayinî in the Krita age; T. of the 17th Lambaka in the Kathâsaritsâgara.

parabrahman	n. supreme Brahman; -bhâga, m. supreme state, pre-eminence: -tâ, f. high position, pre-eminence; -bhâgya½upagîvin, a. living on another's fortune; -bhûmishtha, a. abiding in a foreign country; -bhûshana, m., v. r. for -dûshana; -bhrita, (pp., nourished by others), m., â, f. Indian cuckoo: -maya, a. consisting altogether of cuckoos; -bhedana, a. foe-piercing.

parikampin	a. trembling vio lently; -kara, m. sg. & pl. retinue, dependents; assistance, expedient; addition; abundance, multitude; girdle for looping up a garment: -m bandh or kri, gird oneself for, prepare to (lc. or inf.); -karita, pp. accompanied by (in.); -karman, n. adoration; decoration of the person, anointing the body; purification, means of purifying; preparation for (--°ree;); -karma-ya, den. P. adorn; -karmin, m. at tendant, servant; -kalayitri, a. enclosing; -kalpana, n. cheating; -kîrtana, n. proclaim ing aloud, promulgation; naming; -kopa, m. violent anger; -krama, m. succession, order; -kraya, m. hire; redemption, peace pur chased with money; -kriyâ, f. attention to (--°ree;); -kleda, m. wetness; -klesa, m. hard ship; trouble, suffering; -kshaya, m. dis appearance, cessation, failure; decline; ruin; -kshâna, n. pl. coal-dust; -kshâma,a. ema ciated; -kshit, a. dwelling around (Agni), extending around (du., heaven and earth); m. N. of various princes; -kshiti, f. wound ing; -kshîna, pp. emaciated, wasted away; -kshepa, m. moving to and fro; surrounding, encompassing; that which encircles; compass.

paricaya	m. 1. accumulation; 2. acquaintance, knowledge; intimacy; fami liarity with, practice of (in.±samam, g., lc., --°ree;); repetition or frequency of (--°ree;): -vat, a. well-known; -kara, m.companion; attendant, servant; -kárana, m. attendant; n. service; attendance on (--°ree;); -karanîya, fp. to be tended; applicable; -karitavya, fp. to be tended, served, or honoured; -karya, fp. to be tended or honoured:â, f. attendance, service, devotion, homage; -kâra-ka, m. as sistant, attendant, servant: ikâ, f. female attendant, waiting-maid; -kârana, n. at tendance; -kâr-in, a. attending on, doing homage to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. abst.n.; -kiti, f. acquaintance, intimacy with (--°ree;); -kintanî ya, fp. to be maturely considered; -kumb ana, n. passionate kissing.

parivāda	m. detraction, censure (of, g., lc., --°ree;): -kathâ, f. id.; -vâdin, a. slandering, censuring: -î, f. seven-stringed lute; -vâpá, m. parched grains of rice; -vâra, m. cover; attendants, train, retinue (--°ree;, a. surrounded by); sheath: -tâ, f. condition of a retinue; -vârita, cs. pp. (√ 1. vri) encircled; -vâsa, m. 1. sojourn; 2. perfume; -vâha, m. overflow; drain for carrying off excess of water; -vâhín, a. (n-î) overflowing, with (--°ree;).

pariśrama	m. fatigue, weariness, exhaustion; exertion; continual study of (--°ree;); -srânta, pp. (√ sram) greatly exhausted; -srít, f. (encloser), one of the small stones surrounding the sacrificial altar: -srita, (pp.) n. sacrificial shed; -slatha, a. quite slack.

paro&100;kṣa	ksha ] a. [beyond the eye], being out of sight, invisible, imperceptible; unknown, unintelligible; cognizable by mind only; °ree;--, imperceptibly: -m, ad. behind the back of, without the knowledge of (in. V.; g. or --°ree;, C.); in. imperceptibly, mysteriously; ab. without the knowledge of (in.); behind the back of (g.); when one has not been present (gr.); -kâma, a. fond of mystery; -krita, pp. not addressing but merely refer ring to a deity indirectly, i. e. in the third per son (verse); -tâ, f., -tva, n. being out of sight, imperceptibility; obscurity; -vritti, a. living or acting out of sight; -½artha, a. invisible; secret, recondite.

paryagni	m. encircling fire, firebrand carried round the victim; the ceremony of carrying round the firebrand: i (ad.) or -m kri, perform this ceremony; -karana, n. per formance of the Paryagni ceremony; -krita, pp. having been encircled by the firebrand.

pāpaka	a. wicked, bad; m. rascal; n. evil; -karman, n. wicked deed; a. doing evil deeds, wicked, sinful; m. ill-doer, mis creant, criminal, sinner; -kârin, -krít, a., m. id.; -krita, (pp.) n. misdeed; -gati, a.ill starred; -ketas, a. evil-minded, malevolent; -timira, a. blinded by sin, sin-bedarkened; -pûrusha, m. rascal, villain; -priya, a. fond of or prone to evil; -bandha, m. continuous series of misdeeds; -buddhi, f. evil intent;a. evil-minded, malevolent; -bhañgana, a. destroying the wicked; m. N. of a Brâhman; -bh&asharp;g, a. participating in wrong, guilty; -bhâva, a. evil-minded; -mati, a. evil minded, malevolent, ungodly; -yoni, f. low womb, birth as a punishment of sin; -rahita, pp. freed from sin, sinless; -ripu, (foe of sin), N. of a Tîrtha; -roga, m. bad disease, dis ease as punishment for sin; -rogin, a. suf fering from a bad disease or disease in punish ment for former sin; -½riddhi, f. hunting, chase; -lokya, a. leading to hell; -vasîyasa or -vasyas-a, n. [betterness of the bad], topsy turvyness, preposterousness; -sîla, a. of bad character, prone to evil: -tva, n. depravity;-sodhana, a. purifying from guilt; n. N. of a sacred bathing-place; -sûdana-tîrtha, n. N. of a sacred bathing-place; -han, a. destroy ing sin or sinners; -hara, a. taking away sin; -hridaya, a. bad-hearted.

pāpa	a. (&isharp;, V.; &asharp;) evil, bad, wicked, criminal, sinful; inauspicious (planets, omens); m. wicked man, villain, sinner; n. evil, trouble, misfortune, harm; wickedness, offence, crime, villany, guilt, sin: sântam pâpam, may heaven forefend that; brahma-hatyâ kritam --, crime consisting in slaying a Brâh man; pâpa-tara, cpv. worse; very bad; p&asharp;p îyas, worse off, more wretched, poorer; very badly off; very bad; worse; inferior; m. bad man; pâpishtha, spv. least; worst; very bad; pâpishthatama, worse than (ab.).

putra	m. son, child; young of an animal, whelp: du. two sons or son and daughter; vc. (sg., du., pl.) often used in addressing young persons: î, f. daughter; (a)-ka, m. son, boy: often used as a term of endearment; N. of the reputed founder of Pâtaliputra; -kâmy&asharp;, f. wish for a son or children; -kri ta-ka, a. adopted as a child; -kritya, n. duty of a son; -krithá, m. n. procreation of children; -tâ, f., -tva, n.sonship; -dâra, n. sg. son and wife, wife and child; -nivesana, n. son's abode; -pura, n. N. of a town; -pau tra, n. sg. or m. pl. sons and grandsons: -ka, n. sg. id.; -pautrin, a. having sons and grand sons; -priya, a. dear toor beloved by one's son; -bhâga, m. heritage of a son; -bhânda, n. (?) substitute for a son; -vat, ad. like a son or sons; as in the case of the son; (á)-vat, a. having a son, sons, or children; possessed of a son in the true sense of the word.

puṇya	a. auspicious, propitious, lucky, favourable; beautiful, agreeable; fragrant; good, virtuous, righteous, meritorious; pure, purifying, holy; n. the good, virtue; good work; moral or religious merit:-kartri, m. righteous man; -karman, n. virtuous action; a. righteous, virtuous; -krit, a. acting piously, virtuous; -gandha, -gandhi: -n, a. of plea sant smell, fragrant; -geha, n. abode of virtue; -ganá, m. pl. good people,designation of cer tain genii (V. E.)=the Yakshas (C. P.): -½îs vara, m. ep. of Kubera; -gala, a. having pure water; -tarî-kri, make purer or holier; -tâ, f. purity, holiness; -tîrtha, n. sacred place of pilgrimage (esp. along the course of sacred streams); a. possessed of sacred bath ing-places; -tva, n. purity, holiness; -dars ana, a. of handsome appearance, beautiful; -pâpa, n. pl. good and bad deeds; -punya tâ, f. supreme holiness; -prada, a.meritori ous; -phala, n. fruit or reward of good works; -bharita, pp. abounding in bliss; -bhâg, -bhâgin, a. happy, blessed; -yoga, m. con sequence of virtuous actions (done in a former life); -vat, a. righteous, virtuous, meritori ous; lucky, fortunate, happy: with ab.= happier than; -varman, m. N. of a prince; -sîla, a. righteous, virtuous; -srîka, a. happy; -sloka, a. of good repute; m. ep. of Nala, Yudhishthira, and Krishna: -didrikshâ, f.desire to see Nala, -parâ&ndot;mukha, a. averse to Nala; -sena, m. N.; -sthâna, n. sacred place.

pīḍā	f. pain, ache, suffering (in.= unwillingly); harm, disadvantage, damage; restriction; infringement, violation; eclipse: -kara, -krit, a. harmful, hurtful; -krita, (pp.) n. infliction of hurt.

puras	ad. forward; before, in front, in the van; in one's presence; in or towards the east; previously, first, first of all; prp. before, in front or presence of (ac., ab., g., --°ree;); before (g. of time);puras-kri, place in front or at the head, cause to precede; honour; appoint for (lc.); make the chief thing; regard; prefer, choose; display: pp. puras krita, placed in front, advanced to the foremost rank, honoured; accompanied, attended, or distinguished by, possessed of, occupied with (--°ree;): -m, ad. amid, with (--°ree;); gd. pu raskritya, often=regarding, on account of, about; puro dhâ, place before or at the head; esteem, honour; consider; appoint to (d.), make one's priest (Â.); purah sthita, im pending, imminent.

purākathā	f. tale of the olden time; -kalpa, m. bygone age: lc. sg. & pl. in olden times; -krita, pp. formerly done; n. former deed; -g&asharp;, a. born in the olden time, ancient, primaeval.

puruṣākāra	a. having a human form; -½âkriti, f. figure of a man; -½ada, a. (î) man-devouring; m. man-eater, Râkshasa: -ka, a., m. id.; -½anrita, n. falsehood respect ing a human being; -½antara, n. another (= following) generation; m. (sc. samdhi) proxy ship, a kind of treaty settled by a duel be tween warriors representative of both parties: -m, ad. through an intermediary, indirectly; -½âyusha, n. full period of human life; -½ar tha, m. human object, aim of existence; action of man, human effort: -m, ad. for man; for the sake of the soul; -½avatâra, m. human incarnation.

pūrvaka	a. (ikâ) prior, preceding, previous; first; --°ree; a. accompanied or pre ceded by, based on, consisting above all things in: -m, ad. after, with, amid, in accordance with (--°ree;); m. forefather, ancestor; -karman, n. former or previous action; preparation; -kalpa, m. previous manner, precedent; olden time (only lc. sg. & pl.); -kâya, m. fore part of the body (of animals), upper part of the body (of men); -kârin,a. acting first; -kâr ya, fp. to be done first; -kâla, a. belonging to a previous time; previously mentioned: -tâ, f. priority of time; -kâlika, a. belonging to a former time; -kâlîna, a. prior in time; -krita, pp. formerly done, performed in a previous life; n. former act, act committed in a previous life; -krama½âgata, pp. handed down from one's ancestors; -kriyâ, f. preparation.

pūrtaya	den. P. with dharmam, perform charitable works.

pūrta	pp. (√ 1. pri) filled; bestowed; fulfilled; n. fulfilment; reward; merit; charitable work.

pūrvaja	a. born or produced before others, former, ancient; first-born, elder, eldest (son, brother, sister); prior to (--°ree;); m. forefather, ancestor; eldest son; elder or eldest son; -ganma-krita, pp.done, wrought, or performed in a former birth or previous state of existence; -ganma-yoga, m.: in. by means or in consequence of a former exist ence; -ganman, 1. n. former birth, previous state of existence; 2. m.(having prior birth), elder brother; -gâti, f. former birth, previ ous state of existence; -gñâna, n. knowledge of a previous existence.

pūrvaraṅga	m. prelude (of a play); -râga, m. incipient love; -râga, m. ex-king; -râtra, m. first part of the night; -rûpá, n. (previous appearance), omen; precursor of (g.), sure symptom of (prati); first of two vowels or consonants coming into contact (gr.); a. having its previous form, being as before; -lakshana, n. preceding symptom; -vát, 1. ad. as before, as formerly; as said above; 2. -vat, a. preceded by something; containing an inference from cause to effect; -vayas, a. being in early life, young; -vart in, a. being in front of (--°ree;); previously ex isting: (-i)-tâ, f. priority; -vâda, m. (primâ facie statement), action at law;-vâdin, m. plaintiff; -vid, a. knowing the past; -vidhi, m. preceding rule; -vrita, pp. previously chosen; -vritta, pp. having happened before; relating to a former occurrence; n. former occurrence, event of old; former behaviour; -vairin, a. commencing hostilities first.

pūrvārjita	pp. acquired formerly or by previous works; -½ardhá, m., n. (C.) fore or upper part; eastern side; first half: -dinasya, first half of the day, forenoon; -½ardha-kâya, m. upper part of the body; -½ardha-bhâga, m. fore part, point (of an arrow); -½avadhîrita, pp. formerly disdain ed; -½âvedaka, m. plaintiff.

paurtika	a. relating to a charitable or meritorious work.

prakṛṣṭa	pp. (√ krish) extended, long (road); distinguished: -tva, n. excellence; -ketá, m. (V.) perception, intelligence, understanding; knower; -kopa, m. raging (of war, disease); turbulence, tumult, insurrection; anger, rage (ord. mg.): -m -kri, be angry with (g.); -kopana (or na), a. (î) exciting, arousing (--°ree;); n. irritation; provoking, exasperating; -kopita, cs. pp. (√ kup) provoked, enraged; -koshtha, m. fore-arm (ord. mg.); space near the gate of a palace; court of a palace (Pr.).

prakīrtana	n. proclaiming, announcing: â, f. mention; -kîrti, f. celebration, praise; -kuñka, m. a measure of capacity equal to about a handful; -krita, pp. √ kri: -tva, n. state of being in question.

pracaya	m. [√ ki] picking, gathering; accumulation, collection, quantity, multitude; -kayana, n. collecting; -kaya-svara, m. accumulated tone (i. e. tone occurring in a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented syllables following a Svarita; -karana, n. setting to work: &isharp;, f. kind of supplementary wooden ladle (rit.); -karanîya, fp. being in actual use (Br., S.); -karitavya, fp. n. imps. one should set to work;-kala, a. moving, tremulous, shaking; -kalana, n trembling, swaying; fleeing; -kalâyita, (den. pp.), n. nodding while asleep (âsîna-, -in a sitting posture); -kalita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; -kâra, m. walking about, ranging; going in pursuit of (--°ree;); showing oneself, manifestation, appearance; application, employment; currency; conduct, behaviour; pasture-ground; exercising-ground; -kârana, n. scattering; -kârin, a. going about; attaching oneself to (lc., --°ree;); acting, behaving; -kita, pp. (√ ki), pronounced with the Prakaya tone; -kura, a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent; --°ree;, abounding in, replete with: -gaha&ntod;a,a. having abundance of impervious passages, -tva, n. abundance of (--°ree;), -ratna-dhana½â gama, a. having a large income of gems and money; -kurī-bhû, grow in extent; -kritta- sikha, a. having loosened braids orflowing hair; (á)-ketas, a. heedful, intelligent, wise (V.); m. (C.), ep. of Varuna; N.; -kodana, n. instigation, incitement; command; -kodin, a. driving before one (--°ree;).

pratikūlavacana	n. contra diction; -vat, a. refractory, rebellious; -vart in, a. counteracting, opposing, disturbing (g.); -vâda, m. contradiction (--°ree;); -vâdin, a. contradicting, any one (g.); -visarpin, a. moving against the wind or stream (ship) and moving rancourously (tongue of a rogue); -vritti, a. resisting, opposing, any one (g.); -vedanîya, fp. affecting one disagreeably; -½âkarita, (pp.) n. offensive action, injury; -½ukta, n. pl. contradiction.

pratiprajñāti	f. discrimina tion, ascertainment; -pranavam, ad. at every &open;om;&close; -pranava-samyukta, pp. accompanied with &open;om&close; on each occasion; -pranâma, m.counter-bow, salutation in return; -pratí, a. (m. n.) forming a counterpart, counterbalanc ing, a match for (ac.); -pratîka, °ree;-or -m, ad. at every initial word; on every part of the body; -pradâna, n. giving back, restitu tion; bestowal in marriage; -prabhâ, f. pl. reflexion (of fire); -prabhâtam, ad. every morning; -prayavana, n. repeated mixing; -prayâna, n. return; -prasna, m. counter question, answer; -prasava, m. counter pre cept, annulment of a prohibition regarding (--°ree;); return to the original state; -prasa vam, ad. at every birth; -prasthâtrí, m. priest assisting the Adhvaryu; -prasth&asharp;na, n. office of the Pratiprasthâtri; -prahâra, m.counter blow, stroke in return; -prâni, ad. in or for every living being; -prâbhrita, n. counter present; -prâsthânika, a. relat ing to the office of the Pratiprasthâtri.

prativighāta	m. warding off; -vitapam, ad. for every branch; -vidyam, ad. at every doctrine; -vidhâtavya, fp. to be employed; -provided against; n. impl. one should take care; -vidhâna, n.counter action, prevention, precaution against (g. or --°ree;); care or provision for (--°ree;); -vidhi, m. remedy for (--°ree;); -vidhitsâ, f. desire or in tention to counteract; -vidheya, fp. to be done against; -rejected; n. impl. one should take precautions; one should take measures against (lc.); -viparîta, pp. exactly opposite; -vibhâga, m. distribution, apportionment; -virati, ad. on each cessation or disappear ance; -visesha, m.peculiarity, particular circumstance; -viseshana, n. detailed speci fication; -visva, a. pl. all and sundry: lc. in all cases; -visha, a. containing an antidote; -vishaya, m. pl. all objects of sense: °ree;-or -m, ad. with regard to each individual object of sense; -vîta, pp. √ vyâ; -vîra, m. op ponent; equal antagonist; -vrittântam, ad. according to the saying, as they say; -vri sha, m. hostile bull; -vedam, ad. in the case of or for every Veda; -vedântam, ad. in every Upanishad; -velam, ad. at every opportunity; -vesa, a. neighbouring; aux iliary, subordinate, minor; m. neighbour; neighbouring house; -vesin, a. neighbouring; m. neighbour; -vesma, ad. in every house; -vesman, n. neighbouring house; -vesya, m. neighbour; -vaira, n. counter-hostility, re venge; -vodhavya, fp. to be carried home.

pramṛgya	fp. to be visited= specially adapted for (d.); -mrida, a. gracious; gladdening; -mriná, a. destructive; -mrita, pp. deceased, dead; n. death: -ka, a. dead; -mrishta, pp. (√ mrig) cleansed, pure, pol ished, bright: -mani, m. polished or bright gem: -kundala, a. having ear-rings of pol ished gems; -mrishti, f. overspreading with (--°ree;).

praveka	a. choice, chief, exquisite, most excellent of (--°ree;); -vega, m. great swift ness; -vegita, den. pp. moving rapidly; -ve- nî, f. braid of hair; coloured woollen cloth; -vetri, m. charioteer; -vettri, m. connoisseur of (--°ree;); -vedana, n. making known, pro claiming; -vedin, a. thoroughly knowing (--°ree;); -vedya, fp. to be made known; -vedha, m. shot; -vepin, a. trembling; -verita, pp. cast, hurled; -vesa, m.entrance, entry, pene tration, intrusion, into (lc., g.±antar, or --°ree;); appearance on the stage; getting into the house, coming into one's possession (e. g. of a deposit); obtrusiveness, meddlesomeness; entering into=admissibleness, applicability in (lc.); employment or utilization of (--°ree;); entrance, door: -ka, a. --°ree;, id.; m. interlude (explaining what has happened between two acts and is essential for the understanding of what follows); -vesana, n. entering, en trance or penetration into (g., lc., or --°ree;); co pulation; introduction, into (lc.); driving home (of cattle); -vesa-bhâgika, m. collector of taxes; -vesayitavya, fp. to be introduced; -vesita, cs. pp. introduced, made or allowed to enter; n. causing to appear on the stage; -vesin, a. entering, into (--°ree;); accessible through or over (--°ree;); having sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); -vesya, fp. to be entered; -played (musical instrument); -introduced; -vesh- tavya, fp. to be entered; -allowed to enter; n. imps. one should enter or penetrate into (lc.); -veshtri, m. one who enters: -tva, n. condition of --.

praślita	pp. (=-srita), changing &open;as&close; to &open;o&close; before sonant letters (samdhi); -slishta, pp. slurred, coalescent (euphonic combina tion of a or â with a following vowel or of other vowels with homogeneous ones); vowel resulting from coalescence or accent of a coalescent vowel (gr.); -slesha, m. close con tact or pressure; coalescence (of vowels).

praspandana	n. quivering, pal pitating; -spardhin, a. rivalling; -sphuta, a. plain, manifest, evident; -sphurita, pp. quivering, vibrating, tremulous; manifested; -sphuli&ndot;ga, m. (?) darting spark; -sphot ana, n. splitting (int.); causing to expand or bloom.

prākkarman	n. preliminary pro cedure; action performed in a previous ex istence; -kalpa, m. former age; -krita, pp. formerly done, performed in a previous life; n. act done in a previous life;-kiram, ad. before it is too late, betimes; -kkhâya, n. falling of the shadow towards the east.

prātikāmin	m. (acting ac cording to one's desire: prati-kâmam), ser vant; messenger; -kûlika, a. (î) resisting, hostile, contrary: -tâ, f. opposition, hostility; -kûlya, n. unfriendliness, opposition; repug nant practice; disagreeableness; disagree ment with (--°ree;); -gña, n. subject under dis cussion; -daivas-ika, a. occurring daily (prati-divasam); -nidhi-ka, m. representa tive; -paksha, a. belonging to the enemy oradversary; -pakshya, n. hostility, enmity, towards (g.); -pada, a. forming the com mencement; m. N.; -pad-ika, a. express, ex plicit; n. crude base of a noun (before it re ceives the case terminations or other suffixes); -paurush-ika, a. relating to manliness or valour; -bha, a. intuitive; n. intuition; pre sence of mind; -bhat-ya, n. rivalry; -bhâv ya, n. surety, for (--°ree;); certainty, trustworthy news of (g.); -bhâs-ika, a. existing only in appearance, apparent only; -rûp-ika, a. coun terfeit, spurious; using false measure or coun terfeit coin; -lom-ya, n. inversion, inverse order; opposition, hostility; -ves-ika, m. neighbour; -vesm-ika, m. neighbour: î, f.female neighbour; -ves-ya, a. neighbouring; m. opposite neighbour; neighbour;--°ree;=neigh bouring: -ka, m. neighbour; -sâkhya, n. a grammatical treatise on the phonetic changes of words in the text of the Vedasaccording to the respective recension (prati-sâkham; there are four such treatises, one for the RV., two for the YV., and one for the AV.); -satvanam, ad. in the direction of the Sat van; -sv-ika, a. own, peculiar, not common to others; -hata, m. kind of svarita ac cent; -hartra, n. office of the Pratihartri; -hârika, m. door-keeper; -hâr-ya, n. jug glery, performance of miracles; miracle.

prāmāṇika	a. constituting or passing as a measure; based on evidence or authority, authoritative; considering demon strable: -tva, n. authoritativeness, cogency.

priyacikīrṣā	f. desire to do any one (g.) a kindness; -kikîrshu, des. a. wishing to do a service to any one (g.); -gana, m. loved person (male or female); -gâni, m. gallant, lover; -gîvita, a. to whom life is dear: -tâ, f. attachment to life; (á)-ta ma, spv. very dear; m. lover, spouse; -tara, cpv. dearer: -tva, n. being dearer to any one (lc.) than (ab.); (á)-tâ, f., -tva, n. popularity; affection; fondness or love for (--°ree;); -darsa, a. pleasant to look at; -darsana, n. sight of a dear friend; a. having a pleasing aspect, good-looking, handsome, to (g.); m. N. of a prince of the Gandharvas: â, f. N.; -darsin, m. (kindly-looking), ep. ofAsoka; -prasna, m. friendly inquiry (after any one's health etc.); -prâya, a. exceedingly kind (speech); -bhâshana, n. kind words; -bhâshin, a. speaking kind words; -bhogana, a. fond of eating; -mandana, a. fond of ornaments; (á)-medha, m. N. of a Rishi; -vaktri, m. one who says pleasant things (in a good or a bad sense); flatterer: -tva, n. kindly speech; -vakana, n. kind or endearing words; -vak as, n. id.; a. speaking kindly; -vasantaka, m. pleasant spring and dear Vasantaka; -vas tu, n. favourite object or topic; -vâk-sahita, pp. accompanied by kind words; -vâk, f. kind words; a. speaking kindly or affably; -vâda, m. kind words; -vâdikâ, f. kind of musical instrument; -vâd-ín, a. speaking sweetly or kindly, saying pleasant things; flattering; m. flatterer: (-i)-tâ, f. pleasing speech; flat tery; -vinâkrita, pp. abandoned or deserted by one's beloved; (á)-vrata, a.having de sirable ordinances or loving obedience; m. N.; -sravas, a. fame-loving, ep. of Krishna; -samvâsa, m. society of loved ones: -sakha, m. (î, f.) dear friend; a. loving one's friends; -samgamana, n. meeting of beloved ones, N. of a place where Indra and Krishna are said to have met their parents Kasyapa and Aditi; -satya, a. pleasant as well as true; -samprahâra, a. quarrelsome; -sâhasa, a. addicted to indiscretions: -tva, n. abst. n.; -suhrid, m. dear friend; -sevaka, a. kind to one's servants; -hita, pp. pleasant as well as salutary; n. what is agreeable and bene ficial.

proccaṇḍa	a. extremely violent or powerful; -½ukkâtanâ, f. scaring away; -½ukkais, in. ad. exceedingly loud; in a very high degree; -½ugghitum, inf. (√ uggh) to escape, evade; -½uñkhana, n. wiping away or off; -½uta, pp. (√ vâ, weave), woven, sewn, etc.; -½utkata, a. very great: -bhritya, m. high official; -½utkantha, a. stretching out the neck far; at the top of one's voice (shout etc.); -½utkrushta, (pp.) n. loud noise, up roar; -½uttâna, a. far-extended; -½uttâla, a. very loud; -½uttu&ndot;ga, a. very high; -½ut phulla, a. full-blown, fully expanded (flower); wide open (eyes); -½utsârita, cs. pp.(√ sri) relinquished, given up, etc.; -½utsâha, m. great exertion; -½utsâhana, n. instigation, stimulation, invitation, to (--°ree;).

phetkāra	m. howl, yell; -krita, n. id.; -kârin, a. howling, yelling.

phut	onomatopoeic ij. always with kri, puff, blow; shriek, yell: -kâra, m. puffing, blowing, hissing; shriek, yell; -krita, (pp.) n. sound of wind instruments; shriek, yell; -kriti, f. blowing, hissing; blowing of a wind instrument.

prāmāṇya	n. authoritativeness; authenticity; evidence.

bandī	f. prisoner (male or female); prey; -krita, pp. taken prisoner; m. prisoner, captive; seized, overpowered.

balākin	a. attended by or abounding in cranes; N. of a son of Dhritarâshtra.

balātkāra	m. employment of force, violence: °ree;-or in. by force, forcibly; strongly, vehemently; -m, abs. forcibly; -krita, pp. forced, overcome, by (in. or --°ree;).

bahu	a. (v-&isharp;) abundant, much; numerous; repeated, frequent; abounding or rich in (in.): tvayâ hi me bahu kritam -yad, you have done me a great service, in --; tasmin bahu½etad api, even thiswas much for him (i.e. more than could be ex pected); kim bahunâ, what need of much talk? in short; n. ú, ad. much; often, repeatedly; greatly, exceedingly, very, highly; °ree;-sts.=for the most part, almost, tolerably:bahu man, think much of, esteem highly, value; hold dearer than (in.); n. plural.

bahis	ad. outside (the house, town, country, etc.); out of doors (go, etc.); prp. from without, outside or out of (ab. or --°ree;); -ish kri, expel, banish, exclude from (ab. or lc.); put aside, abandon, renounce: pp. -krita, taken out of, expelled from (ab.); abandoned by (--°ree;); shut off by=dwelling beyond (in.); excluded from (ab. or --°ree;); free from, destitute of, refraining from (in. or --°ree;); become apparent, manifested, embodied; r gata, pp. id.; r bhû, come forth, from (ab.).

bahiṣkaraṇa	n. 1. external organ; 2. exclusion from (ab.); -kârya, fp. to be banished; -excluded from (ab.); -krita, pp. ejected, expelled; -kriti, f. exclusion; -kriya, a. excluded from sacred rites;-kriyâ, f. external action (such as bathing etc.).

bāṇa	m. (reed), shaft, arrow; the number five (because Kâma has five arrows); mark or aim (of an arrow); m. N. of the author of the Kâdambarî and the Harshakarita (seventh century a. d.); N. of an Asura; N.; m. blue Barleria; n. its flower: -gokara, m. range of an arrow, arrow-shot (distance); -tâ, f. state of an arrow; -tûnî-kri, turn into a quiver; -dhi, m. (arrow-case), quiver; -patha, m. range of an arrow, arrow-shot (distance); -pâta, m. arrow-shot; range of an arrow (distance): -patha, m. arrow-shot (distance); -bhatta, m. Bâna (the author); -maya, a. consisting or formed of arrows; -yogana, n. quiver.

bālaka	a. (ikâ) young, childish, not yet full-grown; m. child, boy; young of an animal; five-year-old elephant; N. of a prince; -kânda, n. Boy-section, T. of the first book of the Râmâyana treating of the boy hood of Râma; -kunda½anuviddha, pp. n. spray of young jasmine intertwined (in their hair); -krishna, m. the boy Krishna; -kel&ibrevcirc;, f. children's game; -kriyâ, f. doings of children; -krîdana, n. child's play: -ka, m. children's toy; n. child's play; -krîdâ, f. child's play, childish sport; -ghna, m. child murderer; -kandra, m. young or crescent moon; n. breach of a peculiar shape; -kandra mas, m. young moon; -kandrikâ, f. N.; -karita, n. early life of a god, etc.; -karyâ, f. doings of a child; -tantra, n. midwifery; -tâ, f. childhood; -tva, n. id.; -darsam, abs. on seeing a boy; -pattra, m. a tree; -putra, a. having young children, having young: -ka,m. little son; -bandhana, m. binder of children (a demon of disease); -bhañgaka, m. N.; -bhâva, m. childhood; recent rise of a planet; -bhritya, m. servant from child hood; -mati, a. of childish intellect; -man dâra-vriksha, m. young coral tree; -râmâ yana, n. T. of a play; -roga, m. children's disease; -lîlâ, f. child's play; -vinashta: -ka, m. N.; -vaidhavya, n. child-widow hood; -sri&ndot;ga, a. having young horns; -sakhi, m. friend from youth; friend of a fool: -tva, n. friendship with a fool; -su hrid, m. friend from childhood; -han, a. (-ghnî) child-murdering.

buddhikṛt	a. producing the im pression of (--°ree;); -krita, pp. wisely acted; -kintaka, a. thinking wisely; -gîvin, a. sub sisting by intelligence; -tattva, n. the tattva of intellect (produced from Prakriti and Purusha); -pûrva, a. premeditated, inten tional: -m, ad. intentionally; -pûrvaka, a. id.: -m, ad. purposely; -prabha, m. N. of a prince; -prâgalbhî, f. soundness of judg ment; -mat, a. intelligent; shrewd, wise:-tva, n. wisdom; -matikâ, f. N.; -maya, a. consisting of intellect; -moha, m. confusion of mind; -vara, m. N. of a minister of Vikra mâditya; -vargita, pp. destitute of under standing, foolish; -vriddhi, f. increase of understanding or wisdom: -kara, a. produc ing --; -sarîra, m. N.; -sastra, a. armed with wisdom; -sâlin, a. possessed of under standing, intelligent, wise; -suddha, pp. pure of purpose; -suddhi, f. purification of the intellect; -sreshtha, spv. best through intel lect: â-ni karmâni=the works of the intel lect are best; -sampanna, pp. endowed with understanding, intelligent, wise; -sammita, pp. commensurate with reason; -sâgara, m. N.; -stha, a. present to the mind, conscious; -hîna, pp. destitute of intellect, dull-witted: -tva, n. deficiency of intellect, stupidity.

brahmaloka	m. world or heaven of Brahman (sts. pl.); -laukika, a. inhabit ing the world of Brahman; -vaktri, m. ex pounder of the Vedas; -vat, ad. in accord ance with or like the Veda; -vadya, n.recitation of Vedic texts; -vadha, m. mur der of a Brâhman; -vadhyâ, f. id.: -krita, n. perpetrated murder of a Brâhman; -vark asá, n. pre-eminence in sacred knowledge, sanctity; -varkas-in, a. pre-eminent in di vine knowledge, holy; -varkas-vin, a. id.; -vâdá, m. discourse on sacred matters; -vâd ín, a. discoursing on sacred matters; m. theologian, Vedântin; -vâsa, m. Brahman's abode or heaven; (bráhma)-vâhas, a. to whom prayer is offered; -vit-tva, n. sacred knowledge, theology, philosophy; -víd, a. knowing the Vedas; versed in magic; m. theologian, philosopher; -vidy&asharp;, f. knowledge of Brahman or of sacred things; -vidvas, pt. knowing Brahman; -vivardhana, a. increas ing sacred knowledge, ep. of Vishnu; -vrik sha, m. Brahman as a tree; -vritti, f. sub sistence of a Brâhman; -veda, m. Veda of Spells, Atharva-veda; -vedi, f. N. of a local ity; -vedin, a.knowing the Brahman or the Vedas; -vaivarta: -ka, n. T. of a Purâna; -vrata, n. vow of chastity: -dhara, a. prac tising --; -sâyin, a. resting in Brahman; -sâlâ, f. Brahman's hall; N. of a sacred locality; -siras, -sîrshan, n. kind of mythi cal missile; -samsad, f. Brahman's audience chamber; -samstha, a. devoted to sacred things; -samhitâ, f. collection of prayers; -sattra, n. sacrifice of prayer; -sattrin, a. offering a sacrifice of prayer; -sadana, n. seat of the Brahman priest; abode or heaven of Brahman; -sabhâ, f. hall or audience chamber of Brahman; -sambhava, a. sprung from Brahman; -saras, n. N. of a bathing place; -savá, m. purification of prayer; kind of sacrificial rite; -sât-kri, bring into har mony with Brahman; -sâmá, -sâmán, n. Sâman chanted after a verse recited by the Brahman priest; -sâyugya, n. complete union or identification with the universal soul; -sârshti-tâ, f. equality with Brahman; -sâ varna, m. N. of the tenth Manu; -sâvarni, m. id.; -siddhânta, m. T. of various astrono mical works; -siddhi, m. N. of an ascetic; -suta, m. son of Brahman; -suvarkalâ, f. kind of plant; decoction of this plant (drunk as a penance); -sûtra, n. sacred cord worn by Brâhmans over the shoulder; sacred or theological Sûtra; T. of a Sûtra work on the Vedânta philosophy ascribed to Bâdarâyana or Vyâsa: -pada, n. statement of a theolo gical Sûtra; a. (î) consisting of the state ments of a theological Sûtra; -sûtrin, a. wearing the sacred cord; -srig, m. creator of Brahman, ep. of Siva; -soma, m. N. of a saint; -stamba, m. universe, world; -stena, m. (thief of=) one in unlawful possession of the Veda; -steya, n. (theft of=) unlawful acquisition of the Veda; -sthala, n. N. of a town and of various villages; -sva, n. pro perty of a Brâhman; -haty&asharp;, f. murder of a Brâhman; -hán, m. murderer of a Brâhman; -hridaya, m. n. N. of a star (Capella).

brahmatā	f. nature of the absolute deity; -tegas, n. glory or power of Brah man; a. having the glory or power of Brah man; -tego-maya, a. formed of Brahman's glory; -tva, n. office of the Brahman priest; rank of a Brâhman; position of Brahman; -da, a. giving the Veda, imparting sacred knowledge; -danda, m. Brahman's staff (a kind of mythical weapon); curse of a Brâh man; -dandin, m. N. of an ancient sage; -dattá, m. given by the god Brahman; N.; -dâtri, m. imparter of the Veda, spiritual teacher; -dâna, n. gift of the Veda, impart ing of sacred knowledge; -dâya, 1. a. im parting the Veda; 2. m. sacred knowledge as a heritage; inheritance of a Brâhman; -dâya hara, a. receiving the Veda as an inherit ance from (g.); -dâyâda, a. enjoying sacred knowledge as his inheritance or m. son of Brahman; -dûshaka, a. falsifying the Veda; -deya, a. being given in marriage after the manner of Brahman or the Brâhmans: with vidhi, m. marriage of this kind; n. instruc tion in the Veda, imparting of sacred know ledge: -½anusamtâna, a. in whose familyteaching of the Veda is hereditary; -dvísh, a. hostile to devotion or religion, impious; m. hater of Brâhmans; -dvesha, m. hatred of religion, impiety; -dhara, a. possessed of sa cred knowledge; -dharma-dvish, a. hating the Vedas and the law; -dhâtu, m. compo nent part of Brahman.

brahmākṣara	n. the sacred syl lable &open;om:&close; -maya, a. consisting of sacred syllables; -½añgali, m. folding of the hands for Vedic study: -krita, pp. folding the hands for Vedic study.

bhavabhaṅga	m. annihilation of mundane existence; -bhâva, m. love of the world; -bhâvana, a. bestowing welfare: â, f. regarding anything as good fortune (--°ree;); -bhîru, a. fearing rebirth; -bhûti, f. for tunate existence; m. N. of a dramatic poet, author of the Mâlatîmâdhava, the Mahâvîra karita, and the Uttararâmakarita, who lived in the eighth century a.d.; -bhoga, m. plea sures of the world; -manyu, m. resentment against the world; -maya, a. proceeding from Siva; -mokana, a. releasing from mundane existence; -sarman, m. N.; -sa&ndot;gin, a. at tached to worldly existence; -samtati, f. continuous series of transmigrations; -sâyu- gya, n. union with Siva (after death); -sâra, m. ocean of existence.

bhāga	m. portion, share, allotment, inheritance; happy lot; part, fraction (opp. whole); part, region, place, spot, space; --°ree; a. supplying the place of; numerator (of a frac tion); degree (the 360th part of a circle): -ka, a. --°ree;=bhâga, share.

bhaṭa	m. [Pr. for bhrita, hired], mer cenary, soldier, warrior; hireling, servant.

bhasmakūṭa	m. heap of ashes; -krit, a. reducing to ashes (--°ree;); -krita, pp. reduced to ashes; -kaya, m. heap of ashes; -tâ, f. condition of ashes.

bhāgaśas	ad. in parts (divide); part by part, in due proportion, gradually; -hara, a. receiving a share; m. heir; -hâra, m. division (in arithmetic); -hârin, a. in heriting; m. heir; -½apahârin, a.receiving a share of inheritance; -½arthin, a. claiming a share.

bhujaga	m. (moving in curves), snake, serpent: (-tva, n. condition of a ser pent): î, f. female serpent; (a)-pati, m. prince of serpents; -râga, m. king of serpents, ep. of Sesha: â-ya, den. Â. become the king of serpents; -valaya, m. n. bracelet consist ing of a serpent; -sayana, n. serpent couch; -sisu-srita, pp. having the gait of a young serpent: â, f. a metre; -½indra, m. chief of serpents, large serpent; -½îsvara, m. lord of serpents, ep. of Sesha.

bhuktocchiṣṭa	n. remnant of a meal; -½urvarita, pp. remaining after a meal.

bhuvana	n. being, creature, existing thing (V.); world, earth (three worlds, and sts. seven or fourteen are assumed); kingdom (fourteen are spoken of as existing on earth); place of existence, abode (V.): -kosa, m. sphere of the world, globe; -kandra, m. N.; -karita, n. doings of the world; -tala, n. surface of the earth; earth; -traya, n. the three worlds (heaven, air, earth); -dvaya, n. the two worlds (heaven and earth); -dvish, m. enemy of the world or earth; (bhúvana)-pati, m. lord of creatures or the world (V.); -pâvana, a. (î) purifying the world: î, f. ep. of the Ganges; -bhartri, m. lord of the world; -matî, f. N. of a princess; -mâtri, f. mother of the world, Durgâ; -râga, m. N. of a prince; -vidita, pp. famed in the world; -vrittânta, m. events of the world; -sâsin, m. ruler of the world, king.

maṅgalācaraṇa	n. prayer for the auspicious issue of an undertaking; -½âkâ ra, m. auspicious observances; -½âtodya, n. drum beaten on auspicious occasions; -½âdesa vritta, a.subsisting by teaching auspicious rites; professional fortune-teller; -½alamkrita, pp. auspiciously ornamented; -½âlâpana, n. benediction; -½âvâsa, m. temple.

manyu	m. mood (V.); mind (V.); ar dour; resentment, anger, wrath, rage, at (lc.); grief, sorrow, distress (less common meaning); Wrath (personified): -m kri, vent one's an ger on, be angry with (lc. orprati): -parîta, pp. filled with anger; -pratikriyâ, f. venting of anger: -m kri, vent one's anger on (lc.); -mát, a. ardent, eager; indignant, angry, wroth.

martya	a. [relating to mortals], mor tal; m. mortal, man; world of mortals, earth; n. mortal coil, body: -tâ, f. mortality; hu man condition; -tva, n. human condition; -dharma, m. pl. laws or conditions of human life; -dharman, m. mortal, human being; -bhâva, m. human nature; -bhuvana, n. world of mortals, earth; -mandala, n. id.; -loka, m. id.; -½amrita, n. immortality of a mortal.

mahāpakṣa	a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.

mahākathā	f. great tale; -karu- na, a. very compassionate; -karna, a. great eared (Siva); -karman, n. great work; a. doing great works (Siva); -kalâ, f. night of new moon; -kalpa, m. great cosmic period; -kavi, m. great or classical poet (such as Kâ lidâsa, Bhavabhûti, etc.); -kâya, a. having a great body, bulky, gigantic; huge (tree): -tva, n. large size; -½âkâra, a. large, great, extensive; -kâla, m. a form of Siva in his capacity of the great destroyer of the world; N. of a temple of Siva Mahâkâla at Uggay inî; n. N. of a famous Li&ndot;ga: -pura, m. city of Mahâkâla, Uggayinî; -kâlî, f. a form of Durgâ; -kâvya, n. great or classical poem (a term specifically applied to the six poems Raghuvamsa, Kumârasambhava, Meghadûta, Kirâtârgunîya, Sisupâlavadha, and Naishadha karita); -kula, n. illustrious or noble family; (á), a. of high lineage: -½utpanna, pp. born of a noble family; -kulîna, a. belonging to a noble family: -tâ, f. noble origin, high birth; -kûla, a. having high banks; -ketu, a. hav ing a great banner (Siva); -kesa, a. thick haired (Siva); -kosa, a.having large testi cles (Siva): î, f. N. of a river; -kaushîta ka, n. title of a Vedic text; -kratu, m. great sacrifice (such as the Râgasûya and the Asva medha); -krodha, a. very irascible; -ksha tra-pa, m. great Satrap; -½aksha-patalika, m. head-keeper of the archives; -khâta, n. deep ditch; -khyâta, pp. very famous; -gaga, m. great elephant; elephant supporting the earth (=diggaga); -ganá, m. great host, swarm, or body: -pati, m.great lord of hosts, Ganesa; -ganesa, m. id.; -gandha, a. strong scented, very fragrant; -gala, a. having a thick or long neck; -giri, m. great mountain; -guna, a. having great virtues, very merito rious; very efficacious; -guru, a. very rever end person; -griha, n. great house; -gaurî, f. one of the nine forms of Durgâ; -graha, m. ep. of Râhu; -grâmá, m. great host (RV.1); large village; -grîva, a. long-necked (Siva); -ghata, m. large jar; -ghora, a. very terri ble; -ghosha, a. making a loud noise, thun dering (clouds); -½a&ndot;ga, a. having a large body or large limbs (Siva).

māyā	f. art, marvellous power (V.); artifice, device, trick; deceit, fraud; jugglery, witchcraft; illusory image, phantom; illu sion (in the Vedânta=the power which causes the world to appear as really existent and distinct from the universal soul): --°ree;, phan tom in the shape of; °ree;--, phantom, illusory, unreal; disguised; ep. of Durgâ; Fraud (personified as a daughter of Anrita and Adharma).

mārtāṇx{093c}ḍa	m. (sprung from a life less egg: mrita½anda), bird (RV.); bird in the sky, sun (RV.); statue of the sun-god.

miśraya	den. P. mix, mingle, combine, with (in.); add: pp. misrita, mixed, blended, with (--°ree;); promiscuous (taste). vi, mix up: pp. intermingled or combined with (in. or --°ree;).

mudraya	den. P. stamp; seal; print: pp. ita, sealed, stamped; bearing the impress or marks of (--°ree;); sealed with (sleep, --°ree;); printed; closed (eye, hand, flower); avoided. ud, unseal, break open(letter): pp. unmud- rita, released, liberated. vi, close or cork up; open, begin.

mūtraya	den. P. Â. make water; -upon (P.): pp. mûtrita, having made water. ava, make water upon.

mṛta	pp. √ 1. mri; m. dead man, corpse (also of animals); n. death; begging, begged food: -ka, m. n. dead man, corpse; n. a death; -kambala, m. winding-sheet; -kalpa, a. almost dead, insensible, in a trance; -kela, n. garment of the dead; -gâta, pp. born dead; -gîvana, a. (î) reviving the dead; -deha, m. dead body, corpse; -dhâra, a. bear ing a corpse; -niryâtaka, m. corpse-bearer; -pa, m. watcher of the dead; -purusha-sa rîra, n. human corpse; -pûrusha-deha, m. id.; -praga, a. whose children have died; -bhartrikâ, a. f. whose husband is dead; -mâ trika, a. whose mother is dead; -vat, ad. as if dead: âtmânam mritavat samdarsya, pretending to be dead, feigning death; -vas tra-bhrit, a. wearing the clothes of the dead; -sabda, m. report of any one's death; -sam- gîvana, a. bringing the dead to life; n., î, f. revival of a dead person; -samgîvin, a. re viving the dead, life-restoring; -strî, a. whose wife is dead; -hâra, -hârin, m. corpse-bearer.

maula	a. [from mûla] derived from roots (poison); ancient, of long standing (custom); aboriginal, indigenous (inhabitants); holding office from previous generations, hereditary (minister): (withpârthivâh, m. pl.= mûla-prakritayah); m. hereditary minister.

ya	prn. rel. (n. -d) who, that, which, what: nearly always followed by the ordinary correlative tad (± etad or idam) or less frequently idam (m. ayam), adas (m. asau), îdris, tâdrisa, etâvat (tathâ sts. corresponding to the n. yad); occasionally either the rel. or the corr. is dropped. Ya is sts. inaccurately employed in the sense of if any (one). Uses of the relative calling for special mention are the following: 1. Ya is often added (without the copula) to emphasize a subject (e.g. âtma parityâgena yad âsritânam rakshanam, tan nîtividâm na sammatam, protection of dependents at the sacrifice of one's own life is not approved by moralists).Sts. it is thus used without emphasis by the side of a simple subject (e. g. andhah sthaviras ka yah, a blind man and one who is old); rarely a nm. rel. of this kind=an ac. (e.g. sarvân rasân apo heta pasavo ye ka mânushâh, he should avoid selling all sorts of condiments, cattle, and human beings). The n. sg. yad of this emphatic rel. is frequently employed without regard to gender or number, when it may be translated by as for, as regards (e.g. asidhâ râvratam idam manye yad arinâ saha samvâ sah, as for dwelling with an enemy, that I consider as hard as the sword-blade vow); before a noun this yad=that is to say (Br.). Immediately following oratio recta ending with iti yad=at the thought that (cp. cj. yad). 2. Two relatives often occur in the same sentence, when the second may be translated by any (e.g. yad rokate yasmai, bhavet tat tasya sundaram, what pleases any one, that to him is beautiful). 3. The meaning of the rel. when repeated (sts. separated by hi) is generalised, ya ya being=whoever, whichever, whatever (followed by the doubled or single corr. tad). 4. Ya is often combined with other prns.: (a) w. tvam, sa, esha, ayam, asau; (b) w. aham (tvam, etc.): yo &zip; ham, I who=since I, or (after a question) that I; (c) w. tad, any soever: yad vâ tad vâ, any, any kind of; anything; (d) w. tvad=or any other (Br., rare); (e) w. intr. ka + ka (V., C., common), + kid (C., very common), + kid api (C., not common), + kana (E., rare), + vâ (C., rare), or + api (C., late, not yet in Manu), immediately following or sts. sepa rated (m. yah kás ka, kas kid, kas kid api, kas kana, ko vâ, or ko &zip; pi, n. yad kim ka, kim kid, kim kid api, kim kana, kim vâ or kim api), whoever, whatever, any soever, any one, no matter who.

yathākaniṣṭham	ad. according to age from the youngest upwards; -kartavya, fp. to be done according to the circumstances; n. proper course of action; -karmá, ad. according to the respective action or actions; -karma-gunam, ad. according to the actions and (three) qualities; -kalpam, ad. according to the ritual; -kândam, ad. according to the sections; -kâma-kâra, m. action according to one'sdesire; -k&asharp;mam (SB. ám), ad. according to wish, at will or pleasure, agreeably; leisurely; -kâma- gyeya, fp. to be oppressed at pleasure; -kâma-prayâpya, fp. to be sent away at pleasure; -kâma-vadhya, fp. to be chastised at pleasure; -kâma-vikârin, a. wandering about at will; -kâma½arkita½arthin, a. satis fying supplicants according to their desire; -kâmin, a. acting according to one's will, unrestrained; -kârya, fp. to be done according to circumstances; -kâla, m. proper time: -m, ad. at the right or usual time, seasonably; -kula-dharmam, ad. according to the family usage; -krita, pp. properly done (--°ree;); agreed upon: (á)-m, ad. as usual (RV.); as it hap pened; as agreed upon; -krama, °ree;--, -m, ena, in due order, successively; -kriyamâna, pr. pt. as being done, usual, customary; -ksham am, ad. according to one's power, as much as possible; -kshipram,ad. as possible; -½âkhyânam, ad. according to the statement, as before stated; -½âgata, pp. by which one came (way): -m, e-na, ad. by the way one came; -½âgama, a. orthodox: -m, ad. in accordance with tradition; -gunam, ad. according to the qualities or virtues; -griham, ad. into one's respective house; -gotra-kula-kalpam, ad. according to the usage of the family or the tribe; -½a&ndot;gám, ad. member by member; -½âkâram,ad. according to usage; -kintita, pp. previously intended; -kkhandas, ad. metre by metre; -gâta, pp. as if born into the world; stupid, foolish; -gosham, ad. to one's heart's content; -gñapta, pp. previously directed orordered; -gñapti, ad. according to command; -gñânam, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -gñeyam, ad. id.; -gyeshtham, ad. according to age from the eldest downwards, by seniority.

yathārtha	a. conformable to reality, appropriate (name), suitable; correct, true (also of a dream), in the true sense of the word (life): °ree;-or (á)-m, ad. in accordance with the object or need, suitably, fitly, appro priately; in accordance with reality, accu rately; at pleasure; -ka, a. correct; coming true (dream); -krita-nâman, a. appropriately named; -tattvam, ad. in accordance with the actual truth; -tas, ad.in accordance with truth; -tâ, f. appropriateness (of a name); -nâma-ka, a. bearing an appropriate name: -tva, n. appropriateness of name; -nâman, a. having an appropriate name; -½akshara, a. true to the letter; -½âkhya, a. bearing an appropriate name.

yuga	n. yoke (exceptionally m.); pair, couple; double stanza (forming one sen tence); race (of men); generation; period of life; period of five (sts. six) years; cosmic age (of which there are four: Krita orSatya, Tretâ, Dvâpara, and Kali).

rakṣā	f. protection, deliverance, preservation, of (--°ree; very common; rarely --°ree; =from, e. g. cold, or on, e. g. a journey); guard, sentinel; preservative, amulet, mysti cal object: -karandaka, n. magical preser vative casket; -griha, n. lying-in chamber; -½adhikrita, pp. entrusted with the protec tion (of the country etc.); m. appointed guardian; -½adhipati, m. head-constable; -parigha, m. protective bolt; -purusha, m. guard, watchman; -pradîpa, m. protec tive lamp (kept burning to keep off demons); -½abhyadhikrita, m. police official; -ma&ndot;gala, n. protective ceremony (against evil spirits); -mani, m. jewel used as a preservative (against demons): also fig. of a king; -mahaushadhi, f. sovran preservative herb (against demons); -ratna, n. preservative jewel (against de mons): -pradîpa, m. preservative jewel lamp (the gems in which serve as a protective light against demons); -vat, a. enjoying protec tion, protected by (in.); -sarshapa, m. mus tard seed as a preservative against demons.

rājapaṭṭa	m. kind of gem, dia mond of inferior quality; -patnî, f. consort of a king; -patha, m. royal road, highway; -paddhati, f. id.; -pitri, m. royal father; -putrá, 1. m. king's son, prince; Râjput (a mixed caste, offspring of Vaisya and Am bashthâ or Kshatriya and Karanî); son of the moon, planet Mercury: î, f. king's daugh ter, female Râjput; (r&asharp;ga)-putra, 2. a. hav ing kings as sons (RV.1); -putraka, m. king's son, prince: ikâ, f. princess; -putra-loka, m. assemblage of princes; -pums, m. royal servant or official; -pura, n. Kingstown, N. of a town; -purî, f. N. of a town; -pu rusha, m. king's man, royal servant or offi cial; -pûrusha, m. metr.=-purusha; -pau rushika, a. being in the service of a king; -prakriti, f. king's minister; -priyâ, f. mis tress of a king; mistress of the moon; -presh ya, m. king's servant; n. royal service; -bandin, m. N.; -bândhava, m. relation of a king: î, f. female relation of a king; -bîg in, a. of royal descent; -bhakti-puras krita, pp. distinguished by devotion to their king; -bhata, m. royal mercenary, soldier; -bhaya, n. fear of a king; danger from a king; -bhavana, n. royal palace; -bhâryâ, f. king's spouse; -bhrita, m. soldier; -bhri tya, m. king's servant; -bhauta, m. fool of a king; -bhratrí, m. king's brother; -mani, m. kind ofjewel; -mandira, n. royal palace; -mahishî, f. chief consort of a king; king's wife; -mâtri, f. king's mother, queen mother.

rājādana	m. [food of kings], a tree; -½âdesa, m. king's command; -½adhi kârin, m. judge; -½adhikrita, m. id.; -½adhi râga, m. paramount sovereign; -½adhishthâ na, n. royal residence, capital; -½adhîna, m. servant of a king; -½adhvan, m. king's road, highway.

riktha	n. [property left: √ rik] in heritance, bequest; property: -grâha, -bhâg in, -bhâg, -hara, -hârin, a. inheriting; m. heir; -½âda, a. inheriting; m. son.

laghukoṣṭha	a. having an empty stomach; -kaumudî, f. the short Kaumudî (an abridgement of the Siddhânta-kaumudî); -krama, a. having a quick step, hurrying: -m, ad. quickly; -gati, a. swift-paced; -kit ta, a. light-minded, fickle; -ketas, a. little minded, mean-spirited; -kkhedya, fp. easy to destroy (prob. incorr. for -½ukkhedya); -tâ, f., tva, n. activity, nimbleness; lightness; buoyancy, light-heartedness;prosodical shortness; smallness, shortness; insignificance; levity, thoughtlessness; lack of dignity, con tempt, degradation; -patana-ka, m. (swift flying), N. of a crow; -parikrama, a. mov ing quickly; -pâka, a. growing old quickly; easily digested; -pâtin, a. (flying quickly), N. of a crow; -pramâna, a. short; -pra yatna, a. pronounced with slight effort; -bhâ va, m. ease; -bhug, a. eating little; -mûla, a. having insignificant roots, insignificant at the beginning; -vikrama, m. quick step; a. quick-footed; -vivara-tva, n. narrowness of aperture; -vritti, a. of a light nature, light; frivolous: -tâ, f. levity; -sattva, a. having a weak character; -samutthâna,a. rising up quickly, prompt; -sâra, a. insignificant, worthless; -hasta, a. light-handed, adroit (of archers, scribes, etc.): -tâ, f., -tva, n. adroitness of hand, dexterity; -hârîta, m. abridged Hârîta (author of a law-book).

lokācāra	m. ways of the world, general custom; -½âtman, m. soul of the world; -½âdi, m. (beginning=) creator of the world; -½âdhâra, a. supported by or depen dent on the people; -½adhipa,m. lord of the world, god; -½anugraha, m. welfare of the world or people; -½anurâga, m. love of man kind, universal love; -½anuvritta, n. obedi ence of the people; -½anuvritti, f. dependence on other people; -½antara, n. the other world: -m gam or yâ, go to the other world, die: -sukha, n. felicity in the next world; -½an tarika, a. (î) dwelling or situated between the worlds; -½antarita, pp. deceased; -½apa vâda, m. censure of the world, public re proach; -½abhyudaya, m. welfare of the world; -½âyata, pp. (restricted to the material world), materialistic; m. materialist; n. ma terialism, doctrine of Kârvâka: i-ka, m. materialist; man of the world, î-kri, regard as materialistic; -½aloka, n. sg. & m. du. the world and the non-world; m. N. of the mythi cal mountainous belt (light on the one side and dark on the other) which separates the visible world from the world of darkness; -½âlokin, a. surveying the worlds; -½aveksha- na, n. care of the people.

vaḍabā	f. mare; Vivasvat's wife, who in the form of a mare became the mother of the Asvins; female slave (rare); prostitute (rare); N.: -½agni, m. submarine fire (sup posed to be situated at the south pole); -½anala, m. id.; -bhartri, m. the mythical steed Ukkaihsravas; -mukha, n. mare's mouth=entrance of hell at the south pole; a. ± agni, m. the submarine fire; -vaktra, n.=-mukha; -hutabhug, m.=-½agni; -hrita,(pp.) m. kind of slave.

varayuvati	f. beautiful maiden; -yogya, fp. worthy of a boon; fit for a husband, marriageable; -yoshit, f. beautiful woman; -ra, a. granting boons; -ruki, a. fond of boons (Siva); m. N. of a poet, physician, grammarian, and lexicogra pher, sts. identified with Kâtyâyana, and enumerated among the nine gems at the court of Vikramâditya; -varana, n. choice of a boon; choice of a bridegroom; -varna, m. (?) gold; -varnin, a. having a beautiful com plexion: -î, f. fair-faced, beautiful, or excel lent woman; ep. of Durgâ; -vrita, pp. chosen as a boon.

vāpa	m. [√ 1. vap] shearing, shaving (only --°ree; with krita-); -ana, n. causing oneself to be shaved, shaving; -aya, cs. of √ vap and of √ 1. vâ.

vikramatuṅga	m. N. of two kings; -nidhi, m. N. of a warrior; -patta na, n. Vikrama's city, Uggayinî; -pati, m. =Vikrama½âditya; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bâhu, m. N. of various kings; -râga, m. N. of a king; -lâñkhana, m.=Vikrama½âditya; -sakti, m. N. of various warriors; -simha, m. N. of various kings; -sena, m. id.; -sthâ na, n. walking-place, promenade; -½a&ndot;ka, m. =Vikramâditya: -deva,m. id.: -karita, n. Adventures of Vikramâ&ndot;ka-deva, T. of a poem; -½âditya, m. Sun of Valour, N. of various kings, esp. of one accounted the conqueror of the Sakas and founder of the Vikrama era (56 b. c.).

vikrīḍa	m. playground; toy: â, f. play, sport; -krîdita, (pp.) n. play, sport; child's play, action performed with the great est ease; -krîta, pp. (√ krî) sold; n. sale; -krushta, pp. (√ krus) n. cry for help; -kre tavya, fp. [√ krî] to be sold, salable; -kre tri, m. seller; -kreya, fp. to be sold, vendi ble; n. (?) selling price; -krosa, m. cry, -for help; -krósana, m. N. of a mythical being; N. of a king; -kroshtri, m. one who calls out or cries for help.

vicakṣaṇa	a. conspicuous, visi ble, clear, bright (V.); distinct, perceptible (S.); clear-sighted, discerning, experienced, clever, wary, wise, in (lc., --°ree;; ord. mg.; mostly C.): (a)-tva, n.discernment, wisdom, -m manya, a. considering oneself wise, -vat, a. connected with the word vikakshana; -ka kshus, a. eyeless, blind; -kákshe, d. inf. (√ kaksh) to discern (RV.); -kandra, a. moon less; -kaya, m.search; examination; -kara- na, n. 1. motion; 2. footless; -karanîya, fp. n. imps. one should act; -karita, n. wander ing, roaming; (ví)-karshani, a. very active (RV.); -kalana, n. wandering from place to place; boastfulness.

vidura	a. intelligent, wise; versed in (--°ree;); m. N. of a son of Vyâsa and younger brother of Dhritarâshtra and Pându.

vidhidṛṣṭa	pp. (seen in=) pre scribed by rule; -pûrvakam, -pûrvam, ad. according to rule, duly; -mantra-puras kritam, ad. in accordance with rule and to the accompaniment of spells; -yagña, m.sacrifice performed according to rule; -yoga, m. observance of a rule; dispensation of fate: ab. or -tas, according to the ruling of fate; -lopa, m. transgression of a commandment; -vat, ad. according to rule, duly; -vadhû, f. Brahman's wife, Sarasvatî; -viparyaya, m. contrariety of fate, misfortune.

vinā	prp. (very rare in V.) without, except (with preceding or following ac., in., rarely ab., exceptionally --°ree;): -krita, pp. separated from, deprived or bereft of, lack ing, free from (in., ab., --°ree;); -kritya, gd. with out; -bhûta, pp. separated from, bereft of (in.).

vinirgama	m. going out (of), departure, from (ab.); -ghosha, m. sound; -gaya, m. victory; -naya, m. ascertainment; decision, authoritative settlement, of (g., --°ree;); -desya, fp. to be announced orreported; -bandha, m. persistence in (--°ree;); -mala, a. extremely pure; -mâna, n. measuring out; formation; erection; building; -mâtri, m. fashioner, creator; -miti, f. formation, crea tion; erection; -mukti, f.deliverance from (--°ree;); -moksha, m. id.; exclusion from (--°ree;).

vibhaṅga	m. contraction (of the brows); furrow; interruption, stoppage, frus tration; deception; wave; -bhaganîya, fp. to be distributed; -bhaya, n. freedom from danger; a. exposed to no danger; -bhava, a. rich (E., rare); m. omnipresence (rare); development (rare); might, power, majesty, greatness, exalted position (ord. mg.); wealth, property; luxury: -tas, according to rank (dr.); according to one'specuniary circum stances, -mati, m. N. of a princess, -vat, a. wealthy; -bhavin, a. id.; -bh&asharp;, a. shin ing (V.); f. splendour, beauty (C.): -kara, m. (light-maker), sun; king; -bhâgá, m. V.: distribution, apportionment; C.: parti tion of inheritance; division; share, in (--°ree;); portion, constituent part; numerator of a fraction; separation, distinction, difference: in. separately, singly, in detail: -rekhâ, f. boundary line between (g.), -vat-tâ, f. separation, distinction, -sas, ad. part by part, in parts, singly; according to (--°ree;).

viṣayaka	a. having -as its ob ject, regarding (--°ree;); -grâma, m. world of sense; -gña, a. specialist; -tâ, f. being the object of (g.); relation to, dependence on (--°ree;); -tva, n. being the object of, occurrence or treat ment in (--°ree;); limitation of anything (g.) to (--°ree;); relation to, dependence on, liability to (--°ree;); -vat, a. directed to objects of sense; objective; -vartin, a. directed to (g.); -vâsin, a. dwelling in a country; m. inhabitant; -½âtmaka, a. directed to objects of sense, in dulging in sensual pleasures; -½adhikrita, (pp.) m. governor of a province; -½adhipa, m. id.; king; -½anta, m. boundary of the country.

viṣādin	a. swallowing poi son; -½anna, n. poisoned food; -½apaha, a. destroying poison; -½amrita-maya, a. (î) hav ing the nature of poison and nectar (girl).

visūtra	a. [stringless, loose], con fused, disordered; disconcerted; -sûtrana, n. [vi-sûtraya] throwing into confusion; driv ing away; -sûtra-tâ, f. confusion, disorder; mental confusion; -sûtrita, pp., v.sûtraya; -sûrana, n. sorrow (Pr.).

visphāra	m. opening wide, ex pansion; twang of a bow; -sphârita, cs. pp. √ sphar; -sphuta, a. gaping; -sphuli&ndot;ga, m. spark; -sphûrga, m. roaring; -sphûrg athu, m. roaring of (waves, --°ree;); sudden manifestation of (--°ree;); -sphûrgita, pp. √ sphûrg; n. roar; sudden manifestation of (--°ree;); -sphota, m. crash (rare); blister, boil: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. boil, blister.

vaikṛtya	n. [vikrita] modification, alteration; deterioration, degeneration; por tent; repulsiveness; hostility.

vaiparītya	n. [viparîta] contra riety, opposition, reverse.

vyatikara	m. [√ krî] mixture, blending, intermingling, contact, confluence, union; engaging in, undertaking (--°ree;); acci dent, misfortune, calamity: --°ree; a. combined or united with: -vat,a. mixed, of different kinds; -karita, den. pp. mixed with, per vaded by (in., --°ree;); -krama, m. passing by, deviating, swerving, or escaping from (g.); violation, infringement, neglect, or non performance of (g. or --°ree;); offence, transgression, against (g., --°ree;); inverted order (rare); -kramana, n. transgression against any one (--°ree;); -kramin, a. transgressing against any one (--°ree;); -krânta, pp. √ kram; n.transgression, offence; -krânti, f. transgression against (--°ree;); -rikta-tâ, f. difference; -reka, m. separateness; exclusion, exception; nega tive; contradistinction or opposition to; con trast, antithesis (rh.): in., ab., --°ree;, to the exclusion of, excepting, without (--°ree;); -rekin, a. excluding, negativing (--°ree;); -rekana, n. con trasting (in a comparison); -la&ndot;gin, a. slipping off; -sha&ndot;ga, m. reciprocal connexion, relation; entanglement; conflict (of armies); interchange (rare); -sha&ndot;gin, a. attached or clinging to (--°ree;); -hâra, m. interchange; alternation, reciprocity.

vyāja	m. (n.) [√ añg] deceit, fraud; deception, pretence, semblance, pretext: °ree;--, treacherously, deceitfully; to all appearance, in appearance only, simulated, deceitful; in., ab. under the pretext or guise of (--°ree;); --°ree; a. having only the appearance of, appearing in the form of: -nidrita, pp. feigning sleep; -maya, a. (î) simulated, hypocritical.

vyāpāda	m. ruin, destruction, death; evil intent: -ka, a. fatal (disease); -pâdana, n. destruction, killing, death by (--°ree;); -pâda nîya, fp. to be destroyed or killed: -tâ, f. necessity of being killed; -pâdayitavya, fp. to be destroyed or killed; -pâra, m. [√ 3. pri] occupation, employment, business, con cern; action, operation, function; exertion, effort; --°ree;, occupation with, practice of etc.; sâyakânâm--,business of arrows (i. e. to hit the mark); -m kri, render good offices in a matter (tatra); perform the business of (g.); meddle in (other people's affairs, lc.); -m vrag, interfere with (lc.); -pâra-ka, a. (--°ree;) having -as a function; -pâra-vat, a. effec tive: -tâ, f. possession of the function of (--°ree;); -pâra-sata, n. hundred attempts; -pârita, cs. pp. √ 3. pri; -pârin, a. occupied with (--°ree;); m. workman.

vyāsedha	m. hindrance, interrup tion; -hata-tva, n. contradictoriness; -hati, f. logical contradiction; -hanasya, a. ex tremely lecherous (Br.); -hantavya, fp. to be transgressed; -harana, n.utterance; -har tavya, fp. to be told to (lc.); -hâra, m. utter ance, discourse, conversation; talk about (--°ree;); song (of birds); humourous remark (dr.): -maya, a. (î) consisting of speeches or dis courses about (--°ree;); -hârin, a. (--°ree;) speaking, talking; singing (bird); resounding with; -hâvam, abs. separating by the interposition of the Âhâva (Br.); (&asharp;)-hrita, pp. √ hri; n. speaking, talking, discourse; inarticulate speech (of animals), song (of birds); (&asharp;)-hriti, f. utterance, declaration, statement; mystical exclamation (of formulae consisting of dis connected words, esp. the three bhûr bhuvah svar).

śāstra	n. RV.1, C.: command, pre- cept; C.: instruction, advice, good counsel; rule, theory; compendium, institutes (of any branch of learning), code, scientific or canon ical work, scripture; learning (rare): -kâ ra, -krit, m. author of a treatise; -gañga, m. N. of a parrot; -kakshus, a. having authoritative works as eyes (king); -gña, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; m. specialist; -tas, ad. according to prescribed rules; -darsana, n. mention in an authori tative work: ab. according to prescription; -drishta, pp. (seen=) mentioned or pre scribed in the treatises, scientific, according to precept or rule; -mati, a. trained, learned; m.specialist; -vat, ad. according to prescribed rules; -vargita, pp. subject to no law; -vâ da, m. statement of the treatises; -vâdin, m. teacher; -vid, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; -½atiga, a. offending against theSâstras; -½adhyâpaka, m. teacher; -½an anushthâna, n. neglect of instructive works.

śiras	n. head; summit, peak, top; front, van (of an army); head, chief, first; N. of the verse &open;âpo gyotir âpo &zip; mritam&close;: siro dâ, give up one's (head=) life; -dhri, hold up one's head; -vah, hold one's head high, be proud; -vartaya, hold out one's head, declare oneself ready for punishment (when an opponent has cleared himself in an ordeal); sirasâ kri, grah, or dhâ, place on the head; -dhri, bhri, orvah, hold or carry on the head; -kri, receive reverently, honour; -gam, yâ, pra-nam, pra-ni-pat, touch with one's head, bow down; sirasi kri or ni dhâ, place on one's head; -sthâ, be on the head; hang over the head of, be imminent; stand at the head of=far above (g.).

śītkāra	m. the sound sît (indica tive of a thrill of pleasure; also of the sound of squirted water and as an exclamation of pain; sts. written sîtkâra); -kârin, a. utter ing the sound sît; -krita, n.utterance of the sound sît.

śūkāra	m. scaring with the cry sû (V.); (s&usharp;)-krita, pp. (V.) scared with the cry sû; n. urging, spurring of a horse (RV.1).

śruta	(pp.) n. what has been heard or learnt, tradition, learning, sacred knowledge; hearing; instruction: -dhara, a. retaining what one has heard, having a good memory; m. ear; N.; -dhi, m. N.; -pâraga, a. ex tremely learned; -pûrva, a. previously heard, known by hearsay, by (in., g.), from (ab.); -bandhu, m. N. of a Vedic poet; -vat, pp. act. having heard anything (ac.); learned; -vardhana, m. N. of a physician; -vismrita, pp. heard and forgotten; -vritta½upapanna, pp. endowed with learning and virtue; -sar man, m. N.; -sîla, n. du. learning and con duct: -vat, a. learned and honourable, -sam panna, pp. id., -½upa-sampanna,pp. id.; -sena, m. N. of a king.

śrīla	a. beautiful; eminent, famous: -tâ, f. eminence, high position and creeper of high rank (srî-latâ); -lekhâ, f. N. of a prin cess; -vatsa, m. kind of figure, sp. tuft or curl of hair of this shape on the breast of Vishnu or Krishna and of other deities; -vabhâsa, (?) m. N.; -vardhana, m. N.; -vâ sa, m. (pleasant scent), resin of the Pinus longifolia, turpentine; -visâla, a. abounding in prosperity; -vriksha, m. sacred fig-tree(Ficus religiosa); kind of mark, curl of hair of this shape on the breast of a horse (rare); -vrikshak-in, a. having a curl of hair on the breast; -saila, m. N. of various moun tains; -shena, m. N.; -samgrâma, m. N. of a college; -svâmin, m. N.; -harsha, m. N. of a king, reputed author of the Ratna valî and the Naishadha-karita.

saṃśayita	pp. √ sî; n. doubt, un certainty; -sayitavya, fp. dubious; -saya½u pamâ, f. comparison expressed in the form of a doubt; -sarana, n. taking refuge with any one; -sânti, f. extinction;-sita, pp. √ sâ: -vâk, a. speaking sharply, -½âtman, a. firmly resolved; -siti, f. sharpening (Br.); -sîta, a. cold; -sîti, f. doubt; -sîlana, n. practice; frequent intercourse with (in.); -suddhi, f. purity; -sushka, a. dried up, dry, withered, sere, emaciated; -soka-ga, a. produced from moist heat; m. vermin pro duced from damp heat; -sodhana, a. (î) purifying; n. purification; -sraya, m. con nexion, association with (g., --°ree;); league for mutual protection; refuge, shelter, protec tion, asylum; residence, habitation; reference, relation; resorting to (lc., --°ree;; rare); recourse, addiction or devotion to: ab. in consequence of (--°ree;); with the help of, by means of (--°ree;): --°ree; a. dwelling, living in, staying with (a teacher), standing in (a boat), being in or on, growing (tree) near; relating or referring to; devoted to, practising; -srayanîya, fp. to be resorted to, -taken refuge with: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -srayitavya, fp. to be sought refuge in (fortress); -srayin, a. having sought the protection or entered the service of any one; dwelling, resting or standing in, being in or on (--°ree;); m.dependent, servant; -srava, m. hearing; ear-shot (lc. within hearing of, g.); promise; -sravana, n. hearing, -about (--°ree;); ear-shot: lc. within hearing, aloud; (sám)- srita, pp. √ sri; m. dependent, servant: -vat, pp. act. clinging to, having wedded (in.); -sri tavya, fp. incorr. for -srayitavya; -slish- ta-karman, a. in whose actions good and evil are not kept apart, indifferent as to the morality of his actions; -slesha, m. con nexion, union, contact, with (in., --°ree;); em brace: -m labh, attain; -sleshana, n. con necting; means of binding together, bond; -sleshin, a. connecting.

saṃspardhā	f. rivalry, jealousy; -spardhin, a. vying with (--°ree;); jealous; -spar- sá, m. touch, contact (with, --°ree;); -sparsana, a. touching; n. contact; -sparsin, a. touch ing; -spris, a. id.; -sphota,m. concussion; -smarana, n. remembering, recollecting; -smaranîya, fp. to be remembered, living in remembrance only; -smartavya, fp. to be remembered; -smriti, f. remembrance, of (g., --°ree;): -m labh, remember; -smrita½upa-sthita, pp. appearing as soon as remem bered; -sravá, m. conflux; confluent re mainder of liquids (V.); flowing water; -sravana, n. in garbha-, miscarriage; -srâ vá, m. conflux (V.); accumulation of matteretc. (C.); remainder, dregs (V.); -sveda, m. sweat: -ga, a. pl. produced from moist heat (vermin etc.).

sakhī	f. female companion or friend (of a woman); beloved; sharer of, participator in (--°ree;): -ka, --°ree; a. id.; -gana-samâvrita, pp. surrounded by the company of her female friends; -gana, m.female friend (of a woman): also coll.

saṃkaṭa	a. [put together: Pr.= krita] contracted, narrow; dense, impervious (forest); difficult, critical; --°ree;, full of (danger ous things); N.; Slender, N. of a gander; n. contracted space, narrow passage, defile; strait, difficulty, critical condition, distress, danger (to, from, --°ree;): â-ya, den. Â. grow too narrow; become contracted, grow less; -ka thana, n. conversation, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;); -kathâ, f.conversation, talk, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;), about (--°ree;); -kara, m. commingling, mixture; intermixture of castes by unequal marriages (=varna-); action equivalent to the mixture of castes (sts. n. in E.); mixture of figures of speech: -krityâ, f. act degrading to a mixed caste, î-karana, n. act which degrades to the position of a mixed caste; -karshana, m. Plougher, ep. of Halâyudha, elder brother of Krishna, among Vishnu wor shippers identified with the second person in the quaternity of Purushottama (=the soul); n. extraction; means of uniting; -kalana, n. putting or holding together; n., â, f. addi tion; -kalita, pp. added together.

saccandrikā	f. splendid moon light; -karita, n. good conduct; a. well conducted, virtuous; -karitra, n. good con duct; -karyâ, f. id.; -kâra, m. good spy; -kid-ânanda, m. pl. existence, thought, and bliss; a. consisting of existence, thought, and bliss; designation of the supreme impersonal spirit: -maya, a. id.; -kin-maya, a. con sisting in being and thinking.

saṃjaya	a. victorious (V.); m. vic tory (Br.); kind of military array (C.); N., esp. of Dhritarâshtra's charioteer; -galpa, m. conversation, talk; -gavana, n.(?) quadrangle.

saṃcaya	m. sg. & pl. accumulation, hoard, store, wealth, quantity, collection; gathering, collecting (rare): d. in order to have more; -kayana, n. gathering, collecting; -kaya-vat, a. possessed of wealth, rich; -kay ika, a. having provisions (only --°ree;); -kará, a. go ing about (mûrti-, with a body=incarnate); together, simultaneous (V.); m. place for walk ing, road, path, passage; evolution (in Sâ&ndot; khya phil.); -kárana, a. (î) suitable for going on, passable, converging (V.); n. navigation (of the sea: ac.; RV.); motion, from (ab.), in (lc., --°ree;), by means of (--°ree;); -karishnu, a. moving about, roaming; -karvana, n. chew ing; -kalana, n. trembling, quaking; -kâra, m. walking about, wandering, roaming, driv ing; motion; transit, passage; entrance, portal; transition or transference to (--°ree;); track (of wild animals), road (rare): -ka, m.guide; -kâranîya, fp. to be wandered through; -transferred to (lc.); -kârita, cs. pp. (√ kar) set in motion, worked; -kârin, a. (n-î) walk ing about, wandering, roaming, moving, mov able (in, lc., --°ree;); penetrating into (--°ree;); trans mitted, infectious, hereditary (disease); com ing in contact with, contiguous to (in.); carried with one (umbrella); being in, en gaged with (--°ree;); accessory (sentiment, etc.); taking with one (--°ree;);-kârya, fp. accessible (in a-); produced by (--°ree;); -kikîrshu, des. a. intending to perform; -kiti, f. piling; col lecting, saving; -kintya, fp. to be considered; -regarded as (-vat); -kinu½âna-ka, a. oc cupied with collecting(wealth); -keya, fp. to be accumulated; -kodayitavya, fp. to be urged on; -khettri, m. dispeller (of doubts).

satkathā	f. good conversation or tale; -kartri, m. benefactor; -karman, n. good work, virtuous act; a. performing good actions; -kalâ, f. fine art; -kavi, m. good or true poet: -tva, n. true poetic gift;-kâra, m. sg., pl. kind treatment, hospitable recep tion, hospitality; praise, favour (of a king, --°ree;): -½arha, a. worthy of hospitable treat ment; -kârya, fp. effected; deserving of honour or hospitality; n. necessary exist ence of the effect (as inherent in the cause: in Sâ&ndot;khya phil.): -vâda, m. theory of the actual existence of the effect, -vâdin, m. ad herent of this theory; -kâvya, n. good poem; -kîrti, f. good reputation; a. having a --; -kula, n. good or noble family; a. belonging to a --; -krita, pp. honoured, treated hos pitably; n. honourable reception; -kriti, f. kind treatment, hospitable reception, hos pitality; -kritya, gd. having entertained hospitably; -kriyâ, f. putting in order, pre paration (rare); sg., pl. kind treatment, hos pitable reception, hospitality (ord. mg.); cele bration (of a wedding, --°ree;); -kshetra, n. good field.

satyaka	m. N.; -karman, n. vera city; a. whose actions are true (RV.1); (á) kâma, a. truth-loving (V.); m. N. (V.); -gir, a. true to his word; -m-kâra, m. promise: -krita, pp. delivered as earnest-money;-gâ, a. born of truth (Br.); -gít, a. truly vic torious, conquering by truth (V.); m. N.; -tas, ad. in truth, truly, really; -t&asharp;, f. reality, truth (Br., C.); love of truth, veracity (C.): agrya-satyatâm gam, be recognised inone's true character; (á)-tâti, f. reality: lc. â, in reality (RV.1); a. making true (RV.1); -ti tikshâ-vat, a. truthful and patient; -tva, n. reality; -darsin, a. seeing or discerning the truth; -dris, a. id.; -dhana, a. rich in truth, exceedingly truthful; -dhara, m. N.; -dhar ma, m. law of truth: -patha, m. path of eter nal truth, -parâyana, a. devoted to truth and virtue; (á)-dharman, a. whose ordinances are true (V.); adhering to or speaking the truth (S.); (á)-dhriti, a. sincere in purpose; strictly truthful; m. N.; -nâma-tâ, f. cor rectness of name; -nâman, a. having a correct name, entitled to one's name; -parâkrama, a. truly valiant, heroic or mighty (person); -bhâmâ, f. N. of a daughter of Satrâgit and one of the wives of Krishna; -bhâshana, n. speaking of truth; (á)-mantra, a. whose words are true (RV.); (á)-manman, a. whose thoughts are true (V.); -maya, a. (î) consisting of truth, truthful; -mrishâ-viveka, m. discrimination of truth and falsehood; -yuga, n. first or Krita age; (á)-yoni, a. hav ing a permanent abode (RV.1); (á)-râdhas, a. bestowing real blessings, truly beneficent (RV.); -rûpa, a. whose appearance is true; credible, probable; -loka, m. world of truth (highest of the seven worlds); -vakana, n. speaking of truth; giving of a promise, solemn assurance; a. speaking the truth; -vat, a. true, truthful; containing the word satya (Br.): m. N.: -î, f. N. of the wife of Parâsara (Samtanu) and mother of Vyâsa; -vadana, n. speaking of truth: -sîla, a. habi tually truthful; -vara, incorr. for sattva vara; -varman, m. N.;-vâkya, n. true speech; a. true of speech; -v&asharp;k, f. true speech (C.); assurance (RV.); a. truthful; -vâkaka, a. speaking the truth, truthful; -vâd-ín, a. id.: (-i)-tâ, f., (-i)-tva, n. truth fulness; -vâhana, a. conveying the truth (dream); -vikrama, a. truly valiant; -vya vasthâ, f. ascertainment of the truth; -vra ta, n. vow of truthfulness; a. strictly truthful; m. N.; -sîla, a. addicted to truth; (á)-sush ma, a. truly valiant (V.); (á)-sravas, n. true renown (V.); m. N.; -srâvana, n. tak ing a solemn oath; -srut, a. listening to the truth (RV.); -samrakshana, n. keeping one's word; -samhita, a. true to one's agreement or promise (Br.); (á)-samkalpa, a. whose purpose is true (=realised); -samgara, a. keeping one's promise; -sad, a.=rita-sad; (á)-samdha, a. true to engagements, keeping one's agreement or promise; m. N.: -tâ, f. fidelity to one's promise, trustworthiness; -sâkshin, m.veracious witness; -stha, a. holding fast to the truth, keeping one's word; -½ânanda, m. true bliss: -kid-âtman, m. true bliss and pure intellect; -½anritá, n. du. truth and falsehood (V.); sg. du. practice of truth and falsehood, trade, commerce (C.).

satya	a. actual, real, genuine, true; successful, effectual (invocation), realised (wish); trustworthy, faithful, sincere; valid (agreement): -m kri, make true, fulfil; (á)-m, ad. truly, really, actually, indeed, certainly, rightly; very well (in answers); it is true (also w. tu, kim tu, tathâ½api, but, yet); yat satyam, indeed, certainly; m. ninth Kalpa or cosmic period; ep. of Krishna; N. of a certain genius; N.; n. reality, truth; truth fulness, veracity; promise, oath, word; first age (=krita); N. of the highest of the seven worlds: -m ka te gñâtvâ, having ascer tained the truth about you (i. e. that you are actually so); -m kikîrshamâna, wishing to keepone's word; tena satyena, on the strength of that truth, so truly; yathâ -tena or evam satyena, as certainly -so truly; â, f. ep. of Durgâ; abbreviated for Satyabhâmâ.

sadyobala	a. instantly invigorat ing: -kara, a. id., -hara, a. instantly de priving of strength; -bhava, a. instantly appearing (chasm); -mâmsa, n. fresh meat; -mrita, pp. recently deceased.

samāvartana	n. return home (of a pupil after the completion of his reli gious studies); -vaha, a. bringing, producing (--°ree;); -(â)vâya, m. metr. for -(a)vâya; -vâ sa, m. abode, habitation; -vritti,f.=-âvar tana; -vesa, m. entering; absorption in (--°ree;); simultaneous occurrence, co-existence (ord. mg.); agreement with (--°ree;); -sraya, m. con nexion with (--°ree;); shelter, refuge, asylum (ord. mg.); dwelling-place, habitation; re lation, reference (rare); resorting to (--°ree;): ab. in consequence of, owing to; a. (--°ree;) dwelling or situated in; relating to; -sraya- na, n. resorting or attaching oneself to (--°ree;); -srayanîya, fp.to be sought refuge with; taken service with; m. master (opp. samâ srita, servant); -srayin, a. occupying, ob taining possession of (--°ree;); -srita, pp. √ sri; m. servant: -tva, n. having betaken oneself to (the protection of, --°ree;); -slesha, m. em brace; -svâsa, m. recovery of breath, relief, encouragement; consolation; -svâsana, n. encouraging, comforting; consolation; -svâs ya, fp. to be consoled.

sarpis	n. [gliding, melting: √ srip] clarified butter, ghee (=ghrita) either fluid or solid (sts. pl.).

sānumat	a. having a ridge or plateau (mountain); m. mountain: -î, f. N. of an Apsaras; -½anurâga, a. attached, af fectionate; enamoured, of (lc.); -½anusaya, a. repenting; irritable; having a remnant of the consequences of action which brings the soul from the other world to the earth; -½anû kâsa, a. together with the after-shine; -½anû pa, a. having well-watered soil; -½antaka, a. together with Yama.

sāmi	ad. too soon, prematurely (V.); incompletely, partially, half (V., C.: often °ree; with pp., e.g. sâmi-krita, half-finished).

sukaṇṭha	a. (î) sweet-voiced: î, f. N. of an Apsaras; -kathâ, f. beautiful story; -kany&asharp;, f. N. of a daughter of Saryâta and wife of Kyavana (Br., C.); -kára, a. easily done, easy, for (g.), to (inf.): -tva, n. easi ness, feasibleness, -samdhi, a. easily united; -kárman, a. expert (V.); virtuous (C.); m. artificer (V.); -kalatra, n. good wife; -kavi, m. good poet; -kânta, pp. very handsome (youth); -kâlin, m. pl. a class of Manes; -kimsuká, a. adorned with Kimsuka flowers (car of Sûryâ; RV.1); -kîrtí, f. worthy praise (RV.); a. easily praised (RV.); m. N. of the composer of RV. X, 131 and of that hymn; -kukâ, a. f. having beautiful breasts; -ku mâra, a. (î) very tender or delicate; m. tender youth: -tva, n. tenderness, -½a&ndot;gî, a. f. very delicate-limbed; -kula, n. noble family; a. sprung from a noble family: -ga, -ganman, a. id., -tâ, f. noble birth;-kulîna, a. well-born; -kûrkura, m. N. of a demon injurious to children; -krit, a. doing good, benevolent; righteous, pious; m. pl. the Pious deceased, the Fathers who enjoy the reward of virtue in the other world (V.); 1.-kritá, n. good deed, meritorious act, righteousness, virtue, moral merit (V., C.); benefit, bounty, friendly aid, favour (C.); world of virtue, heaven (V., rare); a. well done (RV.1); 2. (sú)-krita, pp. well done, made, orexecuted; well-formed, adorned, fine: w. karman, n. good work; w. loká, m.= sukritasya loka, world of righteousness (V.); -krita-karman, n. good or meritorious act; a. doing good deeds, virtuous; -krita-krit, a. id.; -krita-bhâg, a. meritorious; -krita½ar tha, a. having fully attained one's object; -kriti, f. good conduct; a. righteous, vir tuous; -kritin, a. doing good actions, vir tuous; prosperous, fortunate; cultivated, wise; -kritya, n.good work to be done, duty; good action; -krity&asharp;, f. (RV.) ex pertness; right conduct, virtue; -krishta, pp. well-ploughed; -kéta, a. benevolent (V.); m. N. of an Âditya (V.); -ketú, a. radiant (dawn; RV.1); m. N. of a prince of the Yak shas and of various kings (C.): -sutâ, f. daughter of Suketu, Tâdakâ; -ketri, m. a personification (identified with the sun); -kesa, a. (î) beautiful-haired; -kesânta, a. having fair locks; -komala, a. very soft or tender; -krátu, a. skilful, wise (gods; RV.); -klesa, a. very distressing; -kshatrá, a. (V.) ruling well (gods); conferring power (wealth); -kshatriya, a. good Kshatriya; -kshití, f. (V.) good abode, security, refuge; -kshétra, n. fine field, good soil; a. affording a fair field or dwelling-place; having fair fields; -kshetriy&asharp;, f. desire of fair fields (RV.1); -kshobhya, fp. easily agitated.

sucakra	a. having good wheels; m. good chariot (RV.); -kákshas, a. having good sight, keen-sighted (V.); -katura, a. very expert; -karita, pp. well-performed (vow); n. (sú-) sg. pl. good conduct, virtuous actions (V., C.); a. well-conducted (C.): -vrata, a. having performed his vow thoroughly, -½ar tha-pada, a. having well-selected sense and words (speech); -kintita, pp. well-consi dered; -kira, a. very long (of time): -m, in., °ree;--, ad. for a very long while; ab. after a very long time; -kétas, a. intelligent, sa pient; benevolent; -ketú, m. grace: only in. ú-nâ, graciously (RV.); -gana, m. good or benevolent man or person (sts. referring to a f.): svabhâva-sugano ganah, good-na tured man; -gana-tâ, f. good nature, geni ality, benevolence; -gana-tva, n. id.; -ga na½âkara, m. N.; -gániman, a. creating fair things (RV.); -gánman, a. id. (V.); of noble or auspicious birth (C.); -gaya, m. great victory; a. easy to conquer; -gala, a. having good water; (sú)-gâta (or á), pp. V.: well born or produced, of excellent kind or nature; nobly born, noble; of genuine birth; C.: well-formed, beautiful (ord. mg.); genuine, sincere (rare); not born in vain (v. r. sa gâtah); -gâta-vaktra, m. N. of a teacher (S.); -gâta½a&ndot;gî, a. f. having well-formed limbs; -gita-srama, a. getting over exertions well, indefatigable; -gihvá, a. (RV.) fair tongued; sweet-voiced; -gîrna, pp. well worn, ragged; well-digested: -sata-khanda maya, a. (î) consisting of a hundred worn out rags; -gîva, n. imps. it is easy for (g.) to live;-gîvita, a. living happily.

sudhā	f. [good drink: √ 2. dhâ] beverage of the gods, nectar; milk (rare); mortar, plaster: -½amsu, m. (having rays of nectar), moon; -½âkara, m. mine of nectar; moon; -dîdhiti, m. moon; -drava, m. white-wash; -dhavala, a. white with plaster, white-washed; white as plaster; -dhavalita, den. pp. whitened with plaster, white-washed; -dhâman, m. moon; -dhârâ, f. stream of nectar; -dhauta, pp. white-washed; -pûra, m. stream of nectar; -bhitti, f. white-washed wall; -bhug, -bhogin, m. (feeding on nectar), god; -maya, a. (î) containing or consisting of nectar; -½amrita, n. nectar; -ras mi, m. moon; -rasa, m. nectar; a.tasting. like nectar: -maya, a. (î) consisting of or containing nectar; -½avadâta, pp. white-washed; white as plaster; -varsha, n. shower of nectar; -subhra, a. white-washed; -½âsâ ra, m. shower of nectar; -sita, a. white-washed; white as plaster: -tâ, f. whiteness of plaster; -sindhu, m. ocean of nectar; -sûti, m. moon; -seka, m. besprinkling with nectar; -syandin, a. flowing with nectar; -½âhartri, m. abstracter of nectar, ep. of Garuda; -hrada, m. lake of nectar.

sundara	a. (î) [perh. for sunara; cp. sû-nára, sû-nríta; Gk. a)-nh/r, a)-n-d-ro/s] beau tiful, lovely, handsome; noble (rare); good, right, correct (act etc.): -ka, m. N.; -kânda, n. beautiful stalk; -tâ, f.beauty; -pura, n. N. of a town; -m-manya, a. thinking oneself handsome; -sena, m. N. of a king.

sunanda	m. N.: â, f. N.; -nandana, m. N.; -naya, m. wise conduct; -nayana, a. fair-eyed; -naya-sâlin, a. possessed of wisdom; -nasa, a. having a beautiful nose; -nâsa, a. id.: -½akshi-bhruva, a.having a beautiful nose, beautiful eyes, and brows; -nikrishta, pp. very low or base; -nikhilam, ad. completely; -nigraha, a. easy to con trol or subdue; -nitambinî, a. f. having beautiful buttocks; -nidra, a. sleeping well; -ninada, a. having a beautiful sound; -ni bhritam, ad. very secretly; -nirûpita, pp. well-inspected, well-considered; -nirgata, pp. having emerged well from (ab.); -nirmala, a. perfectly clean; -nirvrita, pp. perfectly unconcerned; -niskaya, m. firm resolve; a. absolutely certain about sthg.; -niskita, pp. firmly resolved; certain: -m, ad. with ab solute certainty, most assuredly; -niskita pura, n. N. of a town; -nihita, pp. well established; -nîta, pp. well led; well execut ed; n. wise conduct; (sú)-nîti (or í), f. good guidance (V.); wise conduct (C.); a. guiding well (V.); -nîthá, a. giving good guidance, guiding well (RV.); m. N. (V., C.); -nîhâra, a.very misty; -nripa, m. good king.

sumanomattaka	m. N.; -mano-latâ, f. flowering creeper; -mano hara, a. very charming or attractive; -mán tu, a. easily known, well-known (RV.); m. N. of a teacher; -mantra, a. following good counsels; m. N. of various men; -mantrita, pp. well-deliberated: n. imps. good counsel has been taken; n. good counsel: -m kri, take good counsel; -mantrin, a. having a good minister; -mánman, a. uttering good wishes, very devout (RV.); -marma-ga, a. deeply penetrating the joints, causing great agony (arrow); -marshana, a. easy to bear; (sú)-mahat, a. very great, huge, vast (of time, space, quantity, number, degree); very important; -mahas, a. glorious (RV., always vc.); -mahâ, °ree;--: a. extremely great; ad. very greatly; -mahâ-kaksha, a. very high-walled; -mahâ-tapas, a. extremely ascetic or pious; -mahâ-tegas, a. very glorious; -mahât man, a. very noble-minded or high-souled; -mahâ-bala, a. extremely powerful or effica cious; -mahâ-manas, a. very high-minded; -mahârha, a. very splendid; -mahausha dha, n. herb of marvellous efficacy; -mâyá, a. having noble counsels (Maruts; RV.); m. N. of a prince of the Asuras; N. of a fairy: â, f. N. of a daughter of Maya: (a)-ka, m. N. of a fairy; -mitrá, m. kind friend; N., esp. of kings: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N. of a wife of Dasaratha, mother of Satrughna and Lakshmana; -mukha, n. beautiful mouth; bright face: in. cheerfully; a. (î) fair-faced; bright-faced, glad; inclined or disposed to (--°ree;); m. N. of a king; -mundîka, m. N. of an Asura; -mridîká, -mrilîká, V. a. com passionate, gracious; -mrishta, pp. well polished; very dainty: -pushpa½âdhya, a. abounding in very bright flowers; -méka, V. a. well-established, firm; unvarying; -medhás, a.having a good understanding, intelligent, wise (ac. also -medh&asharp;m, RV.); -meru, m. N. of a mtn. (=Meru); N. of a fairy; -mná, a. [√ mnâ=√ man] well-dis posed, gracious (V.); n. (V.) benevolence, favour, grace; devotion, prayer; satisfac tion, gladness, peace: -yú, V. a. devout, be lieving; favourable; -mnâ-várî, a. f. gracious, bringing gladness (Dawn, RV.1).

sura	m. [by false etymology fr. as-ura, understood as a negative: a-sura] god: -kâm inî, f. divine woman, Apsaras: -gana, m. pl. Apsaras-folk; -kârmuka, n. bow of the gods, rainbow; -kula, n. house of god, tem ple; -krita, pp. done by the gods.

suyajña	a. sacrificing well or suc cessfully (RV.); m. N.; (sú)-yata, pp. well guided (steed, RV.); -yantrita, pp. bound fast: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yáma, V. a. easy to guide (steed); easy to keep in order, well regulated; -yávasa, a. (RV.) abounding in pasture; n. (V.) good-pasturage; -yavasín, a. having good pasturage (RV.); -yukti, f. good argument; -yug, a. well-yoked (V.); -yuddha, n. good or vigorous battle; -yodha na, m. N. of the eldest son of Dhritar âshtra.

suvitta	a. having abundant wealth, rich; -vidagdha, pp. very cunning; -vidátra, a. noticing kindly, benevolent, propitious (V.); n. benevolence, favour (V.); -vidatr-íya, a. id. (RV.1); (sú)-vidita, pp.well-known; -vidyâ, f. good knowledge; -vidha, a. of a good kind; -vidhâna, n. good order or arrangement: -tas, ad. duly; -vidhi, m. suitable manner: in. suitably; -vinîta, pp. well-trained (horses); well-bred; -vipula, a.very great, abundant, etc.; (sú)-vipra, a. very devout (RV.1); -vimala, a. very clear or pure; -virûdha, pp. (√ ruh) fully developed; -visada, a. very distinct or intelligible; -visâla, a. very ex tensive; m. N. of an Asura;-visuddha, pp. perfectly pure; -visvasta, pp. full of confi dence, quite unconcerned; -vistara, m. great extent; great diffuseness: ab. very fully, in great detail: -m yâ, be filled (treasury); a. very extensive or large; very great, intense, or intimate etc.: -m, ad. in great detail, at full length; very vehemently; -vistîrna, pp. very extensive or great: -m, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vismaya, a. greatly sur prised or astonished; -vismita, pp. id.; -vi hita, pp. well carried out or fulfilled; well provided, with (in.); -vihvala, a. greatly exhausted, perturbed or distressed; -vîthî patha, m. a certain entrance to a palace; -v&isharp;ra, V. a. very mighty, heroic; having, abounding, or consisting in, retainers or heroes; m. hero (V.); -v&isharp;rya, n. manly vigour, heroism (V., very rare in E.): pl. heroic deeds; abundance of brave men, host of heroes (V.); a. (C.) very efficacious (herb); -v-riktí, f. [for su½rikti: √ rik] excellent praise, hymn (RV.); a. praising excellently (RV.); praiseworthy (V.); -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vrigána, a. dwelling in fair regions (RV.1); -vrít, V. a. (revolving=) running well (car); -vritta, pp. well-rounded; well conducted, virtuous (esp. of women; ord. mg.); composed in a fine metre; n. good conduct: â, f. N.: (a)-tâ, f. round shape and good conduct; -vriddha, pp. very old (family); -vrídh, a. glad, joyful (RV.); -vega, a. run ning, moving, or flying very fast; -vena, m. N.; -véda, a. easy to find or obtain (V.); -vesha, a. beautifully dressed or adorned: -vat, a. id.; -vyakta, pp. very clear or bright; quite distinct: -m, ad. quite clearly, manifestly; -vyasta, pp. thoroughly dis persed (army); -vyâhrita, (pp.) n. fine say ing; -vratá, a. ruling well (V.); fulfilling one's duties well, very virtuous (C.: often vc.); quiet, gentle (of animals; C., rare); m. N.; -samsa, a. (RV.) blessing bountifully (god); saying good things, pronouncing bless ings (men); -sákti, f. easy possibility, easy matter (RV.1); -sám&ibrevcirc;, in. ad. carefully, dili gently (V.);-saraná, a. granting secure refuge (RV.); -sárman, a. id. (V.); very pleasant (C.); m. frequent N.; -sasta, pp. well-recited (Br.); -sastí, f. good hymn of praise (V.); a. praiseworthy (RV.); -sânta, pp. very calm (water);-sâsita, pp. well controlled, well-disciplined (wife); -sikha, a. having a bright flame (lamp); -sithilî-kri, greatly relax; -siprá (sts. -sípra), a. having beautiful cheeks (RV.); (sú)-si-sv-i, a. √ sû: cp. sisu] growing well (in the womb; RV.1); (sú)-sishti, f. excellent aid (RV.1); -sishya, m. good pupil; -sîghrá, °ree;-or -m, ad. very swiftly; -sîta, a. quite cool or cold; -sîtala, a. id.; -s&isharp;ma, a. [√ sî] pleasant to recline on (Br., rare); -sîma-kâma, a. [hav ing deep-seated love] deeply in love; -sîla, n. good disposition; a. having a good dispo sition, good-tempered; m. N.: -guna-vat, a. having good nature and other good quali ties, -tâ, f. good nature, -vat, a. good natured; -subha, a. very fine (arm); very auspicious (day); very noble (deed); -séva, a. very kindly, loving, tender, or dear (V.); very prosperous (path; Br.); -sóka, a. shin ing brightly (RV.1);-sobhana, a. very hand some or beautiful; most excellent; -skandrá, a. very brilliant (V.); -srávas, a. very famous (V., P.); hearing well or gladly (V.); m. N.; N. of a Nâga; -srânta, pp. greatly exhausted; -sr&isharp;, a.splendid; rich; (sú)-sruta, pp. very famous (RV.1); C.: correctly heard; gladly heard; m. N. of a celebrated medical writer; N. of a son of Padmodbhava; -sronî, a. f. hav ing beautiful hips; -slakshna, a. very smooth, soft,or delicate; -slishta, pp. well-joined or united; well-ratified, very close (alliance); very convincing (argument): -guna, a. hav ing a well-fastened band: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -slesha, a. attended with a close embrace, with a euphonious coalescence of words, or with the rhetorical figure termed slesha; (sú-)-sloka, a. sounding, speaking etc. well (V., P.); famous (P.); -slok-ya, n. fame or well-sounding speech.

suvarṣa	m. good rain; a. raining well; -vasanta, m. good spring; -vastu sampad, a. having abundant wealth; -vas tra, a. beautifully-dressed; -vâkya, a. fair spoken; -v&asharp;k, a. id. (V.); -vânta, pp.having thoroughly disgorged the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâsa-kumâra: -ka, m. N. of a son of Kasyapa; -v&asharp;sas, a. beautifully attired, adorned; -vâsita, pp. perfumed, fra grant; -vâsin-î, f. married or singlegirl (not yet grown up) residing in her father's house; -v&asharp;stu, f. N. of a river (now Suwad); -vikrama, m. valour, prowess; -vikrânta, pp. bold, courageous, valiant; n. bold or courageous conduct; -vigraha, a.having a beautiful body or figure; m. N. of a messen ger; -vikakshana, a. very discerning or wise; -vikârita, pp. well-pondered; -vigñâná, a. easy to distinguish (RV.1); very discerning; -vigñeya, fp. easy to distinguish.

susaṃyuta	pp. well-controlled; (sú-sam)-rabdha, pp. well-established (RV.1); greatly enraged, very wrathful (C.); -vîta, pp. well-covered, fully clothed; well-girt; abundantly provided with (--°ree;);-vrita, pp. well-concealed, kept very secret; carefully guarding oneself; (sú-sam)-sita, pp. well sharpened, very sharp; (sú-sam)-skrita, pp. well-adorned (RV.); well-prepared; kept in good order; good Sanskrit: -½upaskara, a. keeping the utensils in good order; -hata, pp. well-combined, closely united; being in close contact; very compact: -m kri, close very tightly; -hati, a. id.; -hita, pp. well united.

sūtkāra	m. sound sût; also of the snorting of horses; -krita, n. id.

sūnṛta	a. glad, joyful (V.); kind, courteous, agreeably true (speech; C.): â, f. V.: gladness, glee, song of joy (in. pl. joy fully); C.: friendliness, kind speech; truth (opp. anrita); n. (V.) joy, gladness; -nrítâ vat, a. glad, joyous (V.); -nritâ-varî, a. f. id. (RV.1).

strī	f. [perh.=starî; nm. without s, ac., V., C. striyam, C. also strîm] woman, female, wife; feminine form or gender (gr.): -ka, --°ree; a.=strî; -kat&ibrevcirc;, f. female hip; (str&isharp;) kâma, a.lusting after women (V., C.); de siring female offspring; -kârya, n. attend ance on women; -kumâra, m. pl. women and children; (str&isharp;)-krita, pp. done by women; n. copulation (S.); -kshîra, n. milk of women; -gamana, n. consorting or sexual intercourse with women; -ghâtaka, a. mur dering a woman or one's wife; -ghna, a. id.; -gana, m. women-kind; feminine (gr.); -gan anî, a. f. bringing forth daughters; -gita, pp. ruled by women, henpecked; -tva, n. womanhood; feminine gender (gr.); -dhana, n. woman's private property; wife and pro perty; -dharma, m. laws concerning women; copulation; -dharminî, a. menstruating; -pumsa, m. du.husband and wife; mascu line and feminine (gr.); -pumdharma, m. laws concerning men and women; -praty aya, m. feminine suffix; -prasû, a. f. bring ing forth daughters; -bhava, m. womanhood; -mantra, m. woman's counsel or stratagem; -maya, a. (î) feminine; effeminate.

smṛti	f. remembrance, recollection, of (lc., --°ree;); memory; authoritative tradition (exclusive of sruti or Vedicwritings), canonical traditional law-book, code, statement of a law-book: smritim api na te yânti, they are not even remembered: -kârin, a. awaken ing memory, producing recollection; -tantra, n. law-book; -da, a. strengthening the memory; -patha, m. path of memory: -m gâ, go the way of memory, perish; -pâthaka, m. one learned in the law; -bhû, m. god of love; -bhramsa, m. loss of memory; -mat, a. hav ing recollection; possessing full conscious ness; having a good memory; versed in law; -rodha, m. failure of memory; -vartman, n. path of memory: ac. w. i, be remembered; -vibhrama, m. derangement of memory; -vishaya, m. range of memory: -tâm ga mita, dead; -sâstra, n. law-book; -sîla, n. du. tradition and usage;-sesha, a. surviving in memory only, destroyed: -m kri, destroy.

svakula	n. one's own family; a. of one's own kin: -ga a. id.; -kulya, a. id.; -kusala-maya, a. (î) relating to one's own welfare (news); (á)-krita, pp. done, per formed, built (city), composed (book), orfixed (interest) by oneself (C.); spontaneous (V.); n. deed done by oneself (E.).

svaja	a. self-born, own, akin; m. viper (V.); -gana, m. man of one's own peo ple, kinsman: sg. also coll. kindred: -gan dhin, a. distantly related to (g.), -tâ, f. re lationship with (g.); -ganaya, den. P. be related to (ac.)=resemble; -ganâya, Â. be come a relation; -gana½âvrita, pp. surrounded by his own people; -gâta, pp. self-begotten; m. child begotten by oneself; -gâti, f. one's own kind; one's own family or caste; a. ofone's own kind; -gâtîya, -gâtya, a. id.

svayamagurutva	n. one's own lightness; -anushthâna, n. performance by oneself; -apodita, pp. n. imps. one is by oneself exempted from (ab.; Br.); -argita, pp. acquired by oneself; -âgata, pp.come of one's own accord; -âhrita, pp. brought by oneself; -îhita-labdha, pp. acquired by one's own effort; -udyata, pp. offered spontaneously.

svayaṃvara	a. self-choosing, with kanyâ, f. girl who chooses her husband herself; m. self-election, free choice, sp. of a husband (a right permitted to girls of the warrior caste); -vara-kathâ, f.mention of or reference to a Svayamvara; -varana, n. free choice of a husband by (--°ree;); -vara prabhâ, f. N. of the wife of a Daitya; -va ra½âgata, pp. come of one's own accord; -vâda, m. one's own statement; -vikrîta, pp. sold by oneself; -visîrna, pp. dropped of their own accord; -vrita, pp. chosen by oneself; -sîrna, pp. dropped of their own accord; -samyoga, m. spontaneous matri monial union with (in.); -samriddha, pp.complete in itself (Br.); (ám-)krita (or á), pp. made, prepared, performed, committed, caused, or composed by, oneself; adopted (son); with vigraha, m. war undertaken on one's own account; -krânta, pp. mounted by oneself (throne); -guna-parityâga, m. voluntary abandonment of the thread and of virtue; -guru-tva, n. its own weight; -graha, m. taking by oneself (without leave), forcible seizure; -grahana, n. id.; -grâha, m. id.; a.spontaneous (affection): -m, ad. forcibly; °ree;--, id.; spontaneously; -gá, a. spon taneously produced (water, RV.1); -tyakta, pp. voluntarily abandoned; -datta, pp. self given (said of a boy offering himself for adoption); -dâna, n. spontaneous gift of a daughter.

svabhāva	m. own manner of being, innate disposition, nature (opp. acquired qualities): in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, by nature, natur ally; by oneself, spontaneously: -krita, pp. done by nature, natural; -kripana, m. (nig gardly by nature), N. of a Brâhman; -ga, a. produced by nature, congenital, natural, to (--°ree;); -ganita, pp. id.; -dvesha, m. natural hatred; -bhâva, m. natural disposition; -sid dha, pp. established by nature, natural, in nate; self-evident, obvious; -½ukta, pp. spon taneously stated; -½ukti, f. statement of the exact nature, vivid description (rh.).

svayaṃpatita	pp. fallen of its own accord (fruit); -prakâsamâna, pr. pt. self-luminous: -tva, n. -ness; -prabha, a. self-luminous: â, f. N.; -prasîrná, pp. dropped off by itself (V.); -bhú, a. n. of -bh&usharp;; m. ep. of Brahman and of Siva; -bh&usharp;, a. (n. ú) self-existent, independent; relating to Buddha (rare); m. Brahman; Buddha; -mrita, pp. having died of one's own accord (=a natural death).

svarita	cs. pp. (√ svar) caused to sound etc.; m. n. Svarita accent (produced by a combined rise and fall of the voice): -tva, n. accentuation with the Svarita accent; addition.

svavāsinī	f. half-grown girl still living in her own father's house (=su-); -vigraha, m. own body: ac.=oneself; -vi dhi, m.: in. in one's own way; in the right way, duly; -vidheya, fp. to be done by oneself; -vishaya, m. own country, home; own sphere or province: kasmins kit svavi shaye, in some part of his kingdom; (á) vrikti, f. (RV.1) self-appropriation: in. pl. =exclusively for ourselves; -vritti, f. own way of life; own subsistence or existence; independence: in. sg. pl. at the sacrifice of one's own life; -vairitâ, f. hostility towards oneself: niga½âyushah -m kri,=take one's own life; -sakti, f. own power or strength; energy (of a god): in. to the best of one's ability.

svāhā	indecl. [perhaps old in., aus- picious word: √ ah; cp. su½asti] hail! bless ing! (to, on, d. of deity); at the end of in vocations=amen: with kri, pronounce the exclamation svâhâ over(ac.); f. personified as daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni: -kârá, m. utterance of or consecration with the exclamation svâhâ; (sv&asharp;hâ)-krita, pp. consecrated or offered with &open;svâhâ&close;;(sv&asharp;hâ) krit&ibrevcirc;, f. consecration with &open;svâhâ&close;; a deity of the Âprî hymns; -pati, m. husband of Svâhâ, Agni; -vallabha, m. id.

svāra	m. [√ svar] sound, neigh (of a steed; RV.1); (Svarita) accent (S.); a. having the Svarita accent; n. Sâman ending with a Svarita (Br., S.).

harita	a. (â, C.; hárinî, V.) yellowish, tawny; pale (with fright); greenish, green (C.); n. gold (V.); vegetable (C.): -ka, a. green; n. grass; vegetable; -kapisa, a. yellowish brown; -kkhada, a. having green leaves; -dhânya, n. green = unripe corn; -pattra-maya, a. (î) formed of green leaves; (hárita)-srag, a. bearing yellow (or green) festoons (trees; AV.); adorned with a golden chain (steed; Br.).

harṣa	m. [√ hrish] bristling (of the hair of the body); thrill; exultation, joy, gladness, delight; N. of an Asura; N., esp. of the reputed author of the Ratnâvalî and the Naishadha-karita (also srî- or -deva): -krodha, m. du. joy and anger; -garbha, a. full of joy, glad; -gupta, m. N.; -karita, n. T. of a work by Bâna; -ga, a. arising from joy.

hita	pp. (√ dhâ) V.: placed, laid, put, into (lc.); situated, lying, contained, in (lc.); set up, prepared, arranged; assigned to any one (d., g.); V., C.: beneficial, salu tary, advantageous, convenient, suitable, agreeable, to or for any one (d., sts. lc.; C. also g., --°ree;); favourable; C.: well-disposed, friendly, kind; n. sg. pl. (C.) what is salutary, profit, advantage, welfare, good; good or salutary advice: -kara, a. doing good, bene ficent, useful, advantageous, to any one (g.); -kâma, a. desiring the good of others, be nevolent, kind; -kâmyâ, f. (only in.) desire of benefiting any one (g.); -kâraka, a. friendly (opp. hostile); m. friend; -kâr-in, a. id., kind: (-i)-tâ, f., -tva, n. kindness; -krit, a. bene ficent, useful; -pathya, a. useful and salutary and having obtained a pathyâ (=harîtakî or yellow myrobalan tree); (á)-prayas, a. hav ing set forth the sacrificial food, having the sacrifice spread for him (RV.); -buddhi, a. well-disposed; -vakana, n. good advice; -vat, a. advantageous, useful; -vâdin, a. giving good advice; -hita, m. N.

huṃkāra	m. the sound hum (ex pressive of a threat or disgust); trumpeting (of an elephant), lowing (of a cow), twanging (of a bow); -krita, pp., v. hum; n. exclama tion hum (expressive of anger); lowing (of a cow); roar (of thunder); -kriti, f. sound hum (= -kâra).

Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance

263 results0 results382 results


aktor	vyuṣṭau paritakmyāyāḥ # RV.5.30.13d. Cf. next.

aktor	vyuṣṭau paritakmyāyām # RV.6.24.9d. Cf. prec.

agnāv	indra āditye viśveṣu ca deveṣu caritaṃ te brahmacaryam # śG.2.12.2.

agnir	asi pṛthivyāṃ śritaḥ, antarikṣasya pratiṣṭhā, tvayīdam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartā viśvasya janayitā # TB.3.11.1.7.

agnir	gṛhe jaritā medhiraḥ kaviḥ # RV.10.100.6b.

agnir	naḥ (VSK. mā) pātu duritād avadyāt # VS.4.15e; VSK.4.5.7e; śB.3.2.2.23e. See apa bādhatāṃ, and cf. pātu no duritād.

agnir	mā pātu duritād etc. # see agnir naḥ etc.

agnir	me vāci śritaḥ, vāg hṛdaye, hṛdayaṃ mayi, aham amṛte, amṛtaṃ brahmaṇi # TB.3.10.8.4.

agnir	vaiśvānaraḥ saha paṅtyā śritaḥ # AVś.13.3.5b.

agne	jaritar viśpatiḥ # RV.8.60.19a; SV.1.39a. P: agne jaritaḥ śś.14.55.1.

agne	'dabdhāyo 'śītatano pāhi mādya divaḥ pāhi prasityai, pāhi duriṣṭyai, pāhi duradmanyai, pāhi duścaritāt # TS.1.1.13.3. P: agne 'dabdhāyo 'śītatano TB.3.3.9.9; Apś.3.10.1. See next two, and cf. adabdhāyo 'śītatano.

agne	prāva jaritāraṃ yaviṣṭha # RV.10.80.7c.

agne	mākir no duritāya dhāyīḥ # RV.1.147.5d.

agner	edhate jaritābhiṣṭau # RV.10.6.1b; MS.4.4.15b: 241.2.

agne	viśvāni duritā tarema # RV.6.15.15d. Cf. ati viśvāni etc.

agne	suprīta idhyase # RV.5.21.2b.

aṅguṣṭhaṃ	ca samāśritaḥ # TA.10.38.1b; MahānU.16.3b; BDh.2.7.12.11b. Cf. KṣurU.6.

achidrā	śarma jaritaḥ purūṇi # RV.3.15.5a.

atikiriṭam	(comm. atikirīṭam) atidanturam # TB.3.4.1.19.

atikrāmanto	duritā padāni (N. duritāni viśvā) # AVś.12.2.28c; N.6.12d (see Roth's Erl"auterungen zum Nirukta, p. 80). Cf. ati viśvāni, aty enaṃ, antar dadhānā, apaghnā no, apa bādhatāṃ, and taranto viśvā.

ati	krāmāmi duritaṃ yad enaḥ # AVP.9.24.5a; TB.3.7.12.5a. P: atikrāmāmi TA.2.3.1.

ati	dhanveva duritā # RV.10.93.6d.

ati	viśvasya duritasya pāram # AVś.3.11.3d; AVP.1.62.3d. See indro neṣad, and indro viśvasya etc.

ati	viśvā duritā pāriṣad dharī # RV.10.96.8d; AVś.20.31.3d.

ati	viśvāni duritā # see next but three.

ati	viśvāni duritā tarema # PB.5.8.6; 14.5.18. See e āti viśvāni, and cf. agne viśvāni etc., and for this and the next four under atikrāmanto duritāni.

ati	viśvāni duritāni parṣan # RV.4.39.1d.

ati	viśvāni duritā pipartana # RV.8.18.17c.

ati	viśvāni duritā rājānaḥ (AVP. puts rājānaḥ with the following pāda) # RV.10.126.6c; AVP.5.39.6c.

ati	viśvāni duritā svastaye # RV.10.63.13d.

aty	enaṃ neṣad duritāni viśvā # AVś.6.110.2c. Cf. under atikrāmanto duritāni.

athāmṛtena	jaritāram aṅdhi (Apś. aṅgdhi) # TB.2.5.8.12d; Apś.7.6.7d.

atho	haritabheṣajam # AVś.4.9.3e.

adabdhāso	aparītāsa udbhidaḥ # RV.1.89.1b; VS.25.14b; KS.26.11b.

ado	yat te hṛdi śritam # AVś.6.18.3a.

adhiśritam	adhyadhiśritam adhiśritaṃ hi3m # Aś.2.2.16. Cf. vaiśvānarasyādhiśritam.

adhvānayad	duritā dambhayac ca # RV.6.18.10d.

anāryakarmann	avakīrṇi duścaritaṃ nirākṛtam # Mś.7.2.7.13.

anu	tritasya yudhyataḥ # RV.8.7.24a.

anṛtād	duritād uta # AVP.7.8.8b.

anena	taritavyam # AG.1.12.6.

antarikṣam	asy agnau śritaṃ, vāyoḥ pratiṣṭhā, tvayīdam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartṛ viśvasya janayitṛ # TB.3.11.1.8.

antarikṣaṃ	purītatā (TS. puritatā; KS. pulitatā; MS. pulītatā) # VS.25.8; VSK.27.11; TS.5.7.16.1; MS.3.15.7: 179.12; KSA.13.6.

antarikṣe	divi śritaḥ # AVP.5.13.2b.

antarikṣodaraḥ	kośo bhūmibudhno na jīryati, diśo hy asya sraktayo dyaur asyottaraṃ bilam, sa eṣa kośo vasudhānas tasmin viśvam idaṃ śritam # ChU.3.15.1. Metrical.

antar	dadhānā duritāni (AVP. bhuvanāni) viśvā # AVś.5.28.8d; AVP.2.59.6d. Cf. antas tiṣṭhāti, and under atikrāmanto du-.

antas	tiṣṭhāti duritāni viśvā # AVś.6.53.2d. Cf. antar dadhānā, and under atikrāmanto.

anne	bhāty apaśritaḥ # śB.10.5.2.18a.

apaghnā	no duritāni viśvā # AVP.12.19.3c. Cf. under atikrāmanto duritā.

apa	(TA.Apś. ava) bādhatāṃ duritāni viśvā # MS.1.2.3d: 12.6; TA.2.5.3b; Apś.10.18.3d. See agnir naḥ pātu duritād, and cf. atikrāmanto du-.

apa	viśvā duritā bādhamānaḥ # RV.1.35.3d.

apasidhya	duritaṃ dhattam āyuḥ # AVś.8.2.7d.

apasedhan	(SV.JB. -dhaṃ) duritā soma mṛḍaya (SV.JB. no mṛḍa) # RV.9.82.2c; SV.2.668c; JB.3.259c.

apahataṃ	rakṣaḥ # VS.1.9,16; MS.4.1.6: 8.8; KS.1.5; 31.4; śB.1.1.2.15; 4.21. P: apahatam Kś.2.3.17; 4.19. Cf. antaritaṃ etc., avabāḍhaṃ etc., avadhūtaṃ etc., and parāpūtaṃ etc.

apa	hrītamukho jahi # Kauś.70.1d.

apām	ūrmiṃ sacate sindhuṣu śritaḥ # RV.9.86.8b.

apūtapā	ādhūyamānaḥ # TS.4.4.9.1. See viṣṇur āprītapā.

apo	na nāvā duritā tarema # RV.6.68.8d; 7.65.3d; KS.12.14d.

apo	na vajrin duritāti parṣi bhūri # RV.8.97.15b.

apsu	siṃham iva śritam # RV.3.9.4d.

apsv	antaś ca yā śritāḥ # TB.3.12.6.2b.

abhi	ṣṭana duritā bādhamānaḥ # AVś.6.126.2b; AVP.15.11.10b. See ni ṣṭanihi.

amukthā	yakṣmād duritād avadyāt # AVś.2.10.6a. See amoci yakṣmād.

amoci	yakṣmād duritād avartyai (AVP. avadyāt) # AVP.2.3.5a; TB.2.5.6.2a; ApMB.2.12.9a (ApG.6.15.4). See amukthā.

ayaṃ	yo viśvān haritān kṛṇoṣi # AVś.5.22.2a. Cf. ayaṃ yo abhi-, and viśvā rūpāṇi haritā.

ayam	agne jaritā tve abhūd api # RV.10.142.1a. P: ayam agne jaritā Rvidh.4.11.1. Cf. BṛhD.8.54.

ayam	asmi jaritaḥ paśya meha # RV.8.100.4a. Cf. BṛhD.6.118.

ayukta	sapta haritaḥ sadhasthāt # RV.7.60.3a.

arandhayaḥ	sākhyasya tritāya # RV.2.11.19d.

arā	nābhāv iva śritāḥ # AVś.10.8.34b. Cf. next.

ardhamāsāḥ	stha māḥsu śritāḥ, ahorātrayoḥ pratiṣṭhā, yuṣmāsv idam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartāro viśvasya janayitāraḥ # TB.3.11.1.17.

alābūni	(śś. alābūni jaritaḥ) # AVś.20.134.1; Aś.8.3.21; śś.12.23.3; Vait.32.25.

avadyaṃ	ca malaṃ ca yat # AVś.7.89.3b; AVP.1.33.3b; VS.6.17b; Lś.2.2.11b; Apś.7.21.6b. See yat kiṃ ca duritaṃ, and yat kiṃ cid duritaṃ.

avobhir	dasmā paritakmyāyām # RV.4.41.6d.

aśvatthapalāśam	(śś. -śaṃ jaritaḥ) # AVś.20.134.3; Aś.8.3.21; śś.12.23.3; Vait.32.25.

aśvayeva	haritā yāti dhārayā # RV.9.107.8c; SV.1.515c; 2.347c.

asat	su me jaritaḥ sābhivegaḥ # RV.10.27.1a; ā.1.2.2.1; 5.1.1.8; śś.17.9.5. Cf. BṛhD.7.23.

asan	vibhājya dhīrītarā jahītāt # AVś.11.1.13d.

asuraḥ	krīyamāṇaḥ (KS. krītaḥ) # TS.4.4.9.1; KS.34.14. See next.

asurebhya	starītave # AVś.2.27.3b,4b; AVP.2.16.2d. Cf. hantavā.

asya	tritaḥ kratunā vavre antaḥ # RV.10.8.7a. Cf. BṛhD.6.148.

asya	priyo jaritā yasya śarman # RV.4.17.19c.

asya	made ahim indro jaghāna # RV.2.15.1d. Cf. asya made jaritar indro 'him.

asya	made jaritar indra iha śravad iha somasya matsat # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indra iha śravad upa giri (!) ṣṭhāt # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indra ud āryaṃ varṇam atirad ava dāsaṃ varṇam ahan # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indra ud dyām astabhnād aprathayat pṛthivīm # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indra ṛṣyāṃ iva pamphaṇataḥ parvatān prakupitāṃ aramṇāt # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indraḥ somasya matsat # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indro 'pāṃ vegam airayat # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indro 'pinvad apito 'jinvad ajuvaḥ # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indro vṛtram ahan # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indro vy antarikṣam atirad ā sūryaṃ divy airayat # śś.8.25.1.

asya	made jaritar indro 'him ahan # śś.8.25.1. Cf. asya made ahim.

asya	suvānasya mandinas tritasya # RV.2.11.20a.

ākare	vasor jaritā panasyate # RV.3.51.3a; MS.4.12.3a: 184.1.

ājā	khelasya paritakmyāyām # RV.1.116.15b.

ā	tiṣṭha haritaṃ ratham # RV.3.44.1d.

ā	te vajraṃ jaritā bāhvor dhāt # RV.1.63.2b.

ātmā	ma ātmani śritaḥ, ātmā hṛdaye, hṛdayaṃ mayi, aham amṛte, amṛtaṃ brahmaṇi # TB.3.10.8.9.

ā	tvā pariśritaḥ (AVP. pariśrutaḥ; MG. parisṛtaḥ; PG.ApMB. parisrutaḥ) kumbhaḥ (ApMB. kumbhāḥ) # AVP.3.20.6c; AG.2.8.16c; PG.3.4.4c; MG.2.11.12b; ApMB.2.15.4c. See ā tvā hiraṇmayaḥ, enaṃ parisrutaḥ, emāṃ parisrutaḥ, and cf. pūrṇān parisrutaḥ.

ā	tvā hiraṇmayaḥ kumbhaḥ # HG.1.27.4c. See under ā tvā pariśritaḥ.

ādityā	ha jaritar aṅgirobhyo dakṣiṇām (JB.śś. 'śvaṃ dakṣiṇām) anayan # AVś.20.135.6; AB.6.35.5; GB.2.6.14 (bis); JB.2.116ab; Aś.8.3.25; śś.12.19.1. P: ādityā ha jaritaḥ Vait.32.28. Seems to be pādas a, b, of a stanza. AVś.20.135.6--10 are designated as devanītham AB.6.34.1 ff.; as ādityāṅgirasyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) KB.30.6; śś.12.19.5.

ādityo	'si divi śritaḥ, candramasaḥ pratiṣṭhā, tvayīdam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartā viśvasya janayitā # TB.3.11.1.11.

ād	īṃ tritasya yoṣaṇaḥ # RV.9.32.2a; SV.2.121a. Cf. etaṃ tri-.

ānandaḥ	kardamaśrītaḥ # RVKh.5.87.27a.

āpaḥ	stha samudre śritāḥ, pṛthivyāḥ pratiṣṭhā, yuṣmāsv idam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartryo viśvasya janayitryaḥ # TB.3.11.1.5. Cf. āpa stha.

āpo	me retasi śritā reto hṛdaye hṛdayaṃ mayy aham amṛta amṛtaṃ brahmaṇi # TB.3.10.8.6.

āpyāyayantī	duritāni viśvā # TB.3.1.1.12c.

ā	mā sucarite (Mś. sucaritād) bhaja # VS.4.28b; TS.1.1.12.1b; KS.1.12; 31.11; śB.3.3.3.13; TB.3.3.7.9b; Apś.2.14.10b; Mś.1.3.1.18b.

ā	yāhi śatrūn duritāpaghnan # AVP.4.18.5c.

āre	syāma duritasya bhūreḥ # RV.3.39.8b.

āre	syāma duritād abhīke # RV.3.39.7b.

ā	viśpatīva bīriṭa iyāte # RV.7.39.2b; VS.33.44b; N.5.28b.

iḍas	patiṃ jaritar nūnam aśyāḥ # RV.5.42.14b.

idaṃ	su me jaritar ā cikiddhi # RV.10.28.4a.

indraṃ	brahmaṇā jaritar navena # RV.6.50.6b.

indraḥ	śmaśrūṇi haritābhi pruṣṇute # RV.10.23.4b; AVś.20.73.5b.

indre	kāmaṃ jaritāro vasūyavaḥ # RV.7.32.2c; SV.2.1026c.

indre	ni rūpā haritā mimikṣire # RV.10.96.3d; AVś.20.30.3d.

indre	ha viśvā bhuvanā śritāni # MS.4.14.7c: 225.4. Cf. kāle ha etc.

indro	na śaktiṃ paritakmyāyām # RV.4.43.3b.

indro	neṣad ati duritāni viśvā # TS.5.7.2.3d; SMB.2.1.9d; PG.3.1.2d. See under ati viśvasya duritasya.

indro	yaḥ pūrbhid āritaḥ # RV.8.33.5d.

indro	viśvasya duritasya pāram # RV.10.161.3d; AVś.20.96.8d; KS.13.15d; Mś.1.6.4.21d. See under ati viśvasya etc.

imāni	ta uditā śaṃtamāni # AVś.7.68.2c; MS.4.12.6c: 198.11. See imāni te duritā.

imāni	te duritā saubhagāni # TB.2.5.4.6c. See imāni ta uditā.

imā	brahmāṇi jaritā vo arcat # RV.1.165.14d; MS.4.11.3d: 170.6; KS.9.18d.

iyaṃ	duruktāt (PG. duruktaṃ) paribādhamānā # śG.2.2.1a; SMB.1.6.27a; GG.2.10.37; PG.2.2.8a; ApMB.2.2.9a (ApG.4.10.11); MG.1.22.10a; JG.1.12a; VārG.5.7a. P: iyaṃ duruktāt KhG.2.4.19; JG.1.12. See yā duritā pari-.

iṣaṃ	vurītāvase # RV.6.14.1d; MS.4.10.2d: 145.15; KS.20.14d.

iṣṭāḥ	prītā āhutibhājo bhūtvā # MS.1.6.2d: 88.8; 1.6.7d: 97.7; Apś.5.18.1d. See tṛptāḥ prītāḥ.

īśāno	me manyau śritaḥ, manyur hṛdaye, hṛdayaṃ mayi, aham amṛte, amṛtaṃ brahmaṇi # TB.3.10.8.9.

ucchiṣṭe	devatāḥ śritāḥ # AVś.11.7.4d.

ucchiṣṭe	'dhi śritā divaḥ # AVś.11.7.14b.

ucchiṣṭe	saṃśritā śritā # AVś.11.7.21d.

uto	te vṛṣaṇā (ArS. haritau; JB. haritā) harī # RV.8.13.31b; ArS.4.9b; JB.2.403b.

uto	te haritau harī # see uto te vṛṣaṇā harī.

uttarataḥ	parīta # Apś.3.4.4; Mś.1.3.3.14.

ut	tiṣṭha puruṣa harita piṅgala lohitākṣi (MahānU. puruṣāharitapiṅgala lohitākṣa) dehi dehi dadāpayitā me śudhyantām # TA.10.60.1; Tā.10.65; MahānU.20.24.

upa	tritasya pāṣyoḥ # RV.9.102.2a; SV.2.364a.

upa	bhūṣa jaritar mā ruvaṇyaḥ # RV.8.96.12c.

ubhayān	antarā śritaḥ # AVś.12.2.44d.

uruṣyataṃ	jaritāraṃ yuvaṃ ha # RV.4.43.7c; AVś.20.143.7c.

ūrdhvacitaḥ	śrayadhvam (VS. śna-) # VS.12.46; TS.4.2.7.4; śB.7.1.1.14; TA.6.6.2. See ūrdhvaśritaḥ.

ṛta	iyaṃ pṛthivī śritā # GG.2.1.7c. See ṛte bhūmir, and cf. ṛte samudra.

ṛtavaḥ	stha saṃvatsare śritāḥ, māsānāṃ pratiṣṭhā, yuṣmāsv idam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartāro viśvasya janayitāraḥ # TB.3.11.1.15.

ṛte	bhūmir iyaṃ śritā # TB.1.5.5.1d; Apś.8.4.2d. See ṛta iyaṃ, and cf. samudreṇa pṛthivī.

ṛṣayaḥ	pūrve jaritāro na (KS. pūrve janimāni) bhūnā # RV.10.82.4b; VS.17.28b; TS.4.6.2.2b; MS.2.10.3b: 134.6; KS.18.1b.

ṛṣibhiḥ	somapaiḥ śritā # RVKh.10.127.6b.

e	āti viśvāni duritā tarema # JB.2.385; 3.195. See ati viśvāni etc.

etat	sūrpaṃ jaritar ā hara # AVP.11.11.3a.

etad	vaco jaritar māpi mṛṣṭhāḥ # RV.3.33.8a.

etaṃ	tritasya yoṣaṇaḥ # RV.9.38.2a; SV.2.625a. Cf. ād īṃ tri-.

ete	me devāḥ prīyantāṃ prītā māṃ prīṇayantu tṛptā māṃ tarpayantu # MG.2.14.29.

enaṃ	parisrutaḥ kumbhyā # śG.3.2.9c. See under ā tvā pariśritaḥ.

emāṃ	parisrutaḥ kumbhaḥ # AVś.3.12.7c. See under ā tvā pariśritaḥ.

eṣa	grāveva jaritā ta indra # RV.5.36.4a.

oṃ	ha jaritaḥ # Aś.8.3.25; Vait.32.29.

othā	modaiva (and other liturgical variations of form = atha mada eva) # Aś.5.9.4; 8.3.23,24,25,31; śś.12.13.4; 17.2; 19.6; 23.5; 24.6; 26.11; Mś.2.4.2.25; Vait.20.20; 32.18,32; Kś.9.13.29; othā mada iva Apś.12.27.14; 13.13.9,10; othā mo daivom Aś.7.11.15,17; 8.3.11; 4.3; othā modaivo3m Mś.2.4.2.25; othā moda ivom Apś.12.27.15. Cf. jaritar othā, and tathā ha jaritar.

oṣadhivanaspatayo	me lomasu śritāḥ, lomāni hṛdaye, hṛdayaṃ mayi, aham amṛte, amṛtaṃ brahmaṇi # TB.3.10.8.7.

auchat	sā rātrī paritakmyā yā # RV.5.30.14a.

kakṣe	muṣkāv apaśritau (AVP. apākṛtam) # AVś.6.127.2b; AVP.1.90.2b.

kambale	duritaṃ vayam # AVś.14.2.67b.

kāmā	ye 'sya hṛdi sthitāḥ (BṛhU.KU. śritāḥ) # śB.14.7.2.9b; BṛhU.4.4.9b; KU.6.14c.

kālāḥ	saṃvatsaraṃ śritāḥ # TA.1.2.2b.

kāsmehitiḥ	kā paritakmyāsīt # RV.10.108.1c; N.11.25c.

kṛta	enaṃ manuṣyeṣv amṛṣṭa # AVP.1.70.3b. See tṛta enaṃ, and trita etan.

kṛdhi	kṣumantaṃ jaritāram agne # RV.2.9.5c.

kṛṣṇam	anyad dharitaḥ saṃ bharanti # RV.1.115.5d; AVś.20.123.2d; VS.33.38d; MS.4.14.4d: 220.10; TB.2.8.7.2d.

ko	ha kasminn asi śritaḥ # RV.1.75.3c; SV.2.885c.

kratuprāvā	jaritā śaśvatām avaḥ # RV.10.100.11a.

krītaḥ	somo rājā # śB.3.3.3.3; Kś.7.8.13. P: krītaḥ Mś.2.1.4.10.

kva	māsā ṛtavaḥ śritāḥ # TA.1.8.1d.

kṣāmad	devo 'ti duritāny (TAṃahānU. devo atiduritāty) agniḥ # AVś.7.63.1d; TA.10.2.1d; MahānU.6.6d.

gobhiḥ	śrītasya nṛbhiḥ sutasya # RV.9.109.15b.

gośapho	jaritaḥ # Aś.8.3.23; śś.12.23.3; Vait.32.25. See gośaphaḥ.

ghaneva	viṣvag duritāni vighnan # RV.9.97.16c.

ghṛtapruṣas	tvā sarito vahanti (Aś. tvā harito vahantu) # TB.1.2.1.11c; Aś.5.19.3c; Apś.5.6.3c; 14.17.1c. See ghṛtapruṣo haritas.

ghṛtapruṣo	haritas tvāvahantu # KS.35.1c. See ghṛtapruṣas tvā.

cakre	nābhir iva śritā # RV.8.41.6b.

candramā	asy āditye śritaḥ, nakṣatrāṇāṃ pratiṣṭhā, tvayīdam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartā viśvasya janayitā # TB.3.11.1.12.

jāgṛtāya	svāhā # KSA.1.10. See jāgaritāya.

jihmaśye	caritave maghonī # RV.1.113.5a.

taṃ	vaḥ suprītaṃ subhṛtam akarma (KS. abhārṣam) # TS.1.4.45.3; KS.4.13. See taṃ suprītaṃ.

taṃ	suprītaṃ subhṛtaṃ bibhṛta # VS.8.26; śB.4.4.5.21. See taṃ vaḥ suprītaṃ.

taṃ	sūryaṃ haritaḥ sapta yahvīḥ # RV.4.13.3c.

taṃ	ha jaritar na pratyagṛhṇan # JB.2.116d. See tāṃ ha jaritar na pratyagṛbhṇan.

taṃ	ha jaritar na pratyāyan # JB.2.116c. See tāṃ etc.

tatredaṃ	viśvaṃ bhuvanam adhi śritam # KS.18.1d.

tathā	ha jaritar othā modaiva # Aś.8.3.25; śś.12.19.6. P: tathā ha jaritaḥ Vait.32.29. Cf. under othā.

tad	anyasyām adhi śritam # AVś.1.32.4b; TB.3.7.10.3b; Apś.9.14.2b. See viśvam anyasyām etc.

tad	u sarvaṃ tvayi śritam # SMB.2.4.11b.

tad	veṣāṃ hṛdi śritam # AVP.9.4.11d.

tapaḥśramāv	antarau mat parītām # AVP.13.1.2a.

tapo	'si loke śritam, tejasaḥ pratiṣṭhā, tvayīdam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartṛ viśvasya janayitṛ # TB.3.11.1.2.

taranto	viśvā duritā syāma # RV.10.31.1d. Cf. under atikrāmanto duritā.

tava	rāṣṭraṃ divi śritam # AVP.10.2.2b.

tasmin	viśvam idaṃ śritam # ChU.3.15.1f.

tasya	na iṣṭasya prītasya draviṇehāgameḥ # VS.18.56. Cf. under tasya ta iṣṭasya.

tāṃ	ha jaritaḥ pratyāyan # GB.2.6.14. Cf. tām u ha etc.

tāṃ	ha jaritar na pratyagṛbhṇan # AVś.20.135.7a; AB.6.35.8; GB.2.6.14; śś.12.19.1e. See taṃ ha jaritar na pratyagṛhṇan.

tāṃ	ha jaritar na pratyāyan # AVś.20.135.6c; AB.6.35.6; śś.12.19.1c. See taṃ etc.

tā	no viśvāni jaritā ciketa (RV.10.59.2c, mamattu) # RV.10.59.2c,3c.

tā	mā prītāḥ prīṇantu # TS.1.6.2.3; KS.4.14; Mś.1.4.1.27.

tām	u ha jaritaḥ pratyagṛbhṇan (JB. pratyagṛhṇan) # AVś.20.135.7b; AB.6.35.9; JB.2.116f; śś.2.19.1f. See next but one.

tām	u ha jaritaḥ pratyāyan # AVś.20.135.6d; AB.6.35.7; GB.2.6.14; JB.2.116e; śś.12.19.1d. Cf. tāṃ ha etc.

tām	u ha jaritar naḥ pratyagṛbhṇan # GB.2.6.14. See prec. but one.

tiro	viśvāni duritā nayanti # RV.6.51.10b.

tuvigraye	vahnaye duṣṭarītave # RV.2.21.2c.

tūrvatāṃ	narā duritād abhīke # RV.6.50.10d.

tṛtīye	nāke adhi viṣṭapi śritā # AVP.14.6.2d.

tṛptāḥ	prītāḥ punar astaṃ pareta # KS.7.14d. See iṣṭāḥ prītā.

tṛṣṇāvidaj	jaritāram # RV.7.89.4b.

tejo	'si tapasi śritam, samudrasya pratiṣṭhā, tvayīdam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartṛ viśvasya janayitṛ # TB.3.11.1.3.

te	viśvasmād duritā yāvayantu # RV.7.44.3d; MS.4.11.1d: 162.3.

tau	mā prītau prīṇītām # TS.1.6.2.3; Mś.1.4.1.27.

trayo	'varaparaṃ śritāḥ # AVś.11.3.20b.

trīṇi	tritasya dhārayā # RV.9.102.3a; SV.2.365a.

tvaṃ	tapaḥ paritapyājayaḥ svaḥ # RV.10.167.1d.

tvaṃ	devānām asi sasnitamaṃ papritamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ vahnitamaṃ devahūtamam # TS.1.1.4.1; TB.3.2.4.4. P: tvaṃ devānām asi sasnitamam Apś.1.17.7. See devānām asi.

tvam	aṅga jaritāraṃ yaviṣṭha # RV.5.3.11a.

tvaṃ	punīhi duritāny asmat # AVś.19.33.3d; AVP.11.13.3d; Kauś.2.1d.

tvayā	sarve paritaptāḥ purastāt # AVś.1.7.5c; AVP.4.4.5c.

tvayi	gāvo adhi śritāḥ # AVP.10.2.7d.

tvayi	yajño adhi śritaḥ # AVP.10.2.8b.

tvām	achā jaritāraḥ # RV.1.2.2b.

tve	hi kaṃ parvate na śritāni # RV.2.28.8c.

dakṣiṇata	eta (Mś. -taḥ parīta) # Apś.3.4.2; Mś.1.3.3.14.

dadhi	manthaṃ pariśrutam (śś. manthāṃ parisrutam) # AVś.20.127.9b; śś.12.17.1.3b. Cf. under ā tvā pariśritaḥ.

darbhaiḥ	stṛṇīta haritaiḥ suparṇaiḥ (KS. suvarṇaiḥ) # KS.31.14c; Mś.1.3.5.26c. See hotṛṣadanaṃ, and hotṛṣadanā.

dikṣu	śritāḥ sahasraśaḥ # AVP.14.3.9d; VS.16.6d; TS.4.5.1.3d; MS.2.9.2d: 121.9; KS.17.11d; NīlarU.9d.

divaṃ	rudrā upaśritāḥ # VS.16.56b; TS.4.5.11.1b; MS.2.9.9b: 128.11; KS.17.16b.

divas	tvā pātu haritam # AVś.5.28.9a; AVP.2.59.7a.

divi	candramasi śritam # SMB.1.5.11b; PG.1.11.9b; 16.17b; ApMB.2.13.3b; HG.2.3.8b (bis); VārG.2.6b; KBU.2.8b.

divi	devā iva śritāḥ # AVś.6.80.2b. Cf. divi vātā.

divi	devā diviśritāḥ # AVś.11.7.23d--27d.

divi	vātā iva śritāḥ # RV.1.187.4c; AVP.6.16.4c; KS.40.8c. Cf. divi devā iva.

divi	somo adhi śritaḥ # RV.10.85.1d; AVś.14.1.1d; ApMB.1.6.1d.

divo	na prītāḥ śaśayaṃ duduhre # RV.3.57.2b.

diśo	me śrotre śritāḥ, śrotraṃ hṛdaye, hṛdayaṃ mayi, aham amṛte, amṛtaṃ brahmaṇi # TB.3.10.8.6.

duṣvapnyaṃ	kāma duritaṃ ca kāma # AVś.9.2.3a.

duṣvapnyaṃ	duritaṃ niḥ (AVś.7.83.4c, ni) ṣvāsmat # AVś.6.121.1c; 7.83.4c.

devānām	asi vahnitamaṃ sasnitamaṃ papritamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ devahūtamam # VS.1.8; MS.1.1.5: 3.1; 4.1.5: 6.12; KS.1.4; śB.1.1.2.12. Ps: devānām asi vahnitamam KS.31.3; Mś.1.2.1.25; devānām Kś.2.3.14. See tvaṃ devānām asi sasnitamaṃ.

dyāvāpṛthivyor	hiraṇmayaṃ saṃśritaṃ suvaḥ # TA.10.1.14; MahānU.5.9.

dyumnā	vāṇīr iva tritaḥ # RV.5.86.1d.

dyaur	asi vāyau śritādityasya pratiṣṭhā tvayīdam antar viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtaṃ viśvasya bhartrī viśvasya janayitrī # TB.3.11.1.10.

dviṣatāṃ	pātv aṃhasaḥ # RV.10.164.4d. See duritāt pātv.

dviṣo	aṃhāṃsi duritā tarema # RV.6.2.11d.

dveṣoyuto	na duritā # RV.5.9.6c.

dhanur	bibharṣi haritaṃ hiraṇyayam # AVś.11.2.12a.

dhanvan	na tṛṣṇā sam arīta tāṃ abhi # RV.9.79.3c.

dhāman	(AG. dhāmaṃ) te viśvaṃ bhuvanam adhi śritam # RV.4.58.11a; AVP.8.13.11a; VS.17.99a; KS.40.7a; Aś.2.13.7; Apś.17.18.1a; AG.3.5.7; śG.4.5.8.

dhūmas	te ketur abhavad divi śritaḥ # RV.5.11.3d; TB.2.4.3.3d.

nakṣatrāṇi	stha candramasi śritāni, saṃvatsarasya pratiṣṭhā, yuṣmāsv idam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartṝṇi viśvasya janayitṝṇi # TB.3.11.1.13.

nakṣann	ṛtaṃ jaritāras ta indra # RV.7.23.4b; AVś.20.12.4b; VS.33.18b.

na	tam aṃho na duritaṃ kutaś cana # RV.2.23.5a.

na	tam aṃho na duritam # RV.10.126.1a; AVP.5.39.1a; SV.1.426a; VHDh.8.47. Ps: na tam aṃhaḥ VāDh.26.7; MDh.11.252; LAtDh.2.6; na tam Rvidh.4.4.4. Cf. BṛhD.8.44.

na	tam aṃho na duritāṇi martyam # RV.7.82.7a.

nayanti	duritā tiraḥ # RV.1.41.3c.

na	rādhasa āmarītā maghasya # RV.4.20.7b.

navāś	caranti saritaḥ purāṇīḥ # AVś.12.2.41d.

nāṃho	aśnoti duritaṃ nakir bhayam # RV.10.39.11b.

nākasya	pṛṣṭhe adhi tiṣṭhati śritaḥ # RV.1.125.5a.

nākasya	pṛṣṭhe adhi viṣṭapi śritāḥ # AVś.18.4.4b.

nāveva	sindhuṃ duritāty agniḥ # RV.1.99.1d; RVKh.10.127.8d; TA.10.2.1d; MahānU.6.2d; N.7d (Roth's edition, p. 201); 14.33d.

ni	pastyāsu trita stabhūyan # RV.10.46.6a.

ni	rāmaya jaritaḥ soma indram # RV.10.42.1d; AVś.20.89.1d.

nir	ito haritasrajam # AVP.13.4.1a.

ni	ṣṭanihi duritā bādhamānaḥ # RV.6.47.30b; VS.29.56b; TS.4.6.6.7b; MS.3.16.3b: 187.10; KSA.6.1b. See abhi ṣṭana.

nīthāvido	jaritāraḥ # RV.3.12.5b; SV.2.925b,1053b; MS.4.11.1b: 159.7.

patnī	yīyapsyate (śś. yīyapsyamānā; Vait. yad dṛśyate) jaritaḥ # Aś.8.3.24; śś.12.23.5; Vait.32.27.

panthāso	yanti śavasāparītāḥ # RV.1.100.3b.

pari	tritantuṃ vicarantam utsam # RV.10.30.9d.

pari	tvā paritatnunā # AVś.1.34.5a; AVP.2.9.3a.

pari	māgne duścaritād bādhasva # VS.4.28a; śB.3.3.3.13. P: pari māgne Kś.7.9.1. See pāhi māgne etc.

pari	vrajaṃ svarita # AVP.2.31.6e.

pari	śvabhreva duritāni vṛjyām # RV.2.27.5d.

parṇaśadaḥ	(Aś. parṇaśado jaritaḥ; śś. parṇasado jaritaḥ) # AVś.20.135.2; Aś.8.3.23; śś.12.23.3; Vait.32.25.

parvateṣv	apaśritaḥ # RV.5.61.19c.

parvateṣv	apaśritam # RV.1.84.14b; AVś.20.41.2b; SV.2.264b; MS.2.13.6b: 154.13; KS.39.12b; JB.3.64b; TB.1.5.8.1b.

parṣad	viśvāti duritā gṛṇantam # RV.3.20.4d.

pavamāno	harita ā viveśa (JB. once viviśa [?]) # RV.8.101.14d; AVś.10.8.40d; JB.2.229d (ter); śB.2.5.1.5d; ā.2.1.1.4d,8.

paśupateḥ	purītat # VS.39.9.

paśyanto	andhaṃ duritād arakṣan # RV.1.147.3b; 4.4.13b; TS.1.2.14.5b; MS.4.11.5b: 174.3; KS.6.11b.

paśyanty	asyāś caritaṃ pṛthivyām # AVś.9.1.3a.

pātām	avadyād duritād abhīke # RV.1.185.10c.

pātu	no duritād avadyāt # AVP.2.70.4d. Cf. agnir naḥ pātu duritād.

pāhi	duścaritāt # TS.1.1.13.3; TB.3.3.9.9.

pāhi	māgne duścaritāt # TS.1.1.12.1a; KS.1.12; 31.11; TB.3.3.7.9a; Apś.2.14.10a; Mś.1.3.1.18a. See pari māgne.

pāhi	vajrivo duritād abhīke # RV.1.121.14b.

piṅgalaṃ	haritaṃ lohitaṃ ca # śB.14.7.2.12b; BṛhU.4.4.12b.

pipīlikāvaṭo	jaritaḥ # Aś.8.3.21; śś.12.23.3. See pipīlakāvaṭaḥ.

punantv	asmān duritād avadyān # AVP.6.3.3c.

punas	te pṛśniṃ jaritar dadāmi # AVś.5.11.8b; AVP.8.1.8b.

purā	no bādhād duritāti pāraya # RV.9.70.9c.

puruṣaṃ	duritād adhi # AVś.8.7.7d,19d.

purū	reto dadhire sūryaśvitaḥ (AVś. -śritaḥ) # RV.10.94.5d; AVś.6.49.3d; KS.35.14d.

pūrṇān	parisrutaḥ kumbhān # JB.2.331c; śB.11.5.5.13c. Cf. under ā tvā pariśritaḥ.

pūṣā	naḥ pātu duritād ṛtāvṛdhaḥ # RV.6.75.10c; AVP.15.10.10c; VS.29.47c; TS.4.6.6.4c; MS.3.16.3c: 186.16; KSA.6.1c.

pṛthivī	me śarīre śritā, śarīraṃ hṛdaye, hṛdayaṃ mayi, aham amṛte, amṛtaṃ brahmaṇi # TB.3.10.8.7.

pṛthivy	asy apsu śritā, agneḥ pratiṣṭhā, tvayīdam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartrī viśvasya janayitrī # TB.3.11.1.6.

pṛthivyāḥ	kakubhiḥ śritam # TB.3.3.2.1b; Apś.2.5.1b; Mś.1.2.5.8b.

pṛthivyāṃ	śakrā ye śritāḥ # AVś.11.6.12c; AVP.15.14.7c.

pṛthivyām	aparā śritā # TA.1.5.1b.

pṛthivyā	hṛdayaṃ śritam # SMB.1.5.13b.

pṛśnir	eko harita eka eṣām # RV.7.103.6b.

pṛṣātakāni	(Aś.śś. add jaritaḥ) # AVś.20.134.2; Aś.8.3.21; śś.12.23.3; Vait.32.25.

prajāpatir	asi sarvataḥ śritaḥ # TB.3.7.6.11; Apś.4.8.2.

praṇenīr	ugro jaritāram ūtī # RV.6.23.3b.

pra	ṇo muñcataṃ duritād avadyāt # AVP.1.109.2c. Cf. under mumuktam asmān.

prati	gṛbhṇāti viśritā varīmabhiḥ # RV.1.55.2b.

pratnaṃ	pratnavat paritaṃsayadhyai # RV.6.22.7b; AVś.20.36.7b.

prapathintamaṃ	paritaṃsayadhyai # RV.1.173.7b.

pra	bodhaya jaritar jāram indram # RV.10.42.2b; AVś.20.89.2b.

pramuñcamānau	duritāni viśvā # TB.3.1.1.4c.

pra	yat stotā jaritā tūrṇyarthaḥ # RV.3.52.5c.

pra	yaḥ sasrāṇaḥ śiśrīta yonau # RV.1.149.2c.

prāṇo	'gniḥ paramātmā vai pañcavāyuḥ samāśritaḥ, sa prītaḥ prīṇātu viśvaṃ viśvabhuk # MU.6.9. See prāṇo agniḥ.

prāvīn	nu vīro jaritāram ūtī # RV.7.20.2b.

prāsmad	eno duritaṃ supratīkāḥ # AVś.10.5.24b. Cf. next.

barhiṣmatī	rātir viśritā gīḥ # RV.1.117.1c.

bibharti	yā prāṇabhṛto atandritā # PG.2.17.9b.

bṛhaspate	pratarītāsy āyuṣaḥ # RV.10.100.5b.

bhadrā	aśvā haritaḥ sūryasya # RV.1.115.3a; MS.4.10.2a: 147.3; TB.2.8.7.1a. P: bhadrā aśvāḥ MS.4.12.1: 177.13; 4.12.4: 190.11; 4.14.4: 220.8; Mś.5.1.9.5.

bhinad	valasya paridhīṃr iva tritaḥ # RV.1.52.5d; MS.4.12.3d: 185.5.

bhuvat	tritasya marjyaḥ # RV.9.34.4a.

bhūmyās	tavaṃ divi śritam # AVP.15.23.12d.

bhrūṇaghni	pūṣan duritāni mṛkṣva (AVP. muṣṭāḥ) # AVś.6.112.3d; 113.2d; AVP.1.70.4d.

manuṣyalokāya	prakaritāram # VS.30.12; TB.3.4.1.8.

mandrāḥ	sujihvāḥ svaritāra āsabhiḥ # RV.1.166.11c.

mamāntar	hṛdaye śritaḥ # TA.1.31.5b.

mayobhuvo	jaritā johavīti # RV.5.43.1d.

marto	vurīta (TS. vṛṇīta; KS. vareta) sakhyam # RV.5.50.1b; VS.4.8b; 11.67b; 22.21b; TS.1.2.2.1b; 4.1.9.1b; 6.1.2.5; MS.1.2.2b: 10.15; 2.7.7b: 82.10; 3.6.5: 65.9; KS.2.2b; 16.7b; śB.3.1.4.18b; 6.6.1.21b.

mā	te bhayaṃ jaritāraṃ yaviṣṭha # RV.1.189.4c.

mā	no gharma hvaritaḥ # Mś.4.4.39. ūha of mā naḥ soma hvarito.

mā	pṛṇanto duritam ena āran # RV.1.125.7a.

māyaṃ	grāmo duritam ena ārat # AVP.1.27.3c.

māyā	vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā divi śritā # RV.5.63.4a.

māsāḥ	sthartuṣu śritāḥ, ardhamāsānāṃ pratiṣṭhāḥ, yuṣmāsv idam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartāro viśvasya janayitāraḥ # TB.3.11.1.16.

mā	hiṃsīr deva preritaḥ (Apś. preṣitaḥ) # Aś.3.14.13a; Apś.9.16.11a.

mitraḥ	krītaḥ # VS.8.55; TS.4.4.9.1.

mimāti	māyuṃ dhvasanāv adhi śritā # RV.1.164.29b; AVś.9.10.7b; JB.2.265b; N.2.9b.

mukṣīya	duritād aham # AVP.5.14.5d.

mumuktam	asmān duritād avadyāt # AVś.5.6.8a. See prec. but one, and cf. pra ṇo muñcataṃ.

mṛjmahe	duritaṃ vayam # AVś.14.2.66d.

ya	āritaḥ karmaṇi-karmaṇi sthiraḥ # RV.1.101.4b; N.5.15.

yaḥ	kaś ca kakudi śritaḥ # AVś.7.76.3d.

yajño	'si sarvataḥ śritaḥ # TB.3.7.6.11; Apś.4.8.2.

yat	kiṃ ca duritaṃ mayi # RV.1.23.22b; 10.9.8b; VSK.6.5.5b; TA.10.24.1e,25.1e; MahānU.14.3e,4e. See under avadyaṃ ca.

yat	kiṃ cid (Mś. var. lect. ca) duritaṃ mayi # Tā.10.64d; MahānU.19.1d; Mś.1.8.4.40b. See under avadyaṃ ca.

yatra	vaḥ preṅkhā haritā arjunā uta # AVś.4.37.4c. See yatra vo 'kṣā.

yatra	vo 'kṣā haritā arjunāḥ # AVP.12.7.8a. See yatra vaḥ preṅkhā.

yat	samudram anu śritam # AVś.13.2.14a.

yat	subhṛtaṃ yat svāhā # VSK.7.6.4d; 7.5d. See yāḥ suprītāḥ.

yat	sūryasya haritaḥ patantīḥ # RV.5.29.5c.

yathā	cit pūrve jaritāra āsuḥ # RV.6.19.4c.

yathā	tarema duritāni viśvā # TB.3.1.1.11d.

yad	āpo naktaṃ duritaṃ carāma # TB.3.7.12.6a. P: yad āpaḥ TA.2.3.1.

yad	indro anayad ritaḥ # RV.6.57.4a; SV.1.148a; KS.23.11a. P: yad indro anayat Svidh.2.6.1.

yaded	ayukta haritaḥ sadhasthāt # RV.1.115.4c; AVś.20.123.1c; VS.33.37c; MS.4.10.2c: 147.2; TB.2.8.7.2c; N.4.11c.

yad	bhūmer hṛdayaṃ divi candramasi śritam # ApMB.2.13.3ab (ApG.6.15.5). See veda te bhūmi.

yad	vā gha trita āptye # RV.8.12.16b; AVś.20.111.1b; SV.1.384b.

yad	vā dudroha duritaṃ purāṇam # AVP.1.33.5b.

yad	vā duścaritaṃ mama # TA.10.23.1b; BDh.2.5.8.10b; MahānU.14.2b; PrāṇāgU.1b.

yad	vrateṣu duritaṃ nijagmima # Kauś.42.17c.

yan	mātalī rathakrītam # AVś.11.6.23a; Kauś.58.25. Cf. Kauś.55.1, note.

yamena	dattaṃ trita enam āyunak # RV.1.163.2a; VS.29.13a; TS.4.6.7.1a; KS.40.6a.

yayāti	viśvā duritā tarema # RV.8.42.3c; TS.1.2.2.2c; MS.1.2.2c: 11.2; KS.2.3c; AB.1.13.29.

yaḥ	śūrasātā paritakmye dhane # RV.1.31.6c.

yas	te trita duḥsvapnyasya (Zehnder's edition duṣvapnyasya) bhāgaḥ # AVP.2.37.2c.

yasmiṃ	lokā adhi śritāḥ # VS.20.32b.

yasmiṃ	jyeṣṭham adhi śritam # AVś.10.8.19d.

yasminn	idaṃ viśvaṃ bhuvanam adhi śritam # TS.4.6.2.3d. See yasmin viśvāni bhu-.

yasmin	vāyur adhi śritaḥ # AVP.9.25.2b.

yasmin	ṣaḍ urvīḥ pañca diśo adhi śritāḥ # AVś.13.3.6a.

yāḥ	kāś ca pṛthivīṃ śritāḥ # TA.8.2.1b; TU.2.2.1b.

yā	duritā paribādhamānā # HG.1.4.4a. See iyaṃ duruktāt.

yāḥ	suprītāḥ suhutā yat svāhā # VS.7.15d; śB.4.2.1.33. See yat subhṛtaṃ.

yujāna	indo haritaḥ suparṇyaḥ # RV.9.86.37b; SV.2.307b; JB.3.84.

yujāno	haritā rathe # RV.6.47.19a; śś.18.11.2.

ye	antarikṣa uta ye divi śritāḥ # MG.2.7.4b. See ye antarikṣe ye ca.

ye	antarikṣe ye ca divi śritāsaḥ # Kauś.135.9d. See ye antarikṣa uta.

Dictionary of Sanskrit Search

"rita" has 54 results

abhisvarita	provided with a svarita or circumflex accent.

aāmantrita(1)	a word in the vocative singular. confer, compare सामन्त्रितम् P.II.3.48: a tech. term in Pāṇini's grammar, the peculiar features of which are पराङ्गवद्भाव (confer, compare P.II.1.2), अविद्यमानवद्भाव (confer, compare P.VIII.1.72), द्वित्व (confer, compare P.VIII. 1.8), अद्युदात्तत्व (confer, compare P.VI.1.198), सर्वानुदात्तत्व(confer, compare P.VIII.1.19), splitting of ए into अा and इ, exempli gratia, for example अग्रे into अग्ना ३ इ (confer, compare P.VIII.2.107 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3); (2) Vocative case, confer, compare ओकार अामन्त्रितजः प्रगृह्यः Ṛk. Prāt. I.28; Vāj. Pr. III.139: II.17: II.24 VI.1.

aāmantritakāraka	a word connected with the verbal activity possessed by अामन्त्रित exempli gratia, for example कुण्डेन in कुण्डेनाटन्; confer, compare अामन्त्रिते या धातुवाच्या क्रिया तस्याः कारकम् Kaiyaṭa on P.II.1.2.

uccarita	pronounced or uttered; the phrase उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः is used in connection with the mute indicatory letters termed इत् in Pāṇini's grammar, as these letters are not actually found in use in the language and are therefore supposed to vanish immediately after their purpose has been servedition The phrase 'उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनोSनुबन्धा:' has been given as a Paribhāṣā by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.(Pari.11), in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 14), in the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa (Pari.54) and also in the Kalāpa Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 71). Patañjali has used the expression उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः in connection with ordinary letters of a word, which have existence for a moment and which also vanish immediately after they have been uttered; confer, compare उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः खल्वपि वर्णा: ...न वर्णो वर्णस्य सहायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4. 109.

uccaritapradhvaṃsin	vanishing immediately after utterance. See उच्चरित.

upācarita(1)	sibilation substitution of a sibilant letter for a visarga: confer, compare प्लुतोपाचरिते च R.Pr. XI.19; (2) name of the saṁdhi in which a visarga is changed into a sibilant letter; confer, compare सर्वत्रैवोपाचरितः स संधिः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)IV.14 which corresponds to Pāṇini VIII.3.18 and 19.

kārita(1)	ancient term for the causal Vikaraṇa, (णिच् in Pāṇini's grammar and इन् in Kātantra); (2) causal or causative as applied to roots ending in णिच् or words derived from such roots called also 'ṇyanta' by the followers of Pāṇini's grammar; confer, compare इन् कारितं धात्वर्थे Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.III.2.9, explained as धात्वर्थक्रियानाम्न इन् परो भवति धात्वर्थे स च कारितसंज्ञक;।

caritakriya	having kriya or verbactivity hidden in it. The term is used by Bhartrhari in connection with a solitary noun-word or a substantive having the force of a sentence, and hence which can be termed a sentence on account of the verbal activity dormant in it. exempli gratia, for example पिण्डीम्; confer, compare वाक्यं तदपि मन्यन्ते यत्पदं वरितक्रियम् Vakyapad.II. 326, and चरिता गर्भीकृता आख्यातक्रिया यस्य तद्गर्भीकृतक्रियापदं नामपदं वाक्यं प्रयुञ्जते ! Com. on Vakyapadya II.326.

sahacarita	going together: occurring together; e. g. विपराभ्यां जेः ( where परा is taken as the preposition परा and not the pronoun परा which is the feminine. base of पर on account of the paribhasa सहचरितासहचरितयोः सहृचरितस्यैव ग्रहणम्): confer, compare Pari.Sek.Pari.103.

svarita	the circumflex accent, the accent between the acute (.उदात्त) and the grave ( अनुदात्त); for details see स्वर.

svaritakaraṇa	marking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.

svaritapratijñā	the conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.

anudātta	non-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).

āśvalāyanaprātiśākhya	an authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.

it(1)	a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217，ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.

uddyota	the word always refers in grammar to the famous commentary by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa written in the first decade of the 18th century A. D. om the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa. The Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.appears to be one of the earlier works of Nāgeśa. It is also called Vivaraṇa. The commentary is a scholarly one and is looked upon as a final word re : the exposition of the Mahābhāṣya. It is believed that Nāgeśa wrote 12 Uddyotas and 12 Śekharas which form some authoritative commentaries on prominent works in the different Śāstras.

ekaśruti	that which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति \| उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.

aikasvarya	having only one principal accent (Udātta or Svarita) for the whole compound word which is made up of two or more individual words confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29.

kṣaipra(1)	another name of the क्षिप्रसंधिSee the word क्षिप्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (2) name given to the Svarita accent borne by the vowel following the semivowel which results from the Kṣiprasaṁdhi; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 8; III.7,10; VIII. 22: confer, compare इवर्णोकारयोर्यवकारभावे क्षैप्र उदात्तयोः V.Pr. XX. 1; confer, compare also युवर्णौ यवौ क्षैप्रः V.Pr.I.115: उदात्तस्वरितयोर्यणः स्वरितोनुदात्तस्य P.VIII.2.4.

gaṇapāṭha	the mention individually of the several words forming a class or gaṇa, named after the first word said to have been written by Pāṇini himself as a supplementary work to his great grammar called Aṣṭaka or Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., the Sikṣā,the Dhātupātha and the Lingānuśāsana being the other ones. Other grammarians such as शाकटायन, अापिशलि and others have their own gaṇapāthās. The gaṇapāthā is traditionally ascribed to Pāṇini; the issue is questioned, however, by modern scholars. The text of the gaṇapāṭha is metrically arranged by some scholars. The most scholarly and authoritative treatise on gaṇapāṭha is the Gaṇaratnamahodadhī of Vardhamāna.

cātuḥsvārya	the view that there are four accents-the udatta, the anudatta, the svarita and the pracaya held by the Khandikya and the Aukhiya Schools.

jātya	name of a variety of the Svarita or circumflex accent; the original svarita accent as contrasted with the svarita for the grave which follows upon an acute as prescribed by P. in VIII. 4.67, and which is found in the words इन्द्रः, होता et cetera, and others The jatya svarita is noticed in the words स्वः, क्व, न्यक्, कन्या et cetera, and others; .confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं स्वरितमनुदात्तं पदेक्षरम्। अतोन्यत् स्वरितं स्वारं जात्यमाचक्षते पदे॥ जात्या स्वभावेनैव उदात्तानुदात्तसंगतिं विना जातो जात्यः । तं जात्यमाचक्षतै व्याडिप्रभृयः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) and commentary III. 4.

jaumāra( व्याकरण )	a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.

t	the first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.

tattvabodhinī	name of the well-known commentary on Bhattoji's Siddhnta Kaumudi written by his pupil Jnanendrasarasvati at Benares. Out of the several commentaries on the Siddhantakaumudi, the Tattvabodhini is looked upon as the most authoritative and at the same time very scholarly.

tāthābhāvya	name given to the grave (अनुदात्त) vowel which is अवग्रह id est, that is which occurs at the end of the first member of a compound and which is placed between two acute vowels id est, that is is preceded by and followed by an acute vowel; exempli gratia, for example तनूSनप्त्रे, तनूSनपत्: confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्ताथाभाव्यः । V.Pr.I.120. The tathabhavya vowel is recited as a kampa ( कम्प ) ; confer, compare तथा चोक्तमौज्जिहायनकैर्माध्यन्दिनमतानुसारिभिः'अवग्रहो यदा नीच उच्चयॊर्मध्यतः क्वचित् । ताथाभाव्यो भवेत्कम्पस्तनूनप्त्रे निदर्शनम्'. Some Vedic scholars hold the view that the ताथाभाव्य vowel is not a grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel, but it is a kind of स्वरित or circumflex vowel. Strictly according to Panini "an anudatta following upon an udatta becomes Svarita": confer, compare P.VIII.4.66, V.Pr. IV. 1.138: cf also R.Pr.III. 16.

tairovyañjana	a kind of svarita or circumflex-accented vowel which follows an acute-accented vowel, with the intervention of a consonant between the acute accented vowel and the circumflex vowel which (vowel) originally was grave. e. g. इडे, रन्ते, हव्ये, काम्ये; here the vowel ए is तैरोव्यञ्जनस्वरित; confer, compare स्वरो व्यञ्जनयुतस्तैरोव्यञ्जनः, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 117.

nāgeśa	the most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.

nipātana	a word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.

paribhāṣā	an authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.

paribhāṣenduśekhara	the reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.

pāṭha(1)	recital of a sacred Vedic or Sastra work; the original recital of an authoritative text;(2) the various artificial ways or methods of such a recital; c.g. पदपाठ, क्रमपाठ et cetera, and others in the case of Vedic Literature: (3) an original recital such as the सुत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ, वार्तिकपाठ and परिभाषापाठ in the case of the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar; the five Paathas are called पञ्चपाठी; (4) recitation; confer, compare नान्तरेण पाठं स्वरा अनुबन्धा वा शक्या विज्ञातुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.1 Vaart. 13; (5) reading, variant: confer, compare चूर्णादीनि अप्राण्युपग्रहादिति सूत्रस्य पाठान्तरम् Kaas. on P.V.2.134.

pāṇini	the illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.

prakampa	depression of the voice after raising it as noticed in connection with the utterance of the svarita vowels in certain cases and in certain Vedic schools with a view to show the svarita nature of the vowel distinctly, in spite of the fact that such a depression is generally looked upon as a.fault; confer, compare असन्दिग्धान् स्वरान् ब्रूयादविकृष्टानकाम्पितान् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.18 as also जात्योभिानिहितश्चैव क्षैप्रः प्रश्लिष्ट एव च । एते स्वराः प्रकम्पन्ते यत्रोच्चस्वरितोदयाः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 19.

pramāṇa(1)	authority; authoritative proof; confer, compare लोकः अवश्यं शब्देषु प्रमाणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 2.64 Vart. 29; (2) measurement, measure; confer, compare प्रमाणे द्वयसज्दघ्नत्र्मात्रचः P. V. 2.37; प्रमाणत; अकारो गुणः प्राप्तः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.50.

pravaṇa	circumflex accent; possessed of svarita accent; confer, compare सुर्वः प्रवण इत्येके । प्रकर्षेण वन्येत व्युत्क्षिप्यते इति प्रवणः स्वरितस्वरः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 47; confer, compare also प्रवणे यष्टव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 2.33.

prāmāṇika	authoritative; those that talk with authority; confer, compare प्रामाणिकमतमेतत्, a phrase often used by commentators.

madhyama(1)	the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः \| the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति \| उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् \| (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.

mahābhāṣya	literally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).

yāska	a reputed ancient Niruktakara or etymologist, of the 6th century B.C. or even a few centuries before that, whose work, the Nirukta, is looked upon as the oldest authoritative treatise regarding derivation of Vedic words. Yaska was preceded by a number of etymologists whom he has mentioned in his work and whose works he has utilisedition Yaska's Nirukta threw into the back-ground the older treatises on etymology, all of which disappeared gradually in the course of time.

vacana(1)	literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने \| लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.

vārttika	a statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते \| तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:\|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.

vārtikavacana	a small pithy statement or assertion in the manner of the original sutras which is held as much authoritative as the Sutra: cf न ब्रुमो वृत्तिसूत्रवचनप्रामाण्यादिति \| किं तर्हि \| वार्तिकवचनप्रामाण्यादिति [ M.Bh. on P.II..1.1 Varttika 23.

vaivṛtta	name given to the svarita or circumflex accent on the vowel following upon a vowel accented acute, when there is a vivrtti or pause between the two vowels; e.g, य इन्द्रः; cf वैवृत्ततैरोव्यञ्जनौ क्षैप्राभिनिहितौ च तान् \| Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 10.

vyākhyāna(1)	explanation of a rule, or a line, or a verse by analysing the rule and giving examples and counter-examples; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऎजिति \| किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति \| M.Bh. Ahnika l Vart.11 ; (2)authoritative decision given in places of doubt by ancient scholars; confer, compare याख्थानतो विशेषप्रतिपत्ति: न हि संदेहादलक्षणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika .1; Par.Sek.Pari.1.

śabdānuśāsana	literally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.

śabdopadeśa	scientific and authoritative citation or statement of a word as contrasted with अपशब्दोपदेशः; confer, compare किं शब्दोपदेश: कर्तव्यः आहोस्विदपशब्दोपदेशः आहोस्विदुभयोपदेश इति ।Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika l. शमादि a class of eight roots headed by शम् which get their vowel lengthened before the conjugational sign य (श्यन्) as also before the krt. affix इन् ( घिनुण् ) in the sense of 'habituated to': exempli gratia, for example शाम्यति, शमी, भ्राम्यति, भ्रमी et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.VII.3.74 and P. III.2.141.

śruta	literally what is actually heard; the word is used in connection with such statements as are made by the authoritative grammarians, Panini and the Varttikakara by their actual utterance or wording, as contrasted with such dictums as can be deduced only from their writings. confer, compare श्रुतानुभितंयोः श्रौतः संबन्धो बलीयान्. Par. Sek Pari. 104.

śruti(1)	literally hearing sound.confer, compare श्रुतौ च रूपग्रहणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64; perception, as a proof contrasted with inference; confer, compare ननु च श्रुतिकृतोपि भेदोस्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VII. 1.72 Vart. 1; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2.25; cf also तस्मादुच्चश्रुतीनि Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 61; (2) authoritative word; the word is sometimes used in connection with the utterances of the Sutrakaras viz. the Sutra.

sarvanighāta	grave accent ( अनुदात्त ) for the whole word, generally for a verbal form or a word in the vocative case, if preceded by another word which is not a verb. The term is used in contrast with शेषनिघात the grave accent for the remaining vowels of a word when a particular vowel is definitely fixed as an acute or an independent Svarita or circumflex; confer, compare P.VIII. 1.28 to 74.

subodhinī	name given to (1) a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Kshamaunin or Jayakrshamaunin; (2) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Amritabharati : (3) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Candrakirti.

smṛti	an authoritative dictum of an ancient grammarian before the famous author of the Varttika;confer, compare तथा च स्मृतिः श्तिपा शापानुबन्धेन निर्दिष्ट्ं etc, Siradeva Pari. 68.

svara(l)	vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

hemacandra	a Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.

Vedabase Search

534 results


abhimantritaḥ	was addressed	SB 4.9.45

tat-abhimantritam	consecrated by the mantra of Bhadra Kālī	SB 5.9.16

ācarita	activities	SB 1.18.17

ācarita-agrya	simply preaching His activities	SB 4.22.24

ācaritaḥ	followed	SB 4.2.10

ācaritaḥ	executed	SB 4.14.15

ācaritaḥ	done	SB 10.78.31-32

sva-ācaritaiḥ	by their characteristic behavior	SB 10.13.23

ācaritaiḥ	because of works	SB 10.47.67

mańgala-ācaritaiḥ	by auspicious activities	CC Adi 6.61

ācaritam	character	SB 3.14.27

ācaritam	activity	SB 3.14.28

ācaritam	practice	SB 4.22.7

ācaritam	performed	SB 5.4.15

ācaritam	activities	SB 5.6.16

ācaritam	practiced	SB 5.8.23

ācaritam	performed	SB 6.16.46

toka-ācaritam adbhutam	they are also wonderful childhood pastimes	SB 10.7.3

ācaritam	what they do	SB 10.33.31

ācaritam	has been performed	SB 10.38.3

ācaritam	performed	SB 10.58.11

ācaritam	acted	SB 10.60.29

ācaritam	and actions	SB 10.87.15

ācaritam	action done	SB 10.90.19

harita-ādayaḥ	headed by the Haritas	SB 8.13.28

toka-ācaritam adbhutam	they are also wonderful childhood pastimes	SB 10.7.3

sphurita-aruṇa-adharam	swollen reddish lips	SB 10.9.6

adhiśrita	situated	SB 4.7.21

adhiśritam	crowned	SB 3.23.18

adhyāsana-āśritaḥ	situated on the throne	SB 6.7.2-8

carita-ādi	character, pastimes and so forth	NoI 7

carita-ādi	character, pastimes and so on	NoI 8

ācarita-agrya	simply preaching His activities	SB 4.22.24

akhila-durita	all sinful activities	SB 12.6.68

sura-nara-mṛga-miśrita-jalacara-ākṛtibhiḥ	with different forms like those of the demigods, human beings, animals, mixtures and aquatics (the incarnations Vāmana, Lord Rāmacandra, Kṛṣṇa, Varāha, Hayagrīva, Nṛsiṃha, Matsya and Kūrma)	SB 6.9.40

āmantritaḥ	being prayed for	SB 3.3.6

āmantritaḥ	was declared	SB 4.17.9

marita' amogha	Amogha would have died	CC Madhya 15.290

amṛta-yantritaḥ	being captivated by the nectar	SB 7.13.20

amṛta-carita	nectarean characteristics	CC Madhya 4.170

smārita-ananta	as soon as Lord Kṛṣṇa was remembered	SB 10.12.44

anāśritaḥ	without taking shelter	BG 6.1

dhūli-dhūsarita-ańgaḥ tvam	You have become covered with dust and sand all over Your body	SB 10.11.18

ańghri-śrita	under the protection of His feet	SB 2.1.37

śekharita-ańghri-reṇuḥ	the dust of whose lotus feet is the crown	CC Adi 6.73

antaritaḥ	situated between	SB 3.7.17

antaritaḥ	having ended	SB 10.53.23

bhagavat-āśrita-āśrita-anubhāvaḥ	the consequence of taking shelter of a devotee who has similarly taken shelter of a spiritual master in the paramparā system (one is sure to get out of the great nescience of the bodily concept of life)	SB 5.13.25

anucarita	constantly performed activities	SB 10.47.18

anucaritam	character and activities	SB 2.8.16

anucaritam	and the activities of the incarnation	SB 2.8.17

anucaritam	activities	SB 2.10.5

kila anucaritam	pastimes as a paramahaṃsa, above all regulative varṇāśrama principles	SB 5.6.9

anucaritam	the narration	SB 5.14.46

anucaritam	the narration	SB 5.24.27

anucaritam	characteristics (understood by reading or describing his activities)	SB 7.10.43-44

avatāra-anucaritam	activities performed in His different incarnations	SB 8.23.30

anucaritam	transcendental activities	SB 9.10.3

vaṃśa-anucaritam	the narrations of their activities	SB 12.7.9-10

vaṃśa-anucaritam	histories of the dynasties	SB 12.7.16

anucaritam	the life story	SB 12.12.14-15

anumantritaḥ	being permitted	SB 4.7.16

anuparitaḥ	surrounding	SB 5.16.29

apāśrita	taking rest against	SB 3.4.8

kṛta-śriyā apāśrita	beauty created by those dresses and ornaments	SB 3.8.25

āpūrita	filled	SB 6.4.41

āpūritam	is fulfilled	SB 3.12.57

āpūritam	spread all over	SB 4.1.13

sphurita-aruṇa-adharam	swollen reddish lips	SB 10.9.6

upāśritaḥ asmi	I take full shelter	CC Madhya 25.36

āśrita-padaḥ	surrendered soul	SB 2.7.42

bhagavat-āśrita-āśrita-anubhāvaḥ	the consequence of taking shelter of a devotee who has similarly taken shelter of a spiritual master in the paramparā system (one is sure to get out of the great nescience of the bodily concept of life)	SB 5.13.25

bhagavat-āśrita-āśrita-anubhāvaḥ	the consequence of taking shelter of a devotee who has similarly taken shelter of a spiritual master in the paramparā system (one is sure to get out of the great nescience of the bodily concept of life)	SB 5.13.25

āśrita	resting on	SB 7.3.2

āśrita-mārgam	its holes stopped	SB 10.35.2-3

āśrita	of the sheltered	CC Adi 2.95

caraṇa-āśrita	one who has taken shelter of the lotus feet	CC Adi 7.2

tāńhāra caraṇa-āśrita	all who have taken shelter at His lotus feet	CC Adi 11.2

āśrita-padaḥ	those who have taken shelter of the Lord	CC Madhya 6.235

āśrita	of the sheltered	CC Madhya 20.151

āśrita jana	subservient people	CC Antya 6.150

āśritaḥ	taking refuge	BG 12.11

āśritaḥ	situated	BG 15.14

āśritaḥ	under	SB 1.3.6

āśritaḥ	taking shelter of	SB 1.6.15

āśritaḥ	under the protection	SB 1.16.11

āśritaḥ	taken refuge	SB 3.23.42

durga-āśritaḥ	being in a fortified place	SB 5.1.18

āśritaḥ	taken shelter of	SB 5.1.19

āśritaḥ	receiving	SB 6.4.34

adhyāsana-āśritaḥ	situated on the throne	SB 6.7.2-8

āśritaḥ	taking shelter of	SB 6.17.38

bhavam āśritaḥ	who is in material existence	SB 7.6.5

āśritaḥ	situated on	SB 7.9.35

āśritaḥ	took shelter of (and is living in even now)	SB 9.22.11

āśritaḥ	(I am) depending	SB 10.36.29

āśritaḥ	resorting to	SB 10.61.30

āśritaḥ	resorting to	SB 10.61.32

āśritaḥ	situated	SB 11.6.20

āśritaḥ	taking shelter of	SB 11.29.13-14

āśritaḥ	was taken shelter of	SB 11.29.37

āśritaḥ	taking recourse to	CC Adi 3.83

āśritaḥ	accepting	CC Adi 4.34

āśritaḥ	taken shelter of	CC Madhya 22.101

āśritam	assuming	BG 9.11

āśritam	directed	SB 4.4.20

āśritam	absorbed	SB 4.6.39

āśritam	accepted	CC Madhya 25.39

vidārita-āsye	within the wide-open mouth	SB 10.8.37-39

atandritaḥ	with great care	BG 3.23

atandritaḥ	instrumental	SB 2.9.29

atandritaḥ	alert	SB 3.28.7

atandritaḥ	attentive	SB 3.28.30

atandritaḥ	attentive	SB 3.30.9

atandritaḥ	very carefully	SB 11.9.11

atandritaḥ	carefully	SB 11.13.12

atandritaḥ	with great care	SB 11.14.29

atandritaḥ	carefully	SB 11.20.19

atandritam	ceaseless	SB 12.13.2

īrita-ātmane	unto the Lord, who is manifested	SB 5.18.36

avadhāritam	is understood	SB 11.6.28

avadhīrita	which have defied	MM 6

avadhūta-veṣa-bhāṣā-caritaiḥ	by the dress, language and characteristics of an avadhūta	SB 5.6.6

avatāra-anucaritam	activities performed in His different incarnations	SB 8.23.30

avatāritaḥ	is removed	SB 11.6.28

avatāritaḥ	diminished	SB 11.30.25

avidūritaḥ	not far away	SB 10.30.40

bhagavat-āśrita-āśrita-anubhāvaḥ	the consequence of taking shelter of a devotee who has similarly taken shelter of a spiritual master in the paramparā system (one is sure to get out of the great nescience of the bodily concept of life)	SB 5.13.25

avadhūta-veṣa-bhāṣā-caritaiḥ	by the dress, language and characteristics of an avadhūta	SB 5.6.6

bhavam āśritaḥ	who is in material existence	SB 7.6.5

bhojana-carita	eating affairs	CC Madhya 15.299

dvitaḥ tritaḥ ca ekataḥ ca	Dvita, Trita and Ekata	SB 10.84.2-5

dvitaḥ tritaḥ ca ekataḥ ca	Dvita, Trita and Ekata	SB 10.84.2-5

caitanya-carita	of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Adi 8.42

caitanya-carita	pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Madhya 2.87

caitanya-carita	the activities of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Madhya 9.361

caitanya-carita	the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Madhya 9.364

caitanya-carita	the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Antya 2.171

caraṇa-āśrita	one who has taken shelter of the lotus feet	CC Adi 7.2

tāńhāra caraṇa-āśrita	all who have taken shelter at His lotus feet	CC Adi 11.2

carita	characteristics	SB 3.5.7

sat-carita	of very good character, observing all necessary rules and regulations	SB 9.6.50

carita	of the pastimes	SB 10.87.21

caitanya-carita	of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Adi 8.42

carita	characteristics	CC Adi 10.43

carita	activities	CC Adi 13.15

carita	the character	CC Adi 17.329

daśama-carita	poetry about the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam	CC Madhya 1.35

carita	the activities	CC Madhya 2.32

carita	characteristic	CC Madhya 2.50

caitanya-carita	pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Madhya 2.87

amṛta-carita	nectarean characteristics	CC Madhya 4.170

gopāla-carita	the narration of Gopāla	CC Madhya 5.134

carita	the character	CC Madhya 8.187

vaiṣṇava-carita	pure devotees	CC Madhya 9.305

caitanya-carita	the activities of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Madhya 9.361

caitanya-carita	the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Madhya 9.364

ińhāra carita	his character	CC Madhya 10.63

śrī-kṛṣṇa-carita	the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 10.106

bhojana-carita	eating affairs	CC Madhya 15.299

caitanya-carita	the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Antya 2.171

carita	the characteristics	CC Antya 16.121-122

carita-ādi	character, pastimes and so forth	NoI 7

carita-ādi	character, pastimes and so on	NoI 8

kāka-mṛga-go-caritaḥ	behaving exactly like the crows, deer and cows	SB 5.5.34

daitya-dānava-kula-tīrthī-karaṇa-śīlā-caritaḥ	whose activities and character were so exalted that he delivered all the daityas (demons) born in his family	SB 5.18.7

upagīyamāna-caritaḥ	being glorified for His uncommon activities	SB 9.10.33

caritaḥ	whose character	SB 9.10.54

upagīyamāna-caritaḥ	being worshiped and adored for his exalted character and activities	SB 9.16.26

caritaḥ	His pastimes	SB 10.15.10-12

caritaḥ	His pastimes	SB 10.65.23

caritaiḥ	devotional services	SB 3.16.21

caritaiḥ	activities	SB 4.8.57

avadhūta-veṣa-bhāṣā-caritaiḥ	by the dress, language and characteristics of an avadhūta	SB 5.6.6

caritaiḥ	by His activities	SB 10.15.19

caritaiḥ	by acts	CC Adi 3.87

caritam	activities	SB 1.3.40

caritam	activities	SB 1.18.15

caritam	character	SB 3.13.3

caritam	character	SB 3.14.29

caritam	the character	SB 3.22.39

caritam	character	SB 4.12.44

caritam	character	SB 4.12.48

caritam	character	SB 4.23.30

caritam	character	SB 4.23.37

pṛthu-caritam	the narration of Pṛthu Mahārāja	SB 4.23.39

caritam	his character	SB 4.25.9

caritam	activities	SB 7.1.4-5

tat-caritam	the activities of the Lord	SB 8.3.20-21

caritam	activities	SB 8.23.28

uttamaśloka-caritam	the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 8.24.2-3

caritam	the pastimes	SB 8.24.4

caritam	character	SB 9.5.28

rāma-caritam	the narration concerning the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Rāmacandra	SB 9.11.23

caritam	the character	SB 10.1.1

kṛṣṇa-caritam	topics of Lord Kṛṣṇa	SB 10.1.14

caritam	the activities	SB 10.12.40

caritam	pastimes	SB 10.14.60

caritam	the pastimes	SB 10.16.3

su-caritam	pious work	SB 10.53.38

caritam	done	SB 10.64.14-15

caritam	the activities	SB 10.84.17

caritam	pastime	SB 10.85.59

deva-caritam	the activities of demigods	SB 11.2.5

caritam	the pastimes	SB 12.12.2

caritam	the history	SB 12.12.14-15

caritam	the history	SB 12.12.18

caritam	the pastimes	SB 12.12.24

caritam	the character and activities	CC Antya 20.154

caritam	pastimes	MM 24

caritasya	one who possesses such qualities	SB 4.23.30

sneha-yantrita-cetasā	his mind being controlled by such affection	SB 9.7.15

churita	smeared	SB 10.15.42

churita	powdered	SB 10.35.22-23

churita	smeared	SB 10.39.30

churita	tinged	Bs 5.38

churitam	covered	SB 7.8.19-22

daitya-dānava-kula-tīrthī-karaṇa-śīlā-caritaḥ	whose activities and character were so exalted that he delivered all the daityas (demons) born in his family	SB 5.18.7

daitya-dānava-kula-tīrthī-karaṇa-śīlā-caritaḥ	whose activities and character were so exalted that he delivered all the daityas (demons) born in his family	SB 5.18.7

daśama-carita	poetry about the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam	CC Madhya 1.35

deva-caritam	the activities of demigods	SB 11.2.5

nānā-dhātu-vicitritaiḥ	decorated with various minerals	SB 4.6.10

dhūli-dhūsarita-ańgaḥ tvam	You have become covered with dust and sand all over Your body	SB 10.11.18

dhūli-dhūsarita-ańgaḥ tvam	You have become covered with dust and sand all over Your body	SB 10.11.18

durga-āśritaḥ	being in a fortified place	SB 5.1.18

durita	by sinful activities	SB 7.9.39

akhila-durita	all sinful activities	SB 12.6.68

durita	of sinful reactions	SB 12.11.17

duritakṣayaḥ	a son named Duritakṣaya	SB 9.21.18

duritam	and sins	SB 10.57.42

duścarita	sinful activities	SB 5.6.16

dvitaḥ tritaḥ ca ekataḥ ca	Dvita, Trita and Ekata	SB 10.84.2-5

dvitaḥ tritaḥ ca ekataḥ ca	Dvita, Trita and Ekata	SB 10.84.2-5

ghargharitam	the tumultuous sound	SB 3.13.25

girā īritam	merely being pronounced by the tongue	SB 4.4.14

kāka-mṛga-go-caritaḥ	behaving exactly like the crows, deer and cows	SB 5.5.34

gopāla-carita	the narration of Gopāla	CC Madhya 5.134

pūrita ha-ila	became filled	CC Madhya 14.35

harita	green	SB 3.8.24

śaśvat-harita	of evergreen	SB 3.22.29-30

harita-ādayaḥ	headed by the Haritas	SB 8.13.28

haritaḥ	the king named Harita	SB 9.8.1

pūrita ha-ila	became filled	CC Madhya 14.35

ińhāra carita	his character	CC Madhya 10.63

īrita	blown	SB 3.11.31

īrita-ātmane	unto the Lord, who is manifested	SB 5.18.36

īrita	by the instructions	SB 7.5.56-57

īritaḥ	explained	SB 3.7.23

īritaḥ	described	SB 4.13.4

īritaḥ	spreading	SB 7.3.4

īritaḥ	described	SB 8.4.14

īritaḥ	had been released	SB 8.11.32

īritaḥ	known as such	SB 9.6.12

īritaḥ	known	SB 9.17.6

īritaḥ	impelled	SB 11.3.10

īritaiḥ	chanted	SB 8.8.14

īritaiḥ	shot	SB 10.76.24

īritaiḥ	which are blown	SB 11.7.43

īritaiḥ	used	SB 11.23.2

īritam	indicated by	SB 1.14.24

īritam	uttered	SB 3.15.35

girā īritam	merely being pronounced by the tongue	SB 4.4.14

īritam	resounded	SB 4.10.22

īritam	now explained	SB 5.6.16

īritam	promised	SB 8.22.2

īritam	spoken (by Mahārāja Yayāti)	SB 9.19.26

īritam	trying for that purpose	SB 10.9.9

īritam	what was pronounced	SB 10.74.26

īritam	impelled	SB 11.20.17

īritayā	wielded	SB 10.77.34

svarita-ñ-itaḥ	of verbs having an indicatory ñ or a svarita accent	CC Madhya 24.26

sura-nara-mṛga-miśrita-jalacara-ākṛtibhiḥ	with different forms like those of the demigods, human beings, animals, mixtures and aquatics (the incarnations Vāmana, Lord Rāmacandra, Kṛṣṇa, Varāha, Hayagrīva, Nṛsiṃha, Matsya and Kūrma)	SB 6.9.40

āśrita jana	subservient people	CC Antya 6.150

kāka-mṛga-go-caritaḥ	behaving exactly like the crows, deer and cows	SB 5.5.34

daitya-dānava-kula-tīrthī-karaṇa-śīlā-caritaḥ	whose activities and character were so exalted that he delivered all the daityas (demons) born in his family	SB 5.18.7

karita	would have made	CC Adi 2.85

karite miśrita	mixing	CC Antya 10.138

maitreyaḥ kavaṣaḥ tritaḥ	Maitreya, Kavasa and Trita	SB 10.74.7-9

kila anucaritam	pastimes as a paramahaṃsa, above all regulative varṇāśrama principles	SB 5.6.9

kṛṣṇa-pūritaḥ	being filled with air from the mouth of Kṛṣṇa	SB 6.8.25

kṛṣṇa-caritam	topics of Lord Kṛṣṇa	SB 10.1.14

śrī-kṛṣṇa-carita	the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 10.106

kṛta-śriyā apāśrita	beauty created by those dresses and ornaments	SB 3.8.25

kuharita	of the sweet sounds made by the cuckoos	CC Adi 4.259

daitya-dānava-kula-tīrthī-karaṇa-śīlā-caritaḥ	whose activities and character were so exalted that he delivered all the daityas (demons) born in his family	SB 5.18.7

trita-kūpam sudarśanam	the pilgrimage places known as Tritakūpa and Sudarśana	SB 10.78.19-20

maitreyaḥ kavaṣaḥ tritaḥ	Maitreya, Kavasa and Trita	SB 10.74.7-9

mańgala-ācaritaiḥ	by auspicious activities	CC Adi 6.61

su-mantrita	being well advised	SB 8.15.32

āśrita-mārgam	its holes stopped	SB 10.35.2-3

marita' amogha	Amogha would have died	CC Madhya 15.290

sura-nara-mṛga-miśrita-jalacara-ākṛtibhiḥ	with different forms like those of the demigods, human beings, animals, mixtures and aquatics (the incarnations Vāmana, Lord Rāmacandra, Kṛṣṇa, Varāha, Hayagrīva, Nṛsiṃha, Matsya and Kūrma)	SB 6.9.40

miśrita	mixed	CC Adi 3.16

miśrita	mixed	CC Adi 4.17

karite miśrita	mixing	CC Antya 10.138

miśrita	mixed	CC Antya 17.44

miśritaḥ	mixed	SB 10.46.46

miśritam	mixed with	CC Antya 20.1

kāka-mṛga-go-caritaḥ	behaving exactly like the crows, deer and cows	SB 5.5.34

sura-nara-mṛga-miśrita-jalacara-ākṛtibhiḥ	with different forms like those of the demigods, human beings, animals, mixtures and aquatics (the incarnations Vāmana, Lord Rāmacandra, Kṛṣṇa, Varāha, Hayagrīva, Nṛsiṃha, Matsya and Kūrma)	SB 6.9.40

mukharitam	described	SB 10.60.42

mūtritaḥ	polluted with urine	SB 11.22.58-59

svarita-ñ-itaḥ	of verbs having an indicatory ñ or a svarita accent	CC Madhya 24.26

nānā-dhātu-vicitritaiḥ	decorated with various minerals	SB 4.6.10

sura-nara-mṛga-miśrita-jalacara-ākṛtibhiḥ	with different forms like those of the demigods, human beings, animals, mixtures and aquatics (the incarnations Vāmana, Lord Rāmacandra, Kṛṣṇa, Varāha, Hayagrīva, Nṛsiṃha, Matsya and Kūrma)	SB 6.9.40

nivārita	impeded	SB 6.13.17

nivāritaḥ	stopped	SB 1.8.45

nivāritaḥ	checked	SB 9.9.37

nivāritaḥ	forbidden	SB 10.17.9

nivāritaḥ	checked	SB 10.36.19

nivāritaḥ	forbidden	SB 10.53.2

āśrita-padaḥ	surrendered soul	SB 2.7.42

āśrita-padaḥ	those who have taken shelter of the Lord	CC Madhya 6.235

pariśritaḥ	surrounded	SB 6.7.2-8

pariśritaḥ	surrounded	SB 8.4.9

pariśritaḥ	surrounded	SB 10.25.33

pariśritam	surrounded	SB 3.24.9

paritaḥ	surrounded by	SB 2.9.13

paritaḥ	all around	SB 4.29.39-40

paritaḥ	all around	SB 5.1.33

paritaḥ	surrounding	SB 5.2.9

paritaḥ	all around	SB 5.16.26

paritaḥ	all over	SB 5.16.27

paritaḥ	all around	SB 5.19.29-30

paritaḥ	all around	SB 5.20.18

paritaḥ	all around	SB 5.20.24

paritaḥ	all around	SB 5.20.34

paritaḥ	all around	SB 5.20.37

paritaḥ	being surrounded	SB 7.3.14

paritaḥ	all around	SB 7.8.18

paritaḥ	all around	SB 8.2.23-24

paritaḥ	everywhere	SB 10.13.61

paritaḥ	surrounding	SB 10.16.19

paritaḥ	on all sides	SB 10.19.8

paritaḥ	on all sides	SB 10.62.32

paritaḥ	all around	SB 10.83.29

paritaḥ	all around	SB 11.7.62

paritaḥ	on all sides	SB 11.27.36

paritaḥ	all around	SB 12.6.71

paritaḥ	on all sides	SB 12.8.43

paritaḥ	all around	CC Adi 3.63

paritaḥ	all around	CC Adi 4.125

paritaḥ	all around	CC Madhya 18.1

paritaḥ	in all respects	NoI 10

paritaḥ	surrounding	Bs 5.5

paritaḥ	all around	Bs 5.5

paritapyamānā	lamenting	SB 1.7.15

paritapyate	is feeling pain	SB 4.3.20

paritarpaṇam	satisfying	SB 9.21.10

parivāritaḥ	surrounded	SB 5.20.40

parivāritaḥ	surrounded	SB 8.22.33

parivāritaḥ	joined	SB 10.41.19

parivāritaḥ	attended	SB 10.70.17

vāruṇa-pāśa-yantritaḥ	being bound by the ropes of Varuṇa	SB 8.22.14

prasāritaḥ	cast	SB 11.29.39

prasphurita	trembling	SB 4.18.1

prasphurita	trembling	SB 7.5.25

praśrita	who was humble	SB 7.5.52

praśritaḥ	with great humility	SB 10.4.14

praśritam	who was humble	SB 10.41.9

praśritasya	obediently	SB 1.5.29

pratipūrita	fully achieved	SB 8.5.44

prema-yantritaḥ	as if tied in love, although it is actually lust	SB 9.19.12

preritaḥ	induced by	SB 3.6.4

pṛthu-caritam	the narration of Pṛthu Mahārāja	SB 4.23.39

pūrita	full of	CC Adi 13.107

pūrita	filled	CC Madhya 8.175

pūrita ha-ila	became filled	CC Madhya 14.35

pūrita	filled	CC Madhya 15.76

kṛṣṇa-pūritaḥ	being filled with air from the mouth of Kṛṣṇa	SB 6.8.25

pūritam	has become full	SB 11.5.46

putra-upacāritam	indicating his son	SB 6.2.49

putra-upacāritam	though spoken for his son	CC Antya 3.64

putra-upacāritam	though spoken for his son	CC Antya 3.187

rāma-caritam	the narration concerning the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Rāmacandra	SB 9.11.23

śekharita-ańghri-reṇuḥ	the dust of whose lotus feet is the crown	CC Adi 6.73

samanumantritaḥ	advised	SB 10.50.57

samavadhāritam	sufficiently understood	SB 11.29.29

yoga-samīrita	achieved by practice of yoga	SB 5.6.1

samīritaḥ	driven	SB 10.19.7

saṃsmāritaḥ	remembering	SB 4.3.15

saṃsmāritaḥ	made to remember	SB 11.2.10

saṃsmāritaḥ	have been made to remember	SB 12.12.57

saṃśritaḥ	full of	SB 2.10.49-50

samupāśritaḥ	having taken shelter of	BG 18.51-53

saritaḥ	the rivers	SB 2.2.5

saritaḥ	the rivers	SB 3.17.7

saritaḥ	rivers	SB 3.29.42

saritaḥ	the rivers	SB 4.1.53

saritaḥ	rivers	SB 4.29.39-40

saritaḥ	rivers	SB 5.13.6

saritaḥ	the water	SB 10.12.7-11

saritaḥ	the rivers	SB 10.27.26

saritaḥ	the rivers	SB 10.35.6-7

saritaḥ	rivers	SB 10.87.31

saritaḥ	rivers	SB 11.6.19

saritaḥ	the rivers	SB 12.9.28-29

saritaḥ	rivers	CC Madhya 23.114

svaḥ-saritam	the celestial water of the Ganges	SB 3.4.36

saritam	of the river	SB 9.15.20

saritau	two rivers	SB 4.6.24

śaśvat-harita	of evergreen	SB 3.22.29-30

sat-carita	of very good character, observing all necessary rules and regulations	SB 9.6.50

śrita-sattvāya	the shelter of the quality of goodness	SB 4.7.40

śekharita	placed upon the heads	SB 10.83.8

śekharita-ańghri-reṇuḥ	the dust of whose lotus feet is the crown	CC Adi 6.73

daitya-dānava-kula-tīrthī-karaṇa-śīlā-caritaḥ	whose activities and character were so exalted that he delivered all the daityas (demons) born in his family	SB 5.18.7

smārita	remembrance	SB 3.2.1

smārita-ananta	as soon as Lord Kṛṣṇa was remembered	SB 10.12.44

smāritaḥ	brought to memory	SB 11.2.13

sneha-yantritaḥ	being attached by affection	SB 6.1.26

sneha-yantrita-cetasā	his mind being controlled by such affection	SB 9.7.15

sphurita	flapping	SB 3.1.14

sphurita	trembling	SB 4.8.15

sphurita-aruṇa-adharam	swollen reddish lips	SB 10.9.6

sphurita	trembling	SB 10.60.30

sphurita	which was manifested	CC Madhya 13.207

sphurita	distinguished	CC Antya 1.159

sphuritam	manifested	SB 4.9.2

śrī-kṛṣṇa-carita	the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 10.106

ańghri-śrita	under the protection of His feet	SB 2.1.37

śrita-sattvāya	the shelter of the quality of goodness	SB 4.7.40

śritaḥ	took shelter	SB 3.20.3

śritaḥ	has taken shelter	SB 10.2.20

śritam	situated in	SB 4.7.30

śritau	attaining	SB 10.15.1

kṛta-śriyā apāśrita	beauty created by those dresses and ornaments	SB 3.8.25

su-yantritaḥ	faithful, well behaved	SB 7.12.3

su-mantrita	being well advised	SB 8.15.32

su-caritam	pious work	SB 10.53.38

sucaritam	good characteristics	SB 5.4.11-12

trita-kūpam sudarśanam	the pilgrimage places known as Tritakūpa and Sudarśana	SB 10.78.19-20

sura-nara-mṛga-miśrita-jalacara-ākṛtibhiḥ	with different forms like those of the demigods, human beings, animals, mixtures and aquatics (the incarnations Vāmana, Lord Rāmacandra, Kṛṣṇa, Varāha, Hayagrīva, Nṛsiṃha, Matsya and Kūrma)	SB 6.9.40

sva-ācaritaiḥ	by their characteristic behavior	SB 10.13.23

svaḥ-saritam	the celestial water of the Ganges	SB 3.4.36

svarita	vibrated	SB 10.31.14

svarita-ñ-itaḥ	of verbs having an indicatory ñ or a svarita accent	CC Madhya 24.26

svarita-veṇunā	by the vibrating flute	CC Antya 16.117

tāńhāra caraṇa-āśrita	all who have taken shelter at His lotus feet	CC Adi 11.2

tantritam	under the control	SB 11.18.33

tat-abhimantritam	consecrated by the mantra of Bhadra Kālī	SB 5.9.16

tat-caritam	the activities of the Lord	SB 8.3.20-21

daitya-dānava-kula-tīrthī-karaṇa-śīlā-caritaḥ	whose activities and character were so exalted that he delivered all the daityas (demons) born in his family	SB 5.18.7

toka-ācaritam adbhutam	they are also wonderful childhood pastimes	SB 10.7.3

trita-kūpam sudarśanam	the pilgrimage places known as Tritakūpa and Sudarśana	SB 10.78.19-20

tritaḥ	Trita	SB 1.9.6-7

maitreyaḥ kavaṣaḥ tritaḥ	Maitreya, Kavasa and Trita	SB 10.74.7-9

dvitaḥ tritaḥ ca ekataḥ ca	Dvita, Trita and Ekata	SB 10.84.2-5

tritakūpe	to Tritakūpa	CC Madhya 9.279

tritam	Trita	SB 4.13.15-16

tritasya	the pilgrimage site named Trita	SB 3.1.22

tritayam	in three stages	SB 2.10.9

tritayam	group of three	SB 11.24.19

tritayāt	these three divisions	SB 11.24.12

tritayāya	three modes	SB 2.4.12

dhūli-dhūsarita-ańgaḥ tvam	You have become covered with dust and sand all over Your body	SB 10.11.18

tvaritaḥ	as soon as possible	SB 7.8.2

tvaritaḥ	swiftly	SB 10.53.20-21

tvaritaḥ	quickly	SB 10.62.28

tvaritam	very quickly	SB 10.5.10

tvaritam	who was moving swiftly	SB 10.34.28

tvaritam	quickly	CC Antya 16.87

uccaritaiḥ	with those like the stool	SB 6.11.4

uccāritam	vibrated	SB 3.21.34

uccaritam	like stool	SB 9.18.44

ucchritaḥ	very high	SB 8.2.1

ucchritaiḥ	very tall	SB 4.30.44

ucchritam	high	BG 6.11-12

udīrita	generated	SB 10.60.39

udīritaḥ	described	SB 3.29.35

udīritaḥ	spoken	SB 10.44.38

udīritaḥ	moved	SB 12.8.40

udīritam	was spoken of	SB 6.19.1

udīritam	that which was stated	SB 10.71.1

udīritayā	for further development	SB 3.8.12

putra-upacāritam	indicating his son	SB 6.2.49

putra-upacāritam	though spoken for his son	CC Antya 3.64

putra-upacāritam	though spoken for his son	CC Antya 3.187

upagīyamāna-caritaḥ	being glorified for His uncommon activities	SB 9.10.33

upagīyamāna-caritaḥ	being worshiped and adored for his exalted character and activities	SB 9.16.26

upāmantritaḥ	being requested	SB 2.4.11

upāmantritaḥ	thus being inquired	SB 2.8.27

upāmantritaḥ	being asked	SB 5.1.6

upāmantritaḥ	being fervently requested	SB 8.9.8

upāmantritaḥ	requested	SB 10.70.47

upāmantritaḥ	invited	SB 10.86.37

upāśritaḥ	having the shelter of	SB 3.8.17

upāśritaḥ	surrendered	SB 3.9.3

upāśritaḥ	I have taken shelter	SB 7.10.2

upāśritaḥ	taken shelter of	SB 10.16.63

upāśritaḥ	resorting to	SB 10.29.1

upāśritaḥ	taken shelter of	SB 10.38.22

upāśritaḥ	taking shelter	SB 10.51.62

upāśritaḥ asmi	I take full shelter	CC Madhya 25.36

upāśritaḥ	surrendered	CC Antya 5.124-125

upāśritau	utilizing	SB 10.85.34

urvarita	remaining	SB 5.5.28

urvaritaḥ	remaining alone	SB 12.8.2-5

urvaritaḥ	remaining	SB 12.9.15

uttamaśloka-caritam	the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 8.24.2-3

vaiṣṇava-carita	pure devotees	CC Madhya 9.305

vaṃśa-anucaritam	the narrations of their activities	SB 12.7.9-10

vaṃśa-anucaritam	histories of the dynasties	SB 12.7.16

vārita	warded off	SB 10.69.1-6

vāritaḥ	being forbidden	SB 9.9.23-24

vāritaḥ	when forbidden to do so	SB 9.20.36

vāritaḥ	was stopped	SB 10.50.32-33

vāruṇa-pāśa-yantritaḥ	being bound by the ropes of Varuṇa	SB 8.22.14

svarita-veṇunā	by the vibrating flute	CC Antya 16.117

avadhūta-veṣa-bhāṣā-caritaiḥ	by the dress, language and characteristics of an avadhūta	SB 5.6.6

vicāritaḥ	learned from the scriptures	SB 10.24.7

vicitrita	decorated	SB 10.14.47

vicitrita	decorated	CC Madhya 8.171

nānā-dhātu-vicitritaiḥ	decorated with various minerals	SB 4.6.10

vicitritaiḥ	decorated very nicely	SB 8.2.2-3

vidārita-āsye	within the wide-open mouth	SB 10.8.37-39

vismārita	forgotten	SB 6.9.39

viṣṇu-yantritaḥ	ordered by Lord Viṣṇu	SB 6.11.20

visphurita	trembling	SB 6.5.35

vistārita	expanded	CC Madhya 19.155

vyapāśritam	situated	SB 4.11.29

vyupāśritam	leaning on	SB 4.6.39

sneha-yantrita-cetasā	his mind being controlled by such affection	SB 9.7.15

yantrita	subjugated	SB 10.29.23

yantritaḥ	being captivated	SB 4.20.16

yantritaḥ	completely	SB 4.22.4

sneha-yantritaḥ	being attached by affection	SB 6.1.26

viṣṇu-yantritaḥ	ordered by Lord Viṣṇu	SB 6.11.20

su-yantritaḥ	faithful, well behaved	SB 7.12.3

amṛta-yantritaḥ	being captivated by the nectar	SB 7.13.20

vāruṇa-pāśa-yantritaḥ	being bound by the ropes of Varuṇa	SB 8.22.14

prema-yantritaḥ	as if tied in love, although it is actually lust	SB 9.19.12

yantritaḥ	carefully composed	SB 10.84.28

yoga-samīrita	achieved by practice of yoga	SB 5.6.1

Ayurvedic MedicalDictionary Dr. Potturu with thanks

Purchase Kindle edition


agnikrita	Go to venāmra
ajeyaghrita	invincible ghee, used as antidote in several poisons conditions.
āptopadeśa	authoritative statement.
gṛdhrasi	sciatica disease; lumbago; group of symptoms including pain that is caused by general compression or irritation of one of five spinal nerve roots that give rise to sciatic nerve, or by compression or irritation of the left or right or both sciatic nerves radiating into lower limbs.
haritamanjari	Plant Indian nettle, Acalypha indica.
jātyādighrita	medicated ghee with jasmine as main ingredient for wound healing.
kopana	irritating, aggravating factor.
pritahkrita	separated, separation, detached.
sarpa	snake, serpent. sarpakāya serpitine body; a person with serpent traits like irritability, laborious, cowardly, angry, double-dealing and hasty in eating and sexual intercourse.
śāstra	heritage, knowledge, science.
vāritara,vāritaratva	float on water; a test for improperly processed metal. This is one of the physical analytical parameters for bhasma, and is applied to study the lightness and fineness of prepared bhasma.

Wordnet Search

"rita" has 189 results.


rita	śiṣṭa, bhadra, madra, ācāravat, vinīta, sabhya, śiṣṭācārasevin, agrāmya, āryavṛtta, suvṛtta, yaśasya, sabheya, anīca, arhat, ādṛtya, ārya, āryamiśra, āryaka, ārṣeya, uḍḍāmara, kulya, guru, mānya, sat, sajjana, sādhu, sujana, praśrayin, praśrita, sudakṣiṇa yaḥ sādhuvyavahāraṃ karoti। rāmaḥ śiṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।
rita	asahāya, niḥsahāya, anupakṛta, nirāśrita, nirāśraya, anāśrita, āśrayahīna, apāśraya, anātha, niravalaṃba, avalaṃbahīna, anavasthita yasya āśrayaḥ nāsti। surendra mahodayaḥ asahāyānāṃ sahāyaṃ karoti।
rita	anuvādita-kṛtiḥ, bhāṣāntarita-kṛtiḥ yasya anuvādaḥ kṛtaḥ। eṣā rāṣṭrapatiḥ mahodayasya āṅglapustakasya anuvādita-kṛtiḥ asti।
rita	anuvādita, bhāṣāntarita yasya anuvādaḥ kṛtaḥ। eṣā mahāśvetādevyāḥ anuvāditā kṛtiḥ asti।
rita	aparādhaḥ, pāpam, doṣaḥ, pātakam, duṣkṛtam, duṣkarma, pāpakarma, kalmaṣam, kaluṣam, duritam, duriṣṭham, enaḥ, āgaḥ, agham, anyāyaḥ, mantuḥ, kalkaḥ tat kāryaṃ yad dharmaśāstraviruddham asti tathā ca yasya ācaraṇād saḥ vyaktiḥ daṇḍam arhati। kāryālaye gṛhe vā bāla-śramikasya niyuktiḥ mahān aparādhaḥ asti।
rita	pāpam, paṅkam, pāpmā, kilviṣam, kalmaṣam, kaluṣam, vṛjinam, enaḥ, agham, ahaḥ, duritam, duṣkṛtam, pātakam, tūstam, kaṇvam, śalyam, pāpakam, adharmam, durvinītatā, avinayaḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, duśceṣṭitam, kuceṣṭitam, durvṛttiḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, kucaryā, vyabhicāraḥ, durācāraḥ tat karma yad dharmānusāri nāsti। pāpāt rakṣa।
rita	citrita, varṇita, varṇagata, rañjita, citragata, citrārpita, ālithita, abhilikhita, ālekhyagata yasyopari citram ālekhitam asti। dvāre citritaḥ paṭaḥ baddhaḥ।
rita	harit, haritaḥ, haritā, haritariṇi, haritam, haritavarṇaḥ, hariḥ, palāśaḥ, palāśī, palāśam, pālāśaḥ, pālāśī, pālāśam, śyāmaḥ, śyāmā, śyāmam, bharitaḥ, bharitā, bharitam, śyāmavarṇaḥ, śyāmavarṇā, śyāmavarṇam, tālakābhaḥ, tālakābhā, tālakābham varṇaviśeṣaḥ, śādvalavat varṇaḥ। citrakāraḥ śukasya pakṣau haritena varṇena varṇayati।
rita	viparitagāmin, pratigāmin, vyatikrānta, viparitagatika, parāvṛtta, prātīpika, avanatiśīla, patanaśīla, patanonmukha, pātuka, patayiṣṇu, vinipātaśīla yaḥ avanatim uddiśya gacchati। svasya kukarmabhireva saḥ viparitagāmī bhavati।
rita	vikīrṇa, prakīrṇa, ākīrṇaḥ, avakīrṇaḥ, kīrṇaḥ, vikṣipta, vyasta, suvyasta, udasta, prasāritaḥ, vidhūtaḥ, asaṃhata itastataḥ kṣiptaḥ। khagāḥ bhūmyām vikīrṇān annakaṇān avacinvanti।
rita	supta, śayita, nidrāṇa, nidrita, nidrāmagna, nidrāgata, svapnila, suptastha, avasupta, suptavigraha yaḥ nidrāti। kumbhakarṇaḥ ṣaṇmāsaṃ yāvat suptaḥ bhavati sma।
rita	prayukta, prayojita, upayojita, vyavahṛta, vyavahārita, sevita, upasevita, bhukta, upabhukta, dhṛta, abhyasta yasya upayogaḥ kṛtaḥ। miṣṭānnavikretā miṣṭānne prayuktānāṃ padārthānāṃ sūcim akarot।
rita	āśrita, saṃśrita, upāśrita, avalambin, avalambita, adhīna, abhyādhīna, āyatta, vaśa, tantra, nighna, sambaddha, nibaddha kasyacit ādhāreṇa āśrayeṇa vā tiṣṭhati। parāvalambinaḥ kṣupāḥ anyasmin kṣupe āśritāḥ santi।
rita	harita, śādaharita, amlāna, śādvala haritavarṇīyavṛkṣakṣupādibhiḥ paripūrṇaḥ। vardhatyāṃ janasaṅkhyāyāṃ haritānāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ saṅkhyā nyūnībhavati।
rita	nirāśrita, anāśrita, āśrayahīna, apāśraya, nirāśraya yaḥ āśrayarahitaḥ। eṣā saṃsthā nirāśritān āśrayaṃ prayacchati।
rita	nirdhārita yasmin sambandhe anubandhaḥ niścitaḥ। nirdhāritaṃ kāryaṃ satvaraṃ sampādanīyam।
rita	cālita, calita, cārita, sañacārita, sārita, pracalita, prerita, praṇodita, praṇunna, pracodita yaḥ cālyate। adhunā asya cālitasya yantrasya rodhanam āvaśyakam।
rita	pratigāmin, viparitagāmin, vyatikrānta, viparitagatika yaḥ viparītaṃ gacchati। pratigāminaḥ puruṣaḥ vikāsam avarundhati।
rita	cintita, sucintita, sañcintita, saṃcintita, parāmṛṣṭa, samīkṣita, ālocita, nirupita, vicārita, sunirupita, pratīkṣita, nirīkṣita, vigaṇita, mata, smṛta yasya samīkṣā kṛtā vartate। ayaṃ viṣayaḥ asmābhiḥ cintitaḥ asti atra punarvicārasya āvaśyakatā nāsti।
rita	starita yasmin starāḥ santi। eṣaḥ staritaḥ parvataḥ।
rita	uṣita, paryuṣita, rātryantarita pūrvasmin dine pakvam annam। uṣitam annam śarīrāya apāyakārakam asti।
rita	aniyata, aniścita, anirṇīta, anirdhārita, anirdiṣṭa, avyavasthita, alakṣita, alakṣaṇaँ, aparimita, vaikalpika, sandigdha, avivakṣita yad nirdhāritam nāsti। avakāśāt sarvāṇi yānāni anirdhārite samaye gacchanti।
rita	haritavanam tad vanaṃ yad varṣaṃ yāvad haritam asti। vayaṃ haritavanāt agre gacchāmaḥ।
rita	uttuṅga, ucca, prāṃśu, udagra, ucchrita, tuṅga yaḥ ūrdhvadiśi vardhitaḥ। evaresṭa nāma himālayasya uttuṅgaḥ śikharaḥ।
rita	oṣadhiḥ, oṣadhī, śākaḥ, tṛṇam, haritakam, arbhaḥ, kandaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ daṇḍahīnaḥ kṣupaḥ। kustumbarādayāḥ śākāḥ।
rita	tṛṇam, arjunam, triṇam, khaṭam, kheṭṭam, haritam, tāṇḍavam yad gavādibhiḥ bhakṣyate। gauḥ tṛṇaṃ khādati।
rita	vyavahāraḥ, vṛttiḥ, vṛttam, ācāraḥ, rītiḥ, caritram, caritam, ācaraṇam, gatiḥ, ceṣṭitam, sthitiḥ samāje anyaiḥ saha kṛtam ācaraṇam। tasya vyavahāraḥ samyak nāsti।
rita	śīghram, tvarayā, tvaritam, drutam, vegena, vegataḥ, javena, tūrṇam, āśu, satvaram, satvaritam, añjasā, kṣipram, jhaṭiti, drāk, ajiram, añjas, abhitaḥ, caturam, capalam, am, kṣepṇā, kṣepīyaḥ, dravat tīvragatyā saha yathā syāt tathā। śīghram etat kāryaṃ sampannatāṃ nayatu।
rita	śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā। śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।
rita	nirdhārita-samayaḥ, nirdhārita-kālaḥ ekasmāt niścitasamayāt ārabhya anyaṃ niścitasamayaṃ yāvat kālaḥ। asya kāryasya nirdhāritasamayaṃ vardhituṃ na śakyate।
rita	channa, chādita, āchanna, ācchādita, pracchanna, pracchādita, paricchanna, samavachanna, samācchanna, āvṛta, prāvṛta, saṃvṛta, vṛta, pihita, avatata, ācita, nicita, āstīrṇa, āstṛta, guṇṭhita, ūrṇuta, saṃvīta, veṣṭita, pinaddha, rūṣita, apavārita kṛtācchādanam। bālakaḥ meghaiḥ ācchāditam ākāśaṃ paśyati।
rita	pārvatī, ambā, umā, girijā, gaurī, bhagavatī, bhavānī, maṅgalā, mahāgaurī, mahādevī, rudrāṇī, śivā, śailajā, himālayajā, ambikā, acalakanyā, acalajā, śailasutā, himajā, śaileyī, aparṇā, śailakumārī, śailakanyā, jagadjananī, tribhuvanasundarī, sunandā, bhavabhāminī, bhavavāmā, jagadīśvarī, bhavyā, pañcamukhī, parvatajā, vṛṣākapāyī, śambhukāntā, nandā, jayā, nandinī, śaṅkarā, śatākṣī, nityā, mṛḍa़ाnī, hemasutā, adritanayā, haimavatī, āryā, ilā, vāruṇī śivasya patnī। pārvatī gaṇeśasya mātā asti।
rita	pariprath, avatan, abhitan, paritan, viyam, samprasār, abhiprasār, drāgh, pādaya, hastaya, vyākṣip hastau pādau ca prasārya kiñcit śayanasadṛśāvasthāyām āsanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ। āpaṇāt āgatena tena sukhāsane svaśarīraṃ paryaprathata।
rita	agrepreṣita, agrapreṣita, agreṣita, agresārita kasyāpi nivedanam agrime kāryārthe ucite ājñārthe vā uccādhikāriṇaḥ samīpe preṣitam। prāntādhikārī agrepreṣitaṃ patraṃ śvaḥ cintayiṣyati।
rita	niṣedhaḥ, pratiṣedhaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, prativāritama, sedhaḥ, aparodhaḥ, upālambhaḥ kimapi kāryaṃ kṛtiḥ vā niṣidhyate। nyāyālayasya ādeśaḥ yat sārvajanikasthalādiṣu dhūmrapānārthe niṣedhaḥ kṛtaṃ vartate।
rita	nirdhārita, niścita, vihita, niyata, avadhārita yad vidhīyate। ahaṃ nirdhāritaṃ sthānam āgamiṣyāmi।
rita	jāgṛta, anidrita, asupta yaḥ jāgarti athavā jāgaritaḥ। sīmāyāṃ sainikāḥ ahorātraṃ jāgṛtāḥ eva santi।
rita	pāpam, kalmaṣam, kilviṣam, pātakam, pāpmā, agham, duritam, enas, kaluṣam, abhadram, aśubham, vṛjanam, vṛjinam, doṣaḥ, aparādhaḥ, duṣkṛtam, kalkam, aṃhas, aṃghas, mantuḥ, kulmalam, kalaṅkaḥ, pratyavāyaḥ, kiṇvam, amīvam, paṅkam, jaṅgapūgam tat karma yad asmin loke anuttamaḥ tathā ca paraloke aniṣṭaṃ phalaṃ janayati। kabīrasya mate asatyavadanaṃ pāpam asti।
rita	pravṛttiḥ, caritam, caryā, anuśīlanam, ācāraḥ, vyavahāraḥ, svabhāvaḥ, prakṛttiḥ, śīlaḥ, svarūpam, nisargaḥ saṃtatābhyāsād janitam ācaraṇam। prātarutthānaṃ tasya pravṛttiḥ।
rita	viśuddha, amiśrita yaḥ miśritaḥ nāsti। suvarṇaḥ ekaḥ amiśritaḥ dhātuḥ asti।
rita	miśrita, saṃmiśrita parasparaṃ saṃśliṣṭāni। pīttalam iti ekaḥ miśritaḥ dhātuḥ asti।
rita	pārita yad pāraṃ jātam। lokasabhāyām acirāt pāritaḥ vidheyakaṃ prayuktaṃ bhavet।
rita	aṅkurita yasmāt aṅkuraḥ bahiḥ āgataḥ। saḥ prātaḥ aṅkuritān caṇakān atti।
rita	dik, āśā, harit, nideśinī, diśā, kakubhaḥ, haritaḥ, gauḥ kṣitijasya kalpiteṣu caturṣu vibhāgeṣu ekaḥ। mama gṛham uttarasyāṃ diśi vartate।
rita	āśrita, anujīvin, parāvalambin yaḥ anyasya āśrayaṃ karoti। āśritasya jīvanaṃ māstu।
rita	rakṣita, saṃrakṣita, avatārita, saṃvṛta yasya rakṣaṇaṃ kṛtam। senayā rāṣṭrasya sīmā rakṣitā asti।
rita	śivā, haritakī, abhayā, avyathā, pathyā, vayaḥsthā, pūtanā, amṛtā, haimavatī, cetakī, śreyasī, sudhā, kāyasthā, kanyā, rasāyanaphalā, vijayā, jayā, cetanakī, rohiṇī, prapathyā, jīvapriyā, jīvanikā, bhiṣgavarā, bhiṣakpriyā, jīvanti, prāṇadā, jīvyā, devī, divyā haritakīvṛkṣasya phalaṃ yad haritapītavarṇīyam asti। śuṣkakāse śivā atīva upayuktā asti।
rita	duścaritra, anācārin, apacārin, bhraṣṭa, duścarita, durācārin caritrahīnaḥ। duścaritrāḥ janāḥ samājasya kṛte abhiśāpaḥ।
rita	kārayānam, svayaṃpreritarathaḥ catuścakrikāyuktaṃ laghuyānam। pradhānamantrī kārayānena kṣetrasya abhyāgamaṃ karoti।
rita	parivartita, anyathākṛta, anyathābhūta, ūḍha, ūhita, vikapita, vikārita, vipariṇata, vyasta yasmin parivartanaṃ jātam। santasamāgamena tasya hṛdayaṃ parivartitaṃ jātam।
rita	paritakaḥ, śākaprabhedaḥ, śigruḥ, kembukapuṣpam, gojihvā ekaṃ bṛhatpuṣpaṃ yad śākarūpeṇa khādyate। mātā paritakasya śākaṃ pacati।
rita	paritakaḥ, śākaprabhedaḥ, śigruḥ, kembukapuṣpaḥ vanaspativiśeṣaḥ yasya bṛhatpuṣpaṃ śākarūpeṇa khādyate। saḥ paritakaḥ ropayati।
rita	vismita, paramavismita, vismayin, kṛtavismaya, camatkārita, sādbhuta, hṛṣita, hṛṣṭa yaḥ vismayānvitaḥ। tasya kāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve vismitāḥ।
rita	vṛttiḥ, vṛttam, ācāraḥ, rītiḥ, vyavahāraḥ, caritram, caritam, ācaraṇam, gatiḥ, ceṣṭitam, sthitiḥ jīvane vartanasya rītiḥ। sādhoḥ ācārāt saḥ samāje pratiṣṭhām alabhata।
rita	sarandhra, chidrita, sachidra yasyāṃ chidrāṇi randhrāṇi vā santi। spañja iti ekaḥ sarandhraḥ jīvaḥ।
rita	adhaḥcaraḥ, apahārakaḥ, apahārikā, apahārakam, avahāraḥ, avāvan, avāvarī, ākhanikaḥ, ākhuḥ, āmoṣī, āmoṣi, kapāṭaghnaḥ, kapāṭaghnā, kapāṭaghnam, kambū, kalamaḥ, kavāṭaghnaḥ, kumbhīrakaḥ, kusumālaḥ, kharparaḥ, coraḥ, cauraḥ, corī, corakaḥ, caurī, caurikā, taḥ, takvān, taskaraḥ, tāyu, tṛpuḥ, dasmaḥ, dasmā, dasraḥ, drāvakaḥ, dhanaharaḥ, dhanahṛt, dhanahṛd, naktacāriḥ, naktacārī, nāgarakaḥ, parāskandī, parāskandi, parimoṣī, parimoṣiḥ, paṭaccaraḥ, pāṭṭacaraḥ, puraṃdaraḥ, pracuraḥ., pracurapuruṣaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, pratirodhī, bandīkāraḥ, malimluḥ, malimluc, mallīkara, mācalaḥ, mīḍhuṣtamaḥ, mumuṣiṣuḥ, muṣkaḥ, mūṣakaḥ, moṣaḥ, moṣakaḥ, moṣṭā, rajanīcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, rātryāṭaḥ, rikvān, ritakvān, ribhvān, rihāyaḥ, rerihāṇaḥ, laṭaḥ, luṇṭākaḥ, vaṭaraḥ, vanarguḥ, viloḍakaḥ, viloptā, stenaḥ, stainyaḥ, stāyuḥ, steyakṛt, steyakṛd, steyī, staunaḥ, styenaḥ, styainaḥ, srotasyaḥ, harikaḥ, hartā, hārakaḥ, hārītaḥ adatsya paradhanasya apahārakaḥ। rakṣakaḥ corān daṇḍayati।
rita	viṭapāntaritas sthā, viṭapāntarito bhū, nilī adarśanasya icchayā viṭapāntaritaḥ vā anyatra gūḍham avasthānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। siṃhaḥ viṭapāntaritaḥ tiṣṭhati।
rita	jihma, vakra, tiryañc, añcita, arāla, ānata, ābhogin, kuñcita, kuṭila, kuṭilaka, kubja, krukta, kṣveḍa, pratikuñcita, bandhura, bandhurita, manthara, vaṅkya, vijihma, vellita asaralaḥ vakratāpūrṇaḥ ca। mandiraṃ prati gamyamānā paddhatiḥ jihmā asti।
rita	tapta, ātapta, uttāpita, pratapta, paritapta yad tāpitam। taptena pātrena hastaḥ ajalat।
rita	ūrmiḥ, vīciḥ, ūrmikā, kallolaḥ, ghṛṇiḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, jalataraṅgaḥ, taraṅgakaḥ, taralaḥ, argalā, arṇaḥ, arṇam, utkalikā, hillolaḥ, vibhaṅgaḥ, vāritaraṅgaḥ, laharī, valī, bhaṅgī, bhaṅgiḥ nadī-samudrādiṣu jalāśayeṣu viśiṣṭāntareṇa ut ca ava ca tvaṅgamānā jalarāśiḥ yā agre gamyamānā dṛśyate। samudrasya ūrmayaḥ parvatam abhitāḍya vyāghūrṇanti।
rita	haritam saḥ kṣupaḥ yasya parṇāni sāgarūpeṇa khādyante। āpaṇake naikāni haritāni santi।
rita	tvarā, rabhasaḥ, tvariḥ, tvaritam, tvaraṇaḥ, tvaraṇam, tvaraṇā, īṣaṇā, ārambhaḥ, āvegaḥ, upatāpaḥ, parīpsā, prajavaḥ, tūrṇiḥ, saṃvegaḥ kārye atiśayitaḥ vegaḥ yaḥ anucitaṃ manyate। tvarā kāryaghātinī asti।
rita	niyantrita, pratibaddha yasyopari niyantraṇam asti। śāsanena niyantritā saṃsthā prasuptā।
rita	niravarodha, avipakṣa, asaṃyatta, niṣpratibandha, anivārita, anuddhata virodhena vinā। etad kāryaṃ niravarodhaṃ saṃpadyate।
rita	suniścita, sunirdhārita yaḥ samyaktayā nirdhāritaḥ asti। mama dillīnagare prayāṇaṃ suniścitam asti।
rita	saccarita, suśīla, sadācārin, nyāyācāra, dhārmika, śuci, dakṣiṇa, sāttvika, śuddhātmā śobhanaśīlaviśiṣṭaḥ। saccaritāḥ vyaktayaḥ samājasya netāraḥ।
rita	pīta, piṅga, piṅgala, piṅgalaka, hari, harit, harita, kādrava, pāṇḍu haridrāyāḥ varṇaḥ iva varṇaḥ yasya। tasya vastraṃ pītam āsīt।
rita	rūpāntarita ekasmāt rūpād anyasmin rūpe parivartitaḥ। eṣaḥ ekaḥ rūpāntaritaḥ lekhaḥ asti।
rita	bhaktaḥ, upāsakaḥ, pūjakaḥ, āśritaḥ yaḥ īśvaraṃ bhajate। saḥ hanumataḥ bhaktaḥ asti।
rita	cihnita, citrita, lakṣita yasmin cihnam asti। eṣā mudrā gāndhīmahodayasya citreṇa cihnitā asti।
rita	mudritam yasya mudraṇaṃ jātam। etad pustakaṃ śāsanasya mudrālaye mudritam asti।
rita	varṇita, nirūpita, citrita yad varṇyate। rāmāyaṇe bhagavataḥ rāmasya caritraṃ viśeṣatvena varṇitam asti।
rita	visphārita yena svasya akṣiṇī apāvṛte। arbhakaḥ mātaraṃ visphāritābhyāṃ netrābhyāṃ paśyati।/ sa naṣṭamāyo'tibalaḥ krodhavisphāritekṣaṇaḥ। kāmamūrtidharaḥ krūraḥ kālakalpo vyadṛśyata।(ki. 14.30)
rita	abhimantrita mantreṇa saṃskṛtam। purohitena jalpakaṃ puruṣam abhimantritaṃ jalaṃ pāyitam।
rita	nimantrita yasmai nimantraṇaṃ dattam। svasuḥ vivāhe nimantritānāṃ sahakāriṇāṃ bhrātā abhivādanam akarot।
rita	adhikāritantram śāsanasya sā rītiḥ yasyāṃ rājyasya adhikārapadasthāḥ karmakarāḥ uttaradāyinaḥ santi। adhikāritantram samājasya unnatyām avarodhaḥ asti।
rita	prerita, utprerita yena anyasmāt preraṇā prāptā। guruṇā paṭhanārthe preritaḥ rāmaḥ sarvam adhītavān।
rita	vidīrṇa, avadārita, vidārita, avadīrṇa yaḥ jīrṇaḥ। dāridryāt rītā vidīrṇāni vastrāṇi dhārayati।
rita	cikitsā, upacāryā, upacaritavyā, upakramaḥ cikitsakasya kāryam udyogaḥ vā। saḥ cikitsāṃ kṛtvā svakuṭumbasya pālanaṃ karoti।
rita	mukharita, mukhara śabdaiḥ dhvaninā vā yuktaḥ। bālakānām āgamanena gṛhaṃ mukharitaṃ jātam।
rita	caritam kasyacit manuṣyasya smaraṇīyānāṃ ghaṭanānām nirdeśaḥ। mahādevīvarmāmahodayayā svasya carite naikānāṃ ghaṭanānām nirdeśaḥ kṛtaḥ।
rita	haritatvam, haritvam, hārityam, śādvalatā, palāśatā, pālāśatā haritānāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ vistāraḥ। varṣā-ṛtau haritatvaṃ vardhate।
rita	haritakrāntiḥ sā sthitiḥ yadā deśe sasyānām utpannam adhikaṃ jātam। haritakrānteḥ kāraṇāt eva idānīṃtane kāle deśe paryāptam annaṃ vartate।
rita	arājapatrita yaḥ śāsanasya rājapatre ghoṣitaḥ nāsti। tasya pitā ekasmin vittakośe arājapatritaḥ adhikārī asti।
rita	nibhṛtam, apavāritam, upāṃśu, gūḍham, gūḍhatayā, gūḍhe, guhyam, guptam, parokṣam, sagūḍham, rahasyam, channam, sanutar, channe, tiraścathā, nigūḍham, niṇik, niṇyam anyaiḥ mā vijñāyi iti rītyā। śyāmaḥ nibhṛtam āgatya mama pṛṣṭhataḥ asthāt।
rita	abhihitam, kathitam, uktam, bhaṇitam, bhāṣitam, uditam, jalpitam, ākhyātam, lapitam, gaditam, nigaditam, īritam, udīritam, bhaṇitam, laḍitam, rapitam, raṭhitam, bhaṭitam, raṭitam, vyāhṛtam yad prāg eva uktam। yad vibhāgapramukhena abhihitaṃ tad eva karaṇīyam।
rita	pratisthānam, sthāne sthāne, abhitaḥ, paritaḥ, sarvatra, sarvataḥ, mārgavartmasu, viṣvañc pratyekasmin sthāne। rakṣārthaṃ sainikāḥ pratisthānaṃ tiṣṭhanti।
rita	suvimarśita, suvicārita, avagāhita yasya yogyatāyogyatayoḥ samyak vicāraḥ kṛtaḥ। etat prakaraṇaṃ suvimarśitam asti।
rita	āpūrita yad āmukhaṃ pūrṇam। taḍāgaḥ jalena āpūritaḥ asti।
rita	du, śuc, khid, pīḍaya, bādh, kliś, vyathaya, upatap, saṃtap, santap, paritap, āyas, udvij, duḥkhaya duḥkhānubhūtyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। mṛtaḥ puruṣaḥ kadāpi na pratyāgacchati bhavān mā dauṣīḥ।
rita	durhaṇā, dauritam kenacit dattā pīḍā। mohanena sohanasya āpaṇakaṃ prajvālya tam ārthikī durhaṇā pradattā।
rita	vilāyita, vilīna, līna, pralīna, miśrita ekībhūtaḥ padārthaḥ। pānīye śarkarā vilāyitā asti।
rita	vilīna, antarita, kīrṇa, antargata, upagupta, aprakāśa, gupta, vṛta, nigūḍha, catta, apīcya, antarlīna, guhya, upacchanna yaḥ adṛśyaḥ asti। vaijñānikāḥ jale vilīnaṃ tatvaṃ pariśodhayanti।
rita	aniyantrita yaḥ niyantritaḥ nāsti। pragrahāt niṣkrāntaḥ aśvaḥ aniyantritaḥ abhavat।
rita	harita, pītanīla yaḥ śādvalavarṇīyaḥ asti। yadā surakṣācālakena haritaḥ dhvajaḥ nidarśitaḥ tadā yānaṃ prasthitam।
rita	rājapatritaḥ rājapatre nirdaṣṭaḥ adhikārī; rājapatritāḥ śāsakīyāḥ adhikāriṇaḥ pramāṇapatrāṇāṃ chāyākṛtiṣu svākṣāṃkanaṃ kartum arhāḥ santi
rita	cint, vicint, paricint, anudhyai, abhiman, paritark, praman, dīdhī, anudhī kasmin api viṣayam uddiśya cintanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। na jñāyate kiṃ cintayati sā।
rita	uccārita, abhivyāhṛta yasya uccāraṇaṃ jātam। uccāritā tathā ca likhitā bhāṣā samāne na staḥ।
rita	āmantritaḥ, nimantritaḥ yaḥ samārambhārthe āhūtaḥ; vivāhārthe pañcaśatādhikāḥ āmantritāḥ āsan
rita	saṅkarita saṃkarāt utpannam। atra aśvagavādīnām unnatāḥ saṅkaritāḥ prajātayaḥ utpadyante।
rita	rāmacaritamānasam gosvāmī-tulasīdāsasya ekaḥ granthaḥ; rāmacaritamānasasya pāṭhaṃ paṭhati
rita	pravṛddha, parivṛddha, samupārūḍa, vardhita, abhivṛddha, abhyuccita, āpī, āpyāna, āpyāyita, ucchrita, udagra, udita, udīrita, udīrṇa, udbhūta, udrikta, unnaddha, unnamita, upasṛṣṭa, ṛddha, edhita, jṛmbhita, paribṛṃhita, paripuṣṭa, parivardhita, pyāyita, bahulīkṛta, bahulita, bṛṃhita, pracurīkṛta, prathita, rūḍha, vejita, vivardhita, vivṛddha, śūna, sādhika, sahaskṛta, samārūḍha, samedhita, sampraviddha, saṃrabdha, samuddhata, samukṣita, samunnīta, saṃvṛddha, sāndrīkṛta, sātirikta, sphītīkṛta, ucchūna yaḥ avardhata। pravṛddhena mūlyena janāḥ pīḍitāḥ।
rita	śītasahā, sindhuvārakaḥ, nirguṇḍī, kapikā, sthirasādhanakaḥ, sindhukaḥ, nīlasindhukaḥ, indrasurasaḥ, sindhuvārikā, śvetapuṣpaḥ, nirguṇṭī, candrasurasaḥ, surasaḥ, sindhurāvaḥ, nīlāśī, sindhuvāritaḥ, śvetarāvakaḥ, nisindhuḥ, sindhuvāraḥ, śepālaḥ, nirguṇḍiḥ, sinduvāraḥ, nisindhukaḥ, nīlakaḥ, arthasiddhakaḥ, indrāṇikā, indrāṇī, śvetasurasā kundajātīyā śvetapuṣpaviśiṣṭā latā। śītasahā varṣākāle vikasati।
rita	śītasaham, sindhuvārakam, nirguṇḍi, kapikam, sthirasādhanakam, sindhukam, nīlasindhukam, indrasurasam, sindhuvārikam, śvetapuṣpam, nirguṇṭi, candrasurasam, surasam, sindhurāvam, nīlāśi, sindhuvāritam, śvetarāvakam, nisindhum, sindhuvāram, śepālam, nirguṇḍim, sinduvāram, nisindhukam, nīlakam, arthasiddhakam, indrāṇikam, indrāṇi, śvetasurasam kundajātīyapuṣpam। śītasahasya ārdragandhaḥ āgacchati।
rita	āśritatā, āśritatvam, āyattatā, āyattatvam, adhīnatā, adhīnatvam, upāśritatā, upāśritatvam āśritasya avasthā। idānīmapi śasyānāṃ vikāsārthaṃ kṛṣakāṇāṃ āśritatā vṛṣṭau eva asti।
rita	adhiśrita agnau adhiśrīyate yat। adhiśrite pātre vartamānaṃ bhojanaṃ pakvam।
rita	tritantrī vīṇāsadṛśaṃ vādyam। prācīne kāle tritantrīṃ vādayati sma।
rita	śamī, saktuphalā, śivā, śaktuphalā, śaktuphalī, śāntā, tuṅgā, kacaripuphalā, keśamathanī, īśānī, lakṣmīḥ, tapanatanayā, iṣṭā, śubhakarī, havirgandhā, medhyā, duritadamanī, śaktuphalikā, samudrā, maṅgalyā, surabhiḥ, pāpaśamanī, bhadrā, śaṅkarī, keśahantrī, śivāphalā, supatrā, sukhadā, jīvaḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ। śamyāḥ kāṣṭhasya upayogaḥ pūjākāryeṣu bhavati।
rita	vistārita, abhivṛddha, vistīrṇa yasya vistāraḥ kṛtaḥ jātaḥ vā। tena mahyaṃ vistāritasya kāryakramasya sūcī dattā।
rita	prasārita yaḥ prasāryate। jalasya abhāvāt kṛṣīkṣetre prasāritaṃ bījaṃ naṣṭam।
rita	prasārita saṃgītabhāṣaṇādīnāṃ dhvaneḥ ākāśavāṇyā kṛtaṃ prasāraṇam। adhunā bhavān ākāśavāṇeḥ rāyapurakendrena prasāritān kāryakramān śṛṇoti।
rita	tritantrin yasmin tisraḥ tantrayaḥ santi। rohanaḥ tritantri vādyaṃ vādayati।
rita	dānaśīlaḥ, udāraḥ, dānavīraḥ, dānarataḥ, udāttaḥ, dānaśauḍaḥ, bahupradaḥ, udāradhīcetāḥ, mahāmanāḥ, udāracaritaḥ, subhojāḥ, mahānubhāvaḥ, mahātyāgī yaḥ dānāya na vilambate। karṇaḥ mahān dānaśīlaḥ āsīt।
rita	anuttarita yasya uttaraṃ na dattam। asyāḥ hatyāsambandhī sarve praśnāḥ anuttaritāḥ।
rita	anuttaritaḥ jainānāṃ devatāyāḥ ekaḥ bhedaḥ। jainamahātmā anuttaritasya viṣaye vistāreṇa kathayati।
rita	caritam, jīvanavṛttāntaḥ yasmin pustake kasyāpi jīvanasya sampūrṇaṃ varṇanaṃ vartate tat pustakam। śyāmaḥ pustakālaye upaviśya vikhyātānāṃ mahāpuruṣāṇāṃ caritaṃ paṭhati।
rita	nirguṇḍī, śephālikā, śephālī, nīlikā, malikā, suvahā, rajanīhāsā, niśipuṣpikā, sindhukaḥ, sindrakaḥ, sindrarāvaḥ, indrasuṣiraḥ, indrāṇikā, sindhuvāraḥ, indrasurasaḥ, nirguṇṭhī, indrāṇī, paulomī, śakrāṇī, kāsanāśinī, visundhakaḥ, sindhakam, surasaḥ, sindhuvāritaḥ, surasā, sindhuvārakaḥ ṣaḍ ārabhya dvāviṃśatiḥ pādonnataḥ nityaharitakṣupaḥ yasmin bhavati tuvaryāḥ iva pañcapatrāṇi evaṃ śākhāyāṃ laghūni romāṇi ca। nirguṇḍyāḥ patramūlāni tu auṣadheṣu upayujyante।
rita	aparādhaḥ, pāpam, doṣaḥ, pātakam, duritam, vyabhicāraḥ anucitaṃ kāryaṃ yena kasyāpi hāniḥ bhavet। kadācit ajānantaḥ eva vayam aparādhaṃ kurmaḥ।
rita	pracārita yasya pracāraḥ kṛtaḥ। netṛbhiḥ pracāritāni vacanāni na hi satyāni bhavanti।
rita	pūrita yasmin kimapi pūritam। adya mātā pūritān indravāruṇikān rādhyati।
rita	apasārita, apākṛta, apohita, niruddha, apavartita, avasthāpita yasya avasthāpanaṃ kṛtam। apasāritāni vastūni yathāsthāne sthāpyante।
rita	apahṛta, apahārita tat vastu yat apahāritam। apahṛtaṃ dhanaṃ tena gartaṃ nirmīya tasmin gopitam।
rita	apahṛta, apahārita tat vastu yat coritam। apahṛtena dhanena sākaṃ coraḥ apagataḥ।
rita	apākṛta, apasārita, avakṛṣṭa, mṛjita yad dūrīkṛtam। apākṛtaṃ bhojanam utthāpya sā ante agacchat।
rita	ākārita ākāryate yat। ākāriteṣu citreṣu bālakaḥ varṇalepanaṃ karoti।
rita	aprakṛtāśritaśleṣaḥ śleṣaśabdālaṅkārasya bhedaḥ। aprakṛtāśritaśleṣe aprakṛtasya aprastutasya ca śleṣaḥ bhavati।
rita	sindhuvāraḥ, indrasurasaḥ, indrāṇī, indrāṇikā, candrasurasaḥ, nirguṇṭī, nirguṇḍī, nisindhuḥ, nanīlasindhukaḥ, śvetapuṣpaḥ, śvetarāvakaḥ, sindhurāvaḥ, sindhuvārakaḥ, sindhuvāritaḥ, sindhukaḥ, surasaḥ, sthirasādhanakaḥ, arthasiddhakaḥ ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ। sindhuvārasya patrāṇi bījāḥ ca auṣadhyāṃ prayujyante।
rita	rañjita, abhirañjita, pratirañjita, rāgānvita, rāgavat, varṇagata, vicitrita, rāgin, varṇin varṇayuktaṃ varṇaiḥ pūritaṃ vā। kāścana vidhavāḥ rañjitāni vastrāṇi na dhārayanti।
rita	tritayam, trayam, trikam trayāṇāṃ janānāṃ samūhaḥ। prātaḥ idaṃ tritayaṃ kutra gacchati।
rita	atyācārī, anācārī, ātatāyī, pīḍakaḥ, niṣṭharaḥ, krūracaritaḥ yaḥ pīḍayati। atyācārī daṇḍitavyaḥ।
rita	druta, drutagāmin, tvarita, saṃtvarita yat śīghraṃ calati prāpayati vā। drutayā gatyā pracalitānāṃ relayānānāṃ saṅkhyā atiśīghraṃ dviguṇā bhaviṣyati।
rita	tvarita, ātyayika, satvara, sadyaska, pratyakṣam, anāntarīyaka, āñjas yasya sambandhe śīghratāyāḥ āvaśyakatā asti। tvaritasya sandeśasya preṣaṇāya atyādhikānām ādhunikānāṃ upakaraṇānāṃ vyavasthā bhaviṣyati।
rita	svaritaḥ, svaritam svarāṇāṃ tat uccāraṇaṃ yat na udāttaṃ na ca anudāttaṃ bhavati। vedeṣu ṛkṣu svarāṇām ucitāya uccāraṇāya svaritaḥ api prayuktaḥ।
rita	svarita yasmin svarāḥ santi। svaritaṃ gītaṃ karṇābhyāṃ sukhakaraṃ bhavati।
rita	vyaṅgyacitram, citritapaṭaḥ, vicitramālekhyam, citrakathā hāsyajanakaṃ athavā adhikṣepātmakaṃ citram। lakṣmaṇamahodayasya vyaṅgyacitrāṇi prabhāvaśālīni āsan।
rita	trimūrtiḥ, tritayam, trikam trayāṇāṃ janānāṃ samūhaḥ। prātaḥkāle eṣā trimūrtiḥ kutra gacchati।
rita	harita haritāśmanaḥ varṇaḥ iva varṇaḥ yasya। haritāśma iti cintayitvā asmābhiḥ haritaḥ prastaraḥ krītaḥ।
rita	ciraharita yat sadaiva haritam। yatra adhikā varṣā bhavati tatra ciraharitāni vanāni dṛśyante।
rita	saṃcārita yasya saṃcālanaṃ kṛtam। vividhāḥ viṣāṇavaḥ raktasya mādhyamena saṃcāritāḥ bhavanti।
rita	uparitana, ūrdhvaja, udac, ūrdhvam, ucca ūrdhvena bhāgena sambaddhaḥ। asyāḥ argalāyāḥ uparitanaḥ bhāgaḥ naṣṭaḥ jātaḥ asti।
rita	harita, śādvala yad śuṣkaṃ nāsti। secanena grīṣmakālepi kṣupāḥ haritāḥ santi।
rita	abhisphurita pūrṇarūpeṇa vikasitam। abhisphuritaiḥ puṣpaiḥ vāṭikāyāḥ śobhā vardhate।
rita	guṇita, āhata, abhihata, vinighna, kṣuṇṇa, vyasta, saṃguṇīkṛta, pratyutpanna, pūrita, piṇḍita, abhyasta yat guṇyate। guṇitāḥ aṅkāḥ sarvāṇi yojayatu।
rita	citrita citre ārekhitam। bhittikāyāṃ prāṇinaḥ citritāḥ asti।
rita	nirdharita, niścita yat nirdhāryate। ahaṃ nirdhārite samaye eva bhavantaṃ miliṣyāmi।
rita	aṅkurita, pallavita, udbhinna, sphuṭita, korita, nirantarodbhinna, privarūḍha, protthita, prasṛta yaḥ navapatrādi-yukta-śākhāgravān asti। tena bālena aṅkuritā latā utpāṭitā।
rita	rañjita, varṇita, vicitrita varṇena liptam। rañjitām utpīṭhikāṃ gṛhe sthāpayatu।
rita	tritaḥ paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ। tritaṃ brahmaṇaḥ mānasaputram manyate।
rita	tritaḥ gautamamuneḥ putraḥ। tritasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।
rita	amiśrita yad na miśritam। vibhinnān kusūlān amiśritān eva sthāpayatu।
rita	mañjarita mañjaryā yuktaḥ। saḥ āmrasya mañjaritāṃ śākhām achinad।
rita	manthānakaḥ, haritaḥ, dṛḍhamūlaḥ tṛṇaviśeṣaḥ। bālakaḥ manthānakam aunmūlayat।
rita	siṃhaḥ, kesarī, keśarī, hapiḥ, mṛgendraḥ, mṛgarājaḥ, mṛgarāṭ, mṛgapatiḥ, paśurājaḥ, paśupatiḥ, śārdūlaḥ, vanarājaḥ, mṛgaripuḥ, mṛgāriḥ, gajāriḥ, kuñjarārātiḥ, dviradāntakaḥ, hastikakṣyaḥ, bhīmanādaḥ, bhīmavikrāntaḥ, bhāriḥ, haryyakṣaḥ, pañcāsyaḥ, pañcānanaḥ, pañcamukhaḥ, pañcavaktraḥ, pañcaśikhaḥ, vyālaḥ, saṭāṅkaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, araṇyarāj, araṇyarāṭ, ibhamācalaḥ, ibhāriḥ, karidārakaḥ, karimācalaḥ, kalaṅkaṣaḥ, palaṅkaṣaḥ, keśī, kravyādaḥ, gajāriḥ, nakhāyudhaḥ, nakharāyudhaḥ, nadanuḥ, pārindraḥ, pārīndraḥ, bahubalaḥ, bhāriḥ, bhīmavikrāntaḥ, mahānādaḥ, mahāvīraḥ, mṛgadviṣ, mṛgadviṭ, mṛgaprabhuḥ, raktajihvaḥ, vanahariḥ, visaṅkaṭaḥ, vikramī, vikrāntaḥ, śṛṅgoṣṇīṣaḥ, śailāṭaḥ, śaileyaḥ, sakṛtprajaḥ, harit, haritaḥ, hemāṅgaḥ siṃhajātīyaḥ naraḥ vanyapaśuḥ। siṃhasya grīvā saṭayā āvṛtā asti।
rita	tvaritagatiḥ varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। tvaritagateḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe nagaṇaḥ jagaṇaḥ nagaṇaḥ tathā guruḥ bhavati।
rita	hāritaḥ varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। hāritasya pratyekasmin caraṇe krameṇa tagaṇau tathā dvau gurū ca bhavataḥ।
rita	avakṛṣṭa, bahiṣkṛta, dūrīkṛta, niṣkāsita, niḥsārita yad dūre kriyate। avakṛṣṭānāṃ manuṣyāṇām iyaṃ saṃsthā asti।
rita	aśvalalitaḥ, adritanayā varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। aśvalalite trayoviṃśatiḥ varṇāḥ santi।
rita	asahāyatā, nissahāyatā, niḥsahāyatā, nirāśritatā, nirāśrayatā, anāśritatā, anāśrayatā, asahāyatvam asahāyasya avasthā bhāvo vā। dīnabālakānāṃ asahāyatāṃ naike janāḥ svārthaparipūrtyartham upayuñjanti।
rita	ācarita, vyavahṛta yasya ācaraṇaṃ kṛtam। mahāpuruṣaiḥ ācaritaṃ kāryam asmābhiḥ anusartavyam।
rita	vitarita, vibhājita yasya vitaraṇaṃ kṛtam। nirdhaneṣu vitaritam annam uttamaṃ nāsti।
rita	āśrita, upajīvin svasya bharaṇārthaṃ yaḥ anyam apekṣyate। āśrayadātuḥ mṛtyoḥ vārtāṃ śrutvā āśritaḥ manuṣyaḥ duḥkhitaḥ jātaḥ।
rita	āsāritagītam vaidikagītaviśeṣaḥ। mahātmā āsāritagītasya gāyane magnaḥ asti।
rita	jāgarita yaḥ nidrāṃ samāpya utthitaḥ। apūrṇāyāḥ nidrāyāḥ jāgaritaṃ bālakaṃ mātā śāyayati।
rita	samāhita, saṅkendrita yad ekatrībhūtam। nadītaṭe samāhitān janān jalaplāvanāt svasya rakṣaṇaṃ karaṇīyaṃ bhavati।
rita	saniyama, niyantrita, sāvadhāraṇa niyamaiḥ yuktaḥ। saniyamaṃ lekhanaṃ manorañjakaṃ syāt eva iti nāsti।
rita	mudrita, kṛtamudra, mudrāṅkita, mudrābaddha yad vastu saṃvārya tasmin mudrāṅkanaṃ kṛtam। bhavataḥ nāmnā kāryālayāt mudritam āveṣṭanaṃ prāptam।
rita	ādhārita yad kasyacit ādhāreṇa vartate। lokakathāyām ādhāritaḥ citrapaṭaḥ ayam।
rita	ātmakendrita yaḥ ātmani eva magnaḥ bhavati। adhunā saḥ adhikaḥ eva ātmakendritaḥ jātaḥ।
rita	kumārahārita: ekaḥ ācāryaḥ, yaḥ yajurveda-saṃpradāya-pravartakaḥ । brāhmaṇa-granthe kumārahāritasya varṇanaṃ vidyate
rita	baṭucaritanāṭakam ekaṃ nāṭakam । saṃskṛtasāhitye baṭucaritanāṭakam iti nāṭakaṃ prasiddham
rita	kumārahārita: ekaḥ ācāryaḥ,yaḥ yajurveda-saṃpradāya-pravartakaḥ । brāhmaṇa-granthe kumārahāritasya varṇanaṃ vidyate
rita	śrīdāmacaritam ekaṃ nāṭakam । śrīdāmacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	sarvacaritam ekaṃ nāṭakam । sarvacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	siddhārthacaritam ekaṃ kāvyam । siddhārthacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	gauritaḥ ekaḥ parivāraḥ । gauritasya varṇanaṃ pravaragranthe vartate
rita	caṇḍīcaritam ekaṃ nāṭakam । caṇḍīcaritasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
rita	haritakātyaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । haritakātyasya ullekhaḥ pāṇininā kṛtaḥ
rita	haritattvamuktāvaliḥ ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ । haritattvamuktāvaleḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	haritattvamuktāvalī ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ । haritattvamuktāvalyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	haritayajñaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । haritayajñasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	haritasenaḥ ekaḥ rājā । haritasenasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti
rita	haracaritacintāmaṇiḥ ekaṃ kāvyam । haracaritacintāmaṇeḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	purañjanacaritam ekaṃ nāṭakam । purañjanacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	udāracaritaḥ ekaḥ rājā । udāracaritasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti
rita	udayanacaritam ekaṃ nāṭakam । udayanacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	pāṇḍavacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti pāṇḍavacarita । dve kāvye
rita	dhūrtacaritam ekaṃ nāṭakam । dhūrtacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	nalacaritam ekaṃ kāvyam । nalacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
rita	nalacaritam ekaṃ nāṭakam । nalacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

Help

Credits